There are three types of bhakti: sādhana, bhāva and prema.
Purport
Here is a general description of devotional service given by Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu. Previously, it has been stated that devotional service can be divided into three categories—namely devotional service in practice, devotional service in ecstasy and devotional service in pure love of God.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
……… [Note: The full commentaries of Jīva Gosvāmī are given, and those parts of Viśvanātha’s commentaries which are different. In many cases, the commentary is the same, and in others, a few words are added as explanation of Jīva’s commentary.]
“Let there be only two types of bhakti: sādhana and sādya. Bhāva should be included in sādhya-bhakti. Why is it necessary to have three types?” The answer is as follows. Later it will be said:
utpanna-ratayaḥ samyaṅ nairvighnyam anupāgatāḥ |
kṛṣṇa-sākṣāt-kṛtau yogyāḥ sādhakāḥ parikīrtitāḥ ||
Those are called practitioners (sādhaka) who have developed rati for Kṛṣṇa and are qualified to see Kṛṣṇa directly, but who have not completely extinguished the anarthas. BRS 2.1.276
In spite of the fact that bhāva or rati has appeared (utpanna-ratayaḥ), the obstacles have not completely dissipated. Such persons are therefore classed as sādhakas. “Not having extinguished all obstacles (samyaṅ-nairvighnyam anupāgatāḥ)” means that there still remains a trace of some serious aparādha, because the effects of aparādha are very strong and long-lasting. In this condition, with even a trace of aparādha that generates suffering, sādhya-bhakti cannot appear. The qualities of the siddha-bhakta, who has sādhya-bhakti, are described as follows in the same section:
avijñātākhila-kleśāḥ sadā kṛṣṇāśrita-kriyāḥ |
siddhāḥ syuḥ santata-prema-saukhyāsvāda-parāyaṇāḥ
Those who experience no suffering at all, who perform all actions while taking shelter of Kṛṣṇa and who always taste the happiness of continuous prema, are known as the perfected devotees. BRS 2.1.280
Therefore, bhāva-bhakti cannot be included in sādhya-bhakti. However, by no means can it be included in sādhana-bhakti, because in this section, which defines sādhana-bhakti, the goal of sādhana-bhakti is described as bhāva-bhakti. Therefore, it cannot be included in sādhana-bhakti, since the goal of bhāva-bhakti is not to produce bhāva. Thus, it should be considered proper to classify bhakti into three types, not two.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
That uttama-bhakti is now considered with three divisions, for clear understanding, though actually it should be understood that there are only two divisions: sādhana and sādhya. [Note: Bhāva cannot be considered within sādhana since it contains a direct realization of the Lord, which is the goal of sādhana. Thus, it should be classed as sādhya. Thus, there are only two broad classifications, sādhana and sādhya. However, bhāva should be distinguished from prema, sneha and other more intense forms of bhakti, because there still exist impurities in bhāva, and rasa does not manifest fully in bhāva. Therefore, bhāva is placed in a separate category from prema, even though they may both be considered sādhya.] In this chapter, the characteristics and types of sādhana-bhakti will be explained. The second type, sādhya-bhakti, called (hārda-rūpā) [Note: The word hṛdaya means heart and soul. It is used instead of ātmā to indicate the emotional aspect of the soul.] is that bhakti in which the influence of the heart---the emotions of the ātmā---becomes prominent. The word bhakti is used to describe this type also. This terminology is used in Bhāgavatam: bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum: they possess bodies agitated by ecstasy caused by (sādhya) bhakti produced from (sādhana) bhakti. (SB 11.3.31) Sādhya-rūpa or hārda-rūpa-bhakti has five types: bhāva, prema, praṇaya, sneha and rāga. In Ujjvala-nīla-maṇi, three more types are mentioned: māna, anurāga and mahā-bhāva. Thus, there are eight types of sādhya-bhakti. Thus, the two types mentioned, namely, bhāva and prema, are only representative of the eight types. The other types are not mentioned in this categorization of bhakti into three types because at the end of the fourth wave of the eastern section, dealing with prema-bhakti, it will be said:
premṇa eva vilāsatvād vairalyaṁ sādhakeṣv api |
atra snehādayo bhedā vivicya na hi śaṁsitāḥ ||
There is rarity of prema among those who have practiced sādhana-bhakti, because of its playful nature. Thus, sneha and the other types of sādhya-bhakti have not been not analyzed or discussed at this point. BRS 1.4.19
Now sādhana-bhakti will be defined: Action of the senses, which produces the stage of bhāva, is called sādhana-bhakti. This attained state of bhāva-bhakti (sādhyatā) is an eternal sthāyi-bhāva which is not created, but simply manifests within the soul by the spiritual energy of the Lord.
Purport
Now Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī proposes to describe devotional service in practice.
Practice means employing our senses in some particular type of work. Therefore devotional service in practice means utilizing our different sensory organs in service to Kṛṣṇa. Some of the senses are meant for acquiring knowledge, and some are meant for executing the conclusions of our thinking, feeling and willing. So practice means employing both the mind and the senses in practical devotional service. This practice is not for developing something artificial. For example, a child learns or practices to walk. This walking is not unnatural. The walking capacity is there originally in the child, and simply by a little practice he walks very nicely. Similarly, devotional service to the Supreme Lord is the natural instinct of every living entity. Even uncivilized men like the aborigines offer their respectful obeisances to something wonderful exhibited by nature’s law, and they appreciate that behind some wonderful exhibition or action there is something supreme. So this consciousness, though lying dormant in those who are materially contaminated, is found in every living entity. And, when purified, this is called Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
There are certain prescribed methods for employing our senses and mind in such a way that our dormant consciousness for loving Kṛṣṇa will be invoked, as much as the child, with a little practice, can begin to walk. One who has no basic walking capacity cannot walk by practice. Similarly, Kṛṣṇa consciousness cannot be aroused simply by practice. Actually there is no such practice. When we wish to develop our innate capacity for devotional service, there are certain processes which, by our accepting and executing them, will cause that dormant capacity to be invoked. Such practice is called sādhana-bhakti.
Every living entity under the spell of material energy is held to be in an abnormal condition of madness. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said, “Generally, the conditioned soul is mad, because he is always engaged in activities which are the causes of bondage and suffering.” The spirit soul in his original condition is joyful, blissful, eternal and full of knowledge. Only by his implication in material activities has he become miserable, temporary and full of ignorance. This is due to vikarma. Vikarma means “actions which should not be done.” Therefore, we must practice sādhana-bhakti—which means to offer maṅgala-ārati (Deity worship) in the morning, to refrain from certain material activities, to offer obeisances to the spiritual master and to follow many other rules and regulations which will be discussed here one after another. These practices will help one become cured of madness. As a man’s mental disease is cured by the directions of a psychiatrist, so this sādhana-bhakti cures the conditioned soul of his madness under the spell of māyā, material illusion.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
When bhakti is accomplished by actions of the senses, it is called sādhana-bhakti. The action of the senses is included in bhakti (though the senses are material). This is similar to including the pūrva-karmas of the sacrifice as part of the sacrifice. The intention of including sādhana (executed using the senses) in bhakti is to show that bhakti is produced only by bhakti and not by anything else. Such a purpose is fitting. The phrase sādhya-bhāvā is used in order to distinguish sādhana from bhāva-bhakti, which has actions such as hearing and chanting (called anubhāvas), which appear to be the same as the actions of sādhana bhakti, but which are actually different. Sādhya-bhāvā means “that by which bhāva-bhakti is generated.” Thus, by mentioning that the result is bhāva, other results such artha, dharma, kāma and mokṣa are automatically rejected. The word sādhya means, “Produced or achieved.” Hence, the phrase “sādhya-bhāvā” can mean, “that by which bhava is produced”. This may give rise to the fear that, though bhāva-bhakti has been mentioned as supreme (uttama-bhakti), it may not actually be the supreme goal of human endeavor, because it is produced artificially or achieved (i.e. it is not eternal). The answer is given in the second line. This bhāva is eternal, and merely appears within the heart of the devotee. Bhāva also includes hearing, chanting and other actions (it is not just emotions). These actions of bhāva (aṅgas of bhakti) also appear on the tongue or in the ear, but are not created, just as Kṛṣṇa appears in the house of Vasudeva (but is not produced out of matter). The emotions and actions of bhāva are all eternal and spiritual and not material because their appearance in the future will be accomplished by the extraordinary actions of the most excellent transformations (saṁvit and hlādinī) of the Lord’s svarūpa-śakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Uttama-bhakti has been described in a general way. When bhakti is cultivated (sādhyā) by actions (kṛti) of the senses, it is called sādhana-bhakti. Actions of the senses are included within the term bhakti in the same manner that preliminary purifying actions for performing sacrifice are included within the term “sacrifice,” though technically they are not part of the sacrifice. In order to distinguish this sādhana-bhakti from forms of bhakti that involve direct realization of the Lord, the word sādhya-bhāvā is used: sādhana ends with the attainment of bhāva. Sādhana is that by which bhāva and prema are achieved. Bhāva is not included in sādhana. However, the sādhya-rūpa or perfected form is also bhakti, being a part of it. The word sādhya-bhāvā (one meaning is “whose goal is bhāva-bhakti” but another meaning is “achieving its goal”) in any case excludes other goals of human endeavor (artha, dharma, kāma and mokṣa). This was already mentioned in the definition of uttama-bhakti (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam) which includes within it this present definition.
A doubt may arise that since this state is achieved (sādhya), implying that it is artificially produced, it is not the ultimate goal. The second line responds to this doubt by saying that it is eternal, and simply appears within the heart. That is because its appearance (but not its creation) will be accomplished in the future by the special actions of the most excellent transformations (saṁvit and hlādinī) of Lord’s svarūpa-śakti (which are perfect and eternal).
Nārada speaks of sādhana-bhakti along with items that seem to be bhakti in the Seventh Canto.
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
There, it is said:
tasmād vairānubandhena nirvaireṇa bhayena vā|
snehāt kāmena vā yuñjyāt kathañcin nekṣate pṛthak ||
Therefore, by enmity, by vaidhi-bhakti (nirvaireṇa), by fear, by affection or by lusty desire—by all of these or any one of them—if a conditioned soul somehow or other concentrates his mind upon the Lord, the result is the same, for the Lord, because of His blissful position, is never affected by enmity or friendship. SB 7.1.26
In this verse, fear and hatred are also mentioned. If these two are considered bhakti, then there is a contradiction to the definition already given, that bhakti should be with favorable intentions (ānukūlyena). Therefore, for describing these items, the author uses the word bhaṅgyā, which means “along with something resembling bhakti.” Since He grants auspiciousness even when persons show fear or envy towards Him who would not worship the Lord? Indeed, He has given results even to the lowest persons by some arrangement. That is the meaning of the statement.
The word yuñjyāt in the potential mood is used to express a possibility, not a command. Thus, the meaning is “A person may happen to concentrate the mind with fear or hatred on the Lord,” rather than “One must concentrate the mind with fear or hatred on the Lord.” That is because it is actually impossible to command a person to be fearful or envious.
Though this statement was made before Kṛṣṇa’s appearance, one should understand that even in His expansion forms there is some degree of mercy manifested according to the particular form of the Lord.
There it is also said: Therefore, one may somehow think of Kṛṣṇa, by any of the favorable methods. SB 7.1.32
Purport
Nārada Muni mentions this sādhana-bhakti in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Seventh Canto, First Chapter, verse 32. He says there to King Yudhiṣṭhira, “My dear King, one has to fix his mind on Kṛṣṇa by any means.” That is called Kṛṣṇa consciousness. It is the duty of the ācārya, the spiritual master, to find the ways and means for his disciple to fix his mind on Kṛṣṇa. That is the beginning of sādhana-bhakti.
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has given us an authorized program for this purpose, centered around the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. This chanting has so much power that it immediately attaches one to Kṛṣṇa. That is the beginning of sādhana-bhakti. Somehow or other, one has to fix his mind on Kṛṣṇa. The great saint Ambarīṣa Mahārāja, although a responsible king, fixed his mind on Kṛṣṇa, and similarly anyone who tries to fix his mind in this way will very rapidly make progress in successfully reviving his original Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
By any of these methods (upāyena) including lust, affection, family relationship, and vaidhi-bhakti (nirvaireṇa), but without enmity (fear, hatred), one should fix the mind on Kṛṣṇa. Fixing the mind also stands for the activities of all the other senses, and thus includes vaidhi-sādhana-bhakti. [Note: In the section on rāgānuga-bhakti, this verse is also discussed. Lust and relationship are regarded as rāgātmika-bhakti, sneha as aiśvarya-bhakti, and bhakti indicates vaidhi-bhakti. Absorption of the mind for the first two items is not subject to command but is spontaneous.] Use of the word kena (any) means any suitable method, excluding fear and hatred. One’s mind should concentrate by using one of the favorable methods such as affection. That is the meaning.
There are two types of sādhana-bhakti: vaidhi and rāgānuga.
Purport
Now this sādhana-bhakti, or practice of devotional service, may also be divided into two parts. The first part is called service according to regulative principles: one has to follow these different regulative principles by the order of the spiritual master or on the strength of authoritative scriptures, and there can be no question of refusal. That is called vaidhi, or regulated. One has to do it without argument. Another part of sādhana-bhakti is called rāgānugā. Rāgānugā refers to the point at which, by following the regulative principles, one becomes a little more attached to Kṛṣṇa and executes devotional service out of natural love. For example, a person engaged in devotional service may be ordered to rise early in the morning and offer ārati, which is a form of Deity worship. In the beginning, by the order of his spiritual master, one rises early in the morning and offers ārati, but then he develops real attachment. When he gets this attachment, he automatically tries to decorate the Deity and prepare different kinds of dresses and thinks of different plans to execute his devotional service nicely. Although it is within the category of practice, this offering of loving service is spontaneous. So the practice of devotional service, sādhana-bhakti, can be divided into two parts—namely, regulative and spontaneous.
Now, here is the definition of vaidhi-bhakti: [Note: Vaidhi bhakti topic starts here] Where the actions of bhakti arise, not from the attainment of rāga, but by the teachings of scriptures, it is called vaidhi-bhakti.
Purport
Rūpa Gosvāmī defines the first part of devotional practice, or vaidhi-bhakti, as follows: “When there is no attachment or no spontaneous loving service to the Lord, and one is engaged in the service of the Lord simply out of obedience to the order of the spiritual master or in pursuance of the scriptures, such obligatory service is called vaidhi-bhakti.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Where the activities of bhakti appear in a person, not from attainment of rāga, but rather by the rules of scripture, that bhakti is called vaidhī. [Note: This word may be written vaidhī as a modifier of the word bhakti or as vaidhi when it is part of a compound with bhakti.] Rāga here means anurāga, a taste for bhakti. This will be understood from a later discussion on the difference between rāgātmika and rāgānuga. In this definition, vaidhi-bhakti is restricted to cases where bhakti is performed exclusively (eva) by teachings of scriptures, and not with an element of rāga. With the attainment of rāga, there will also be some use of scriptural teachings as well, but it is not called vaidhi-bhakti.
śrotavyaḥ kīrtitavyaś ca smartavyaś cechatābhayam ||7||
[shrotavyah keertitavyash cha smartavyash chechataabhayam ||7||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yatha, dvitīye (2.1.5)—
tasmād bhārata sarvātmā bhagavān īśvaro hariḥ |
śrotavyaḥ kīrtitavyaś ca smartavyaś cechatābhayam ||7||
This is illustrated in the Second Canto: O descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all miseries must hear about, glorify and also remember the Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all miseries. SB 2.1.5
Purport
These principles of vaidhi-bhakti are also described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Second Canto, First Chapter, verse 5, where Śukadeva Gosvāmī instructs the dying Mahārāja Parīkṣit as to his course of action. Mahārāja Parīkṣit met Śukadeva Gosvāmī just a week before his death, and the King was perplexed as to what should be done before he was to pass on. Many other sages also arrived there, but no one could give him the proper direction. Śukadeva Gosvāmī, however, gave this direction to him as follows: “My dear King, if you want to be fearless in meeting your death next week (for actually everyone is afraid at the point of death), then you must immediately begin the process of hearing and chanting and remembering God.” If one can chant and hear Hare Kṛṣṇa and always remember Lord Kṛṣṇa, then he is sure to become fearless of death, which may come at any moment.
In the statements of Śukadeva Gosvāmī it is said that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kṛṣṇa. Therefore Śukadeva recommends that one should always hear about Kṛṣṇa. He does not recommend that one hear and chant about the demigods. The Māyāvādīs (impersonalists) say that one may chant any name, either that of Kṛṣṇa or those of the demigods, and the result will be the same. But actually this is not a fact. According to the authorized version of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, one has to hear and chant about Lord Viṣṇu (Kṛṣṇa) only.
So Śukadeva Gosvāmī has recommended to Parīkṣit Mahārāja that in order to be fearless of death, one has to hear and chant and remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, by all means. He also mentions that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is sarvātmā. Sarvātmā means “the Supersoul of everyone.” Kṛṣṇa is also mentioned as īśvara, the supreme controller who is situated in everyone’s heart. Therefore, if some way or other we become attached to Kṛṣṇa, He will make us free from all danger. In Bhagavad-gītā it is said that anyone who becomes a devotee of the Lord is never vanquished. Others, however, are always vanquished. “Vanquished” means that after getting this human form of life, a person does not come out of the entanglement of birth and death and thus misses his golden opportunity. Such a person does not know where he is being thrown by the laws of nature.
Suppose one does not develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness in this human form of life. He will be thrown into the cycle of birth and death, involving 8,400,000 species of life, and his spiritual identity will remain lost. One does not know whether he is going to be a plant, or a beast, or a bird, or something like that, because there are so many species of life. The recommendation of Rūpa Gosvāmī for reviving our original Kṛṣṇa consciousness is that somehow or other we should apply our minds to Kṛṣṇa very seriously and thus also become fearless of death. After death we do not know our destination, because we are completely under the control of the laws of nature. Only Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is controller over the laws of nature. Therefore, if we take shelter of Kṛṣṇa seriously, there will be no fear of being thrown back into the cycle of so many species of life. A sincere devotee will surely be transferred to the abode of Kṛṣṇa, as affirmed in Bhagavad-gītā.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
A person who desires freedom from the fear of saṁsāra must hear about the Lord. The actions of hearing, chanting and remembering are generated from the rules of scripture which explain that the Lord extinguishes fear of saṁsāra. The actions are not generated due to greed for the Lord’s service. Thus, this is an example of vaidhi-bhakti.
smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇur vismartavyo na jātucit |
[smartavyah satatam vishnur vismartavyo na jaatuchit |]
sarva-vidhi-niṣedhāḥ syur etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ ||8||
[sarva-vidhi-nishedhaah syur etayor eva kinkaraah ||8||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pādme ca—
smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇur vismartavyo na jātucit |
sarva-vidhi-niṣedhāḥ syur etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ ||8||
In the Padma Purāṇa it is said: One should always remember Viṣṇu and never forget Him. All injunctions and prohibitions are dependent on these two principles.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa, also, the same process is advised. There it is said that one should always remember Lord Viṣṇu. This is called dhyāna, or meditation—always remembering Kṛṣṇa. It is said that one has to meditate with his mind fixed upon Viṣṇu. Padma Purāṇa recommends that one always fix his mind on the form of Viṣṇu by meditation and not forget Him at any moment. And this state of consciousness is called samādhi, or trance.
We should always try to mold the activities of our lives in such a way that we will constantly remember Viṣṇu, or Kṛṣṇa. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Whether one concentrates his mind on the four-handed form of Viṣṇu or on the form of two-handed Kṛṣṇa, it is the same. The Padma Purāṇa recommends: somehow or other always think of Viṣṇu, without forgetting Him under any circumstances. Actually this is the most basic of all regulative principles. For, when there is an order from a superior about doing something, there is simultaneously a prohibition. When the order is that one should always remember Kṛṣṇa, the prohibition is that one should never forget Him. Within this simple order and prohibition, all regulative principles are found complete.
This regulative principle is applicable to all varṇas and āśramas, the castes and occupations of life. There are four varṇas, namely the brāhmaṇas (priests and intellectuals), the kṣatriyas (warriors and statesmen), the vaiśyas (businessmen and farmers) and the śūdras (laborers and servants). There are also four standard āśramas, namely brahmacarya (student life), gṛhastha (householder), vānaprastha (retired) and sannyāsa (renounced). The regulative principles are not only for the brahmacārīs (celibate students) to follow, but are applicable for all. It doesn’t matter whether one is a beginner—a brahmacārī—or is very advanced—a sannyāsī. The principle of remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly and not forgetting Him at any moment is meant to be followed by everyone without fail.
If this injunction is followed, then all other rules and regulations will automatically fall into line. All other rules and regulations should be treated as assistants or servants to this one basic principle.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Because all rules are dependent upon remembrance of Viṣṇu, if one remembers Viṣṇu, what is instructed in all the other rules is accomplished. And because all prohibitions such as killing cows and brāhmaṇas are also included in the rule to remember Viṣṇu, if one forgets Viṣṇu, that person should be considered to have accrued unlimited sins produced by committing all the prohibited acts. Satatam means “every day” not “every second,” since continuous remembrance would be impossible to do (in sādhana- bhakti). This would produce loss of faith in the rules of bhakti, because they would be impossible to follow.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
“All the rules and prohibitions” (sarva-vidhi-niśedhāḥ) means scriptural injunctions such as aharahaḥ sandhyā upāsīta (one must worship daily at the sandhyās) and brāhmaṇo na hantavyaḥ (one should not kill a brāhmaṇa). All these injunctions and prohibitions are dependent (kiṅkarāḥ) on the injunction to remember the Lord always and the prohibition never to forget Him. To do the opposite (making remembrance of Viṣṇu secondary to all the other rules) will yield opposite results. The addition of cit to jātu is for emphasizing jātu (na jātucit meaning “never”), and not for indicating it’s normal meaning (na jātucit meaning “not on certain occasions”).
nityatve ’py asya nirṇītam ekādaśy-ādivat-phalam ||9||
Thus, everyone within and outside the varṇāśrama system should always follow this rule concerning worship of the Lord. Though it is always to be followed as a daily duty according to the scriptures, the scriptures also ascribe attractive material results for observing it, as in the case of the Ekādaśī vrata.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa, also, the same process is advised. There it is said that one should always remember Lord Viṣṇu. This is called dhyāna, or meditation—always remembering Kṛṣṇa. It is said that one has to meditate with his mind fixed upon Viṣṇu. Padma Purāṇa recommends that one always fix his mind on the form of Viṣṇu by meditation and not forget Him at any moment. And this state of consciousness is called samādhi, or trance.
We should always try to mold the activities of our lives in such a way that we will constantly remember Viṣṇu, or Kṛṣṇa. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Whether one concentrates his mind on the four-handed form of Viṣṇu or on the form of two-handed Kṛṣṇa, it is the same. The Padma Purāṇa recommends: somehow or other always think of Viṣṇu, without forgetting Him under any circumstances. Actually this is the most basic of all regulative principles. For, when there is an order from a superior about doing something, there is simultaneously a prohibition. When the order is that one should always remember Kṛṣṇa, the prohibition is that one should never forget Him. Within this simple order and prohibition, all regulative principles are found complete.
This regulative principle is applicable to all varṇas and āśramas, the castes and occupations of life. There are four varṇas, namely the brāhmaṇas (priests and intellectuals), the kṣatriyas (warriors and statesmen), the vaiśyas (businessmen and farmers) and the śūdras (laborers and servants). There are also four standard āśramas, namely brahmacarya (student life), gṛhastha (householder), vānaprastha (retired) and sannyāsa (renounced). The regulative principles are not only for the brahmacārīs (celibate students) to follow, but are applicable for all. It doesn’t matter whether one is a beginner—a brahmacārī—or is very advanced—a sannyāsī. The principle of remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly and not forgetting Him at any moment is meant to be followed by everyone without fail.
If this injunction is followed, then all other rules and regulations will automatically fall into line. All other rules and regulations should be treated as assistants or servants to this one basic principle.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Though the scriptures clearly state that worship of the Lord is obligatory, since scriptures speak of the sin of not performing the worship (verse 11), attractive fruits are also mentioned. For instance, material results are described for practicing Ekādaśī.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse should actually be placed after verse 12. That is because this composed verse giving a summary explanation is suitable at the end of the topic, for the word, iti is used to show that the previous topic is a cause of the statement of this verse. [Note: Verse 12 speaks of the results of vaidhi-bhakti, which are mentioned in this verse.]
na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ ||11||
In the Eleventh Canto is expressed clearly that vaidhi-bhakti should be followed by all varṇas and āśramas: Each of the four social orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus, the four spiritual orders were also generated. If any of the members of the four varṇas and four āśramas fail to worship or intentionally disrespect the Personality of Godhead, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their position into a hellish state of life. SB 11.5.2-3
Purport
The injunctions of rules and regulations and the resultant reactions are mentioned in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fifth Chapter, verses 2 and 3. Camasa Muni, one of the nine sages who came to instruct King Nimi, addressed the King and said, “The four social orders, namely the brāhmaṇas, the kṣatriyas, the vaiśyas and the śūdras, have come out of the different parts of the universal form of the Supreme Lord as follows: the brāhmaṇas have come out from the head, the kṣatriyas have come out from the arms, the vaiśyas have come out from the waist, and the śūdras have come out from the legs. Similarly, the sannyāsīs have come out from the head, the vānaprasthas from the arms, the gṛhasthas from the waist and the brahmacārīs from the legs.”
These different orders of society and grades of spiritual advancement are conceived in terms of qualification. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that the four social orders and the four spiritual orders are created by the Lord Himself, in terms of different individual qualities. As the different parts of the body have different types of activities, so the social orders and spiritual orders also have different types of activities in terms of qualification and position. The target of these activities, however, is always the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā, “He is the supreme enjoyer.” So, whether one is a brāhmaṇa or a śūdra, one has to satisfy the Supreme Lord by one’s activities. This is also confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by a verse which reads, “Everyone must be engaged in his particular duty, but the perfection of such work should be tested by how far the Lord is satisfied with such activities.” The injunction herein is that one has to act according to his position, and by such activities one must either satisfy the Supreme Personality or else fall down from one’s position.
For example a brāhmaṇa, who is born out of the head of the Lord, has as his business to preach the transcendental Vedic sounds, or śabda-brahma. Because the brāhmaṇa is the head, he has to preach the transcendental sound, and he also has to eat on behalf of the Supreme Lord. According to Vedic injunctions, when a brāhmaṇa eats it is to be understood that the Personality of Godhead is eating through him. It is not, however, that the brāhmaṇa should simply eat on behalf of the Lord and not preach the message of Bhagavad-gītā to the world. Actually, one who preaches the message of the Gītā is very dear to Kṛṣṇa, as is confirmed in the Gītā itself. Such a preacher is factually a brāhmaṇa, and thus by feeding him one feeds the Supreme Lord directly.
Similarly, the kṣatriya has to protect people from the onslaughts of māyā. That is his duty. For example, as soon as Mahārāja Parīkṣit saw that a black man was attempting to kill a cow, he immediately took his sword, wanting to kill the black man, whose name was Kali. [Note: Not to be confused with Kālī, the demigoddess who is the devastating feature of material nature.] That is a kṣatriya’s duty. Violence is required in order to give protection. In Bhagavad-gītā Lord Kṛṣṇa directly gave His order to Arjuna to commit violence on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra, just to give protection to the people in general.
The vaiśyas are meant for producing agricultural products, trading them and distributing them. And the working class, or śūdras, are those who haven’t the intelligence of the brāhmaṇas or the kṣatriyas or the vaiśyas, and therefore they are meant to help these higher classes by bodily labor. In this way, there is full cooperation and spiritual advancement among all the different orders of society. And when there is no such cooperation, the members of society will fall down. That is the present position in the Kali-yuga, this age of quarrel. Nobody is doing his duty, and everyone is simply puffed up by calling himself a brāhmaṇa (intellectual) or a kṣatriya (soldier or statesman). But actually such people are without status. They are out of touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead because they are not Kṛṣṇa conscious. Therefore, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is intended to set the whole of human society in proper condition, so that everyone will be happy and take profit from developing Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa instructed Uddhava that by following the injunctions of the social and spiritual orders of human society, one can satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as a result of such satisfaction the whole society gets all the necessities of life amply and without difficulty. This is because, after all, the Supreme Personality of Godhead maintains all other living entities. If the whole society performs its respective duties and remains in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, there is no doubt that all of its members will live very peacefully and happily. Without wanting the necessities of life, the whole world will be turned into Vaikuṇṭha, a spiritual abode. Even without being transferred to the kingdom of God, by following the injunctions of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and prosecuting the duties of Kṛṣṇa consciousness all human society will be happy in all respects.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
In order to show the misfortune of not worshipping the worshipful Lord, first the reasons why the Lord is to be worshipped are shown in the first verse. The four varṇas headed by the brāhmaṇas along with the āśramas, arising from the guṇas, appeared from the head, arms, belly and feet of the Puruṣa. Those who do not worship the Lord, from whom directly arise the brāhmaṇas and all others, and who rather insult the Lord by not worshipping Him, fall down from their position in the varnāśrama system. Just as failure to respect the most respectable person is called disrespect, so failure to worship the Lord who is most worthy of worship is called contempt (avajānanti).
na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ ||11||
In the Eleventh Canto is expressed clearly that vaidhi-bhakti should be followed by all varṇas and āśramas: Each of the four social orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus, the four spiritual orders were also generated. If any of the members of the four varṇas and four āśramas fail to worship or intentionally disrespect the Personality of Godhead, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their position into a hellish state of life. SB 11.5.2-3
Purport
The injunctions of rules and regulations and the resultant reactions are mentioned in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fifth Chapter, verses 2 and 3. Camasa Muni, one of the nine sages who came to instruct King Nimi, addressed the King and said, “The four social orders, namely the brāhmaṇas, the kṣatriyas, the vaiśyas and the śūdras, have come out of the different parts of the universal form of the Supreme Lord as follows: the brāhmaṇas have come out from the head, the kṣatriyas have come out from the arms, the vaiśyas have come out from the waist, and the śūdras have come out from the legs. Similarly, the sannyāsīs have come out from the head, the vānaprasthas from the arms, the gṛhasthas from the waist and the brahmacārīs from the legs.”
These different orders of society and grades of spiritual advancement are conceived in terms of qualification. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that the four social orders and the four spiritual orders are created by the Lord Himself, in terms of different individual qualities. As the different parts of the body have different types of activities, so the social orders and spiritual orders also have different types of activities in terms of qualification and position. The target of these activities, however, is always the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā, “He is the supreme enjoyer.” So, whether one is a brāhmaṇa or a śūdra, one has to satisfy the Supreme Lord by one’s activities. This is also confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by a verse which reads, “Everyone must be engaged in his particular duty, but the perfection of such work should be tested by how far the Lord is satisfied with such activities.” The injunction herein is that one has to act according to his position, and by such activities one must either satisfy the Supreme Personality or else fall down from one’s position.
For example a brāhmaṇa, who is born out of the head of the Lord, has as his business to preach the transcendental Vedic sounds, or śabda-brahma. Because the brāhmaṇa is the head, he has to preach the transcendental sound, and he also has to eat on behalf of the Supreme Lord. According to Vedic injunctions, when a brāhmaṇa eats it is to be understood that the Personality of Godhead is eating through him. It is not, however, that the brāhmaṇa should simply eat on behalf of the Lord and not preach the message of Bhagavad-gītā to the world. Actually, one who preaches the message of the Gītā is very dear to Kṛṣṇa, as is confirmed in the Gītā itself. Such a preacher is factually a brāhmaṇa, and thus by feeding him one feeds the Supreme Lord directly.
Similarly, the kṣatriya has to protect people from the onslaughts of māyā. That is his duty. For example, as soon as Mahārāja Parīkṣit saw that a black man was attempting to kill a cow, he immediately took his sword, wanting to kill the black man, whose name was Kali. [Note: Not to be confused with Kālī, the demigoddess who is the devastating feature of material nature.] That is a kṣatriya’s duty. Violence is required in order to give protection. In Bhagavad-gītā Lord Kṛṣṇa directly gave His order to Arjuna to commit violence on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra, just to give protection to the people in general.
The vaiśyas are meant for producing agricultural products, trading them and distributing them. And the working class, or śūdras, are those who haven’t the intelligence of the brāhmaṇas or the kṣatriyas or the vaiśyas, and therefore they are meant to help these higher classes by bodily labor. In this way, there is full cooperation and spiritual advancement among all the different orders of society. And when there is no such cooperation, the members of society will fall down. That is the present position in the Kali-yuga, this age of quarrel. Nobody is doing his duty, and everyone is simply puffed up by calling himself a brāhmaṇa (intellectual) or a kṣatriya (soldier or statesman). But actually such people are without status. They are out of touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead because they are not Kṛṣṇa conscious. Therefore, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is intended to set the whole of human society in proper condition, so that everyone will be happy and take profit from developing Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa instructed Uddhava that by following the injunctions of the social and spiritual orders of human society, one can satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as a result of such satisfaction the whole society gets all the necessities of life amply and without difficulty. This is because, after all, the Supreme Personality of Godhead maintains all other living entities. If the whole society performs its respective duties and remains in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, there is no doubt that all of its members will live very peacefully and happily. Without wanting the necessities of life, the whole world will be turned into Vaikuṇṭha, a spiritual abode. Even without being transferred to the kingdom of God, by following the injunctions of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and prosecuting the duties of Kṛṣṇa consciousness all human society will be happy in all respects.
The results of vaidhi-bhakti are stated: By worshiping Me through the various methods prescribed in the Vedas and tantras, one will gain from Me his desired perfection both in this life and the next. [Note: Siddhi is taken here to mean a material result.] SB 11.27.49
Purport
There is a similar statement by Śrī Kṛṣṇa Himself to Uddhava, in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Twenty-seventh Chapter, verse 49. The Lord says there, “My dear Uddhava, all persons are engaged in activities, whether those indicated in the revealed scriptures or ordinary worldly activities. If by the result of either of such activities they worship Me in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then automatically they become very happy within this world, as well as in the next. Of this there is no doubt.” We can conclude from this statement by Kṛṣṇa that activities in Kṛṣṇa consciousness will give everyone all perfection in all desires.
Thus the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so nice that there is no need of even designating oneself brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha or sannyāsī. Let everyone be engaged in whatever occupation he now has. Simply let him worship Lord Kṛṣṇa by the result of his activities in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That will adjust the whole situation, and everyone will be happy and peaceful within this world.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The results of vaidhi-bhakti are described in the verse, taking arcana as the representative of other processes as well. It is also said:
akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ |
tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param ||
Whether one is without desire [the condition of the devotees], or is desirous of all fruitive results, or is after liberation, one should with all efforts try to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead for complete perfection, culminating in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. SB 2.3.10
In the pañcarātra it says: O Devarṣi, all activities prescribed in the scriptures with the Lord as the object are called vaidhi-bhakti. By this performance of bhakti, one attains prema-bhakti.
Purport
In the Nārada Pañcarātra the regulative principles of devotional service are described as follows: “Any activities sanctioned in the revealed scriptures and aiming at the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are accepted by saintly teachers as the regulative principles of devotional service. If one regularly executes such service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master, then gradually he rises to the platform of serving in pure love of God.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Having shown the totality of results available from vaidhi-bhakti, the highest result is described in this verse. sa eva bhaktiḥ means vaidhi-bhakti from the context of the current topic.
nātisakto na vairāgya-bhāg asyām adhikāry asau ||14||
[naatisakto na vairaagya-bhaag asyaam adhikaary asau ||14||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra adhikārī—
yaḥ kenāpy atibhāgyena jāta-śraddho ’sya sevane |
nātisakto na vairāgya-bhāg asyām adhikāry asau ||14||
The qualified person is described as follows: The person who has developed faith in serving the Lord by impressions arising from previous association with devotees, who is not too attached to material objects, and who is not too detached, is qualified for vaidhi-bhakti.
Purport
NoD 3: Eligibility of the Candidate for Accepting Devotional Service
On account of his association with mahātmās, or great souls one hundred-percent in the devotional service of the Lord, one may attain a little bit of attraction for Śrī Kṛṣṇa. But at the same time one may remain very much attached to fruitive activities and material sense enjoyment and not be prepared to undergo the different types of renunciation. Such a person, if he has unflinching attraction to Kṛṣṇa, becomes an eligible candidate for discharging devotional service.
This attraction for Kṛṣṇa consciousness in association with pure devotees is the sign of great fortune. It is confirmed by Lord Caitanya that only the fortunate persons, by the mercy of both a bona fide spiritual master and Kṛṣṇa, will get the seed of devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Atibhāgyena means by special impressions arising from association with great devotees. Vairāgyam means false renunciation, which is unfavorable for worship. The devotee does not indulge in that false vairāgya. However, it is understood, he will endeavor for detachment from desires for material enjoyment (since that is favorable for development of bhakti). [Note: He will endeavor by yukta-vairāgya.]
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The word atibhāgyena (by extreme good fortune) means “by distinctive impressions arising from association with devotees.” [Note: Thus, the cause of faith is not material action, but bhakti in the form of association of devotees.]
na nirviṇṇo nātisakto bhakti-yogo ’sya siddhidaḥ ||15||
In the Eleventh Canto it is said: If somehow or other by good fortune one develops faith in hearing and chanting My glories, such a person, being neither very disgusted with nor attached to material life, should achieve perfection through the path of loving devotion to Me. SB 11.20.8
Purport
In this connection, Lord Kṛṣṇa says in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verse 8, “My dear Uddhava, only by exceptional fortune does someone become attracted to Me. And even if one is not completely detached from fruitive activities, or is not completely attached to devotional service, such service is quickly effective.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
A person develops faith (jāta-śraddha) in topics about Me by merciful association with devotees (yadrcchayā). That is the meaning of yadrcchayā in this verse, since it is according to the use of the word in the First Canto where it indicates association with a great devotee by that devotee’s mercy:
tatrābhavad bhagavān vyāsa-putro
yadṛcchayā gām aṭamāno ’napekṣaḥ
alakṣya-liṅgo nija-lābha-tuṣṭo
vṛtaś ca bālair avadhūta-veṣaḥ
At that moment there appeared, by his own will (yadṛcchayā) the powerful son of Vyāsadeva, who traveled over the earth disinterested and satisfied with himself. He did not manifest any symptoms of belonging to any social order or status of life. He was surrounded by women and children, and he dressed as if others had neglected him. SB 1.19.25
The following verses show that a person who has faith in topics of the Lord (mat-kathādau jāta-śraddhaḥ) is qualified for bhakti yoga:
śraddhāmṛta-kathāyāṁ me
Firm faith in the blissful narration of My pastimes…. SB 11.19.20
śraddhālur mat-kathāḥ śṛṇvan
A faithful person who constantly hears such transcendental activities… SB 11.11.23
Nātisaktaḥ means devoid of extreme attachment to body, house and family. Na nirviṇṇa (not detached) means if the person is completely disgusted with sense objects, he is qualified for jñāna, not bhakti. If he is too attached to sense objects, he is qualified for karma. If the person is devoid of extreme attachment, then that person is qualified for bhakti. Thus, there are three persons qualified by three types of attachment. Disgust with objects is caused by purification of the heart arising from practice of niṣkāma-karma. The cause of too much attachment is beginningless ignorance (avidyā). The cause of being devoid of too much attachment is the unexpected association with exalted devotees alone. These respective causes should be noted. However, there are seen cases of extraordinary qualification. By the unexpected association of the devotee, even a person extremely attached to sense objects (indriyavān) becomes qualified for bhakti.
ko nu rājann indriyavān mukunda-caraṇāmbujam
na bhajet sarvato-mṛtyur upāsyam amarottamaiḥ
My dear King, in the material world the conditioned souls are confronted by death at every step of life. Therefore, who among the conditioned souls involved with senses gratification would not render service to the lotus feet of Lord Mukunda, who is worshippable even for the greatest of liberated souls? SB 11.2.2
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The Lord describes this awakening of faith:
jāta-śraddho mat-kathāsu nirviṇṇaḥ sarva-karmasu |
veda duḥkhātmakaṁ kāmān parityāge ’py anīśvaraḥ ||
tato bhajeta māṁ prītaḥ śraddhālur dṛṭha-niścayaḥ |
juṣamāṇaś ca tān kāmān duḥkhodarkāṁś ca garhayan ||
Having awakened faith in the narrations of My glories, being disgusted with all prescribed activities (varṇāśrama), knowing that all sense gratification leads to misery, but still being unable to renounce all sense enjoyment, My devotee should remain happy and worship Me with great faith and conviction. Even though he is sometimes engaged in sense enjoyment, My devotee knows that all sense gratification leads to a miserable result, and he sincerely repents such activities. SB 11.20.27-28
In the verse (SB 11.20.28) quoted above, the word tataḥ means “starting from this situation, thereafter.” Bhakti is not dependent on anything else, because it possesses its own great power. It is not like jñāna or other processes, which are dependent on detachment and other things. However, it is dependent on indifference to karma (nirviṇṇaḥ sarva-karmasu) in order to bring about exclusive concentration on the Lord (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam). Such an inclination is suitable at this stage of bhakti. However, it is not necessary in the higher stages, such as that of the ātmārāma, when indifference to material goals has already been achieved.
śāstre yuktau ca nipuṇaḥ sarvathā dṛḍha-niścayaḥ |
[shaastre yuktau cha nipunah sarvathaa dridha-nishchayah |]
prauḍha-śraddho ’dhikārī yaḥ sa bhaktāv uttamo mataḥ ||17||
[praudha-shraddho ’dhikaaree yah sa bhaktaav uttamo matah ||17||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra uttamaḥ—
śāstre yuktau ca nipuṇaḥ sarvathā dṛḍha-niścayaḥ |
prauḍha-śraddho ’dhikārī yaḥ sa bhaktāv uttamo mataḥ ||17||
The uttamādhikārī is defined as follows: The person who is skillful in scripture and logic, completely firm in his belief, with deep faith, is considered qualified as uttama in vaidhi-bhakti.
Purport
The devotee in the first or uppermost class is described as follows. He is very expert in the study of relevant scriptures, and he is also expert in putting forward arguments in terms of those scriptures. He can very nicely present conclusions with perfect discretion and can consider the ways of devotional service in a decisive way. He understands perfectly that the ultimate goal of life is to attain to the transcendental loving service of Kṛṣṇa, and he knows that Kṛṣṇa is the only object of worship and love. This first-class devotee is one who has strictly followed the rules and regulations under the training of a bona fide spiritual master and has sincerely obeyed him in accord with revealed scriptures. Thus, being fully trained to preach and become a spiritual master himself, he is considered first class. The first-class devotee never deviates from the principles of higher authority, and he attains firm faith in the scriptures by understanding with all reason and arguments. When we speak of arguments and reason, it means arguments and reason on the basis of revealed scriptures. The first-class devotee is not interested in dry speculative methods meant for wasting time. In other words, one who has attained a mature determination in the matter of devotional service can be accepted as the first-class devotee.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Previously, in defining vaidhi-bhakti, it was said that vaidhi-bhakti existed where the actions were inspired by the teachings of scripture. Thus, it may be concluded that the root cause of a person’s bhakti is faith in the content of scriptures. Conviction in the contents of the scriptures is called śraddhā or faith. According to the degree of faith in the scriptures, there will be classifications of persons possessing that faith. That is now the topic of discussion for two verses (the second verse has been divided into two verses, 18 and 19). Śāstre yuktau nipunaḥ means “conversant with scripture and logic.” This person developed firm conviction (dṛdḥa-niścayaḥ) through studying thoroughly the principles of philosophy (tattva), the sādhana, and the goal (puruṣārtha). That is the meaning of sarvathā (in all ways). Logic (yukte) should here be understood as logic following the statements of scripture, because independent logic is condemned in verse 1.1.45: one cannot understand bhakti by dry logic (yuktis tu kevalā naiva). This is also understood from the Vedānta-sūtras 2.1.27: śrutes tu śabda-mūlatvāt: the Lord can be understood only through the scriptures.
pūrvāparānurodhena ko nv artho ’bhimato bhavet |
ity ādyam ūhanaṁ tarkaḥ śuṣka-tarkaṁ tu varjayet ||
A meaning should be accepted with reference to what precedes and follows. Such reasoning is the logic to be used. Dry logic should be rejected. Vaiṣṇava Tantra
A person who is qualified as above, and has deep faith, is the uttamādhikārī.
yaḥ śāstrādiṣv anipuṇaḥ śraddhāvān sa tu madhyamaḥ ||18||
[yah shaastraadishv anipunah shraddhaavaan sa tu madhyamah ||18||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra madhyamaḥ—
yaḥ śāstrādiṣv anipuṇaḥ śraddhāvān sa tu madhyamaḥ ||18||
The mādhyamādhikārī is defined as follows: The person who is not fully conversant with scriptures like the uttamādhikārī but has firm conviction in them is known as the madhyamādhikārī.
Purport
The second-class devotee has been defined by the following symptoms: he is not very expert in arguing on the strength of revealed scripture, but he has firm faith in the objective. The purport of this description is that the second-class devotee has firm faith in the procedure of devotional service unto Kṛṣṇa, but he may sometimes fail to offer arguments and decisions on the strength of revealed scripture to an opposing party. But at the same time he is still undaunted within himself as to his decision that Kṛṣṇa is the supreme object of worship.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this verse śāstrādiṣv anipuṇaḥ means, “he is not as conversant with scriptures as the uttamādhikārī.” This means that when a strong challenger presents his points, he cannot establish the correct conclusion. Śraddhavān means he is still firmly convinced in his mind of the scriptural conclusions.
yo bhavet komala-śraddhaḥ sa kaniṣṭho nigadyate ||19||
[yo bhavet komala-shraddhah sa kanishtho nigadyate ||19||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra kaniṣṭhaḥ—
yo bhavet komala-śraddhaḥ sa kaniṣṭho nigadyate ||19||
The definition of the kaniṣṭhādhikārī is as follows: He who has weak faith because of even less knowledge of scriptures than the madhyamādhikārī is called the kaniṣṭha.
Purport
The neophyte or third-class devotee is one whose faith is not strong and who, at the same time, does not recognize the decision of the revealed scripture. The neophyte’s faith can be changed by someone else with strong arguments or by an opposite decision. Unlike the second-class devotee, who also cannot put forward arguments and evidences from the scripture, but who still has all faith in the objective, the neophyte has no firm faith in the objective. Thus he is called the neophyte devotee.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Other persons using scriptural logic can defeat a person with tender faith. However, the person is not completely unconvinced, because in that case the person would not even be considered a devotee. “Weak faith” in the verse means temporary unsteadiness of the heart when defeated by strong materialistic opponents. Later the person regains faith in what the guru has taught by his own judgment.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This person is not at all conversant with scriptures (anipuṇah). The phrase śāstrādiṣv anipuṇaḥ should be supplied from the previous definition. The person’s faith is just conviction in the meaning of the scriptures (without knowing much). Anipuṇaḥ in this case means a little knowledgeable (less than the madhyama). Having weak faith (komala-śraddhā) means that it is possible to break his faith by different scriptural reasoning.
sa kṣīṇa-tat-tad-bhāvaḥ syāc chuddha-bhakty-adhikāravān
yathebhaḥ śaunakādiś ca dhruvaḥ sa ca catuḥsanaḥ ||21||
Among the four types of persons qualified for bhakti mentioned in the Gītā, when they receive the mercy of the Lord or His devotee and eradicate those tendencies, they become qualified for pure bhakti. Examples of this are Gajendra, Śaunaka and the sages, Dhruva and also the four Kumāras.
Purport
Further classification of the neophyte devotee is made in the Bhagavad-gītā. It is stated there that four classes of men—namely those who are distressed, those who are in need of money, those who are inquisitive and those who are wise—begin devotional service and come to the Lord for relief in the matter of their respective self-satisfaction. They go into some place of worship and pray to God for mitigation of material distress, or for some economic development, or to satisfy their inquisitiveness. And a wise man who simply realizes the greatness of God is also counted among the neophytes. Such beginners can be elevated to the second-class or first-class platform if they associate with pure devotees.
An example of the neophyte class is Mahārāja Dhruva. He was in need of his father’s kingdom and therefore engaged himself in devotional service to the Lord. Then in the end, when he was completely purified, he declined to accept any material benediction from the Lord. Similarly, Gajendra was distressed and prayed to Kṛṣṇa for protection, after which he became a pure devotee. Similarly Sanaka, Sanātana, Sananda and Sanat-kumāra were all in the category of wise, saintly persons, and they were also attracted by devotional service. A similar thing happened to the assemblage in the Naimiṣāraṇya Forest, headed by the sage Śaunaka. They were inquisitive and were always asking Sūta Gosvāmī about Kṛṣṇa. Thus they achieved the association of a pure devotee and became pure devotees themselves. So that is the way of elevating oneself. In whatever condition one may be, if he is fortunate enough to associate with pure devotees, then very quickly he is elevated to the second-class or first-class platform.
These four types of devotees have been described in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, and they have all been accepted as pious. Without becoming pious, no one can come to devotional service. It is explained in Bhagavad-gītā that only one who has continually executed pious activities and whose sinful reactions in life have completely stopped can take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Others cannot. The neophyte devotees are classified into four groups—the distressed, those in need of money, the inquisitive and the wise—according to their gradations of pious activities. Without pious activities, if a man is in a distressed condition he becomes an agnostic, a communist or something like that. Because he does not firmly believe in God, he thinks that he can adjust his distressed condition by totally disbelieving in Him.
Lord Kṛṣṇa, however, has explained in the Gītā that out of these four types of neophytes, the one who is wise is very dear to Him, because a wise man, if he is attached to Kṛṣṇa, is not seeking an exchange of material benefits. A wise man who becomes attached to Kṛṣṇa does not want any return from Him, either in the form of relieving distress or in gaining money. This means that from the very beginning his basic principle of attachment to Kṛṣṇa is, more or less, love. Furthermore, due to his wisdom and study of śāstras (scriptures), he can understand also that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that after many, many births, when one becomes actually wise, he surrenders unto Vāsudeva, knowing perfectly well that Kṛṣṇa (Vāsudeva) is the origin and cause of all causes. Therefore, he sticks to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa and gradually develops love for Him. Although such a wise man is very dear to Kṛṣṇa, the others are also accepted as very magnanimous, because even though they are distressed or in need of money, they have come to Kṛṣṇa for satisfaction. Thus they are accepted as liberal, broad-minded mahātmās.
Without being elevated to the position of a jñānī, or wise man, one cannot stick to the principle of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The less intelligent or those whose intelligence has been taken away by the spell of māyā are attached to different demigods on account of the influence of the modes of nature. The wise man is he who has thoroughly understood that he is spirit soul and not simply a body. Because he realizes that he is spirit and Kṛṣṇa is the supreme spirit, he knows that his intimate relationship should be with Kṛṣṇa, not with this body. The distressed and the man in want of money are in the material concept of life, because distress and need of money are both in relationship with this body. One who is inquisitive may be a little above the distressed and the man in need of money, but still he is on the material platform. But a wise man who seeks Kṛṣṇa knows perfectly well that he is spirit soul, or Brahman, and that Kṛṣṇa is the supreme spirit soul, or Para-brahman. He knows that the spirit soul, being subordinate and finite, should always dovetail himself with the infinite and supreme soul, Kṛṣṇa. That is the relationship of the wise man with Kṛṣṇa.
It can be concluded that a person who is freed from the bodily concept of life is an eligible candidate for pure devotional service. It is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā that after Brahman realization, when one is freed from material anxieties and can see every living entity on an equal level, he is eligible to enter into devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Gajendra, being greedy to attain the sweetness of the Lord, gave up his desire to get relief from suffering and then became a pure devotee. The sages headed by Śaunaka gave up their desire for knowing about Svargaloka and other topics through the association with Sūta and became pure devotees. Dhruva by the mercy of the Lord gave up his desire for a kingdom and became a pure devotee. The Kumāras by the mercy of the Lord gave up the desire for liberation and became pure devotees.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse states that the four types of persons mentioned in the Gītā are in a condition prior to pure bhakti. The statement applies to all four types. Whoever among the four types receives the mercy of the Lord becomes qualified with pure bhakti. Śaunakādi refers to Śaunaka and the assembled sages, and catuḥsanaḥ refers to Sanaka and the other Kumāras. This is the statement in the Gītā:
catur-vidhā bhajante māṁ janāḥ sukṛtino ’rjuna |
ārto jijñāsur arthārthī jñānī ca bharatarṣabha ||
teṣāṁ jñānī nitya-yukta eka-bhaktir viśiṣyate |
priyo hi jñānino ’tyartham ahaṁ sa ca mama priyaḥ ||
udārāḥ sarva evaite jñānī tv ātmaiva me matam |
āsthitaḥ sa hi yuktātmā mām evānuttamāṁ gatim |||
bahūnāṁ janmanām ante jñānavān māṁ prapadyate |
vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ ||
kāmais tais tair hṛta-jñānāḥ prapadyante ’nya-devatāḥ ||
Four types of religious persons worship Me, O Arjuna: the sufferer, the inquirer, the enjoyer and the jñānī. Of these four types, the jñānī, who is constantly engaged in thinking of Me, who is practicing pure bhakti, is the best. This jñānī loves only Me, and I love only him. They are all exalted, but the jñānī is My soul, because he remains firmly fixed in devotion to Me, taking Me as the highest goal. That is My opinion. A person of the other three types, becoming a jñānī after many births, attains Me through devotee association. He understands that Kṛṣṇa is everything. His mind is attached only to Me. Such a person is very rare. Those who have become foolish because of their many desires worship various devatās, adopting various rules under the control of their individual desires. BG 7.16-20
The jñānī refers to the knower of ātmā according to the commentator Śrīdhara Svāmī. He also explains the reason why the jñānī is considered the best: jñānino dehādy-abhimānābhāvena citta-vikṣepābhāvān nitya-yuktatvam ekānta-bhaktitvaṁ ca sambhavati nānyasya: the jñānī, devoid of mental distraction because he has no false identification with his body, develops a state of constant meditation on ātmā and absolute devotion to ātmā; this is not so for the others.
However, the following should also be considered in this regard. Hypothetically, let it be accepted that the person has such qualities because of knowledge of ātmā and brahman. Still, it is seen that even the most prominent jñānīs who have realized oneness after gaining knowledge of ātmā and brahman enter pure bhakti only by the mercy of the Lord. With this in mind the author specifically mentions the Kumāras as examples of jñānīs. [Note: Jīva Gosvāmī says that the jñānī mentioned in the Gītā is not an impersonal jñānī, and therefore, the Kumāras, given as an example of jñānīs, are not impersonal. They are called jñānīs because they know about the Lord. However, even they must get the mercy of the Lord to practice pure bhakti. Viśvanātha classifies them as jñāna-miśra-bhaktas who attained śānta-rasa in his commentary on the Gītā.] Thus it is said in the Third Canto:
tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravinda-
kiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ |
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāṁ
saṅkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ ||
When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasī leaves from the toes of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead entered the nostrils of those sages, they experienced a change both in body and in mind, even though they were attached to the impersonal Brahman understanding. SB 3.15.43
The author has mentioned the example of the Kumāras as jñānīs to show the superiority of pure bhakti over jñāna. They are included as examples of vaidhi-bhakti because their advancement did not arise from possessing rāga, or from gaining knowledge of rāga, and therefore it did not go beyond the scriptural rules. They should be understood as examples of vaidhi-bhakti, being called jñānīs only because of some similarities. One should also consider a fifth example, the appearance of pure bhakti from the very beginning stage, such as Nārada in his previous life (who attained knowledge by the mercy of devotees and developed vaidhi-bhakti step by step). This type of vaidhi-bhakti adhikārī (who, having correct knowledge of the Lord, gets mercy and then develops pure bhakti) is also shown in the ninth and other chapters of the Gītā (rāja-vidyā).
In any case, it is shown by Śrīdhara Svāmī that the ātma-jñānī in the Gītā matures into a pure worshipper according to the statements of the Gītā. The Śrī-vaiṣṇavas however do not agree with his interpretation at all. For them the jñānī mentioned in the Gītā verse is a bhagavad-jñānī, a devotee who knows the Lord. [Note: Rāmānuja explains this in his commentary on 7.19.] Previously in 7.2 it was said: jñānaṁ te ’haṁ sa-vijñānam idaṁ vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ, “I will teach you knowledge and special knowledge.” The Lord then said that this knowledge is rare even for those who have attained ātma-jnāna (siddhānām) in 7.3. The Lord then said that He alone is the highest cause, being the cause of both matter and jīva. He finally stated that He alone is the best among all and the shelter of all. Though he is the shelter of everything, as shown with verses such as puṇyo gandhaḥ (BG 7.9), He is not at all touched by faults. This is indicated by using the word puṇya (pure) which should be applied to all the elements listed, not just pure fragrance of the earth. He then indicates the beauty of His personal qualities by pointing out that all things listed are non-different from Himself, though they are made of utterly inferior guṇas. If these things are impressive but inferior, how much superior and infinite are His own qualities! He says:
ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā rājasās tāmasāś ca ye |
matta eveti tān viddhi na tv ahaṁ teṣu te mayi ||
Know that all these states of sattva, rajas and tamas come from Me. They are in Me, but I am not in them. BG 7.12
By this verse the Lord shows that He has all qualities but He is not touched by the material guṇas.
Though showing difference between Himself and matter, it appears that again He states non-difference when He says later vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti jñānavān māṁ prapadyate: He who knows that I am everything surrenders to Me. (BG 7.19) However this is resolved by explaining that He is not different from matter and is still different from it, just as the sun is different from its rays and also one with them. Brahmā speaks similarly:
so ’yaṁ te ’bhihitas tāta bhagavān viśva-bhāvanaḥ |
samāsena harer nānyad anyasmāt sad-asac ca yat ||
My dear son, I have now explained in brief the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is creator of the manifested worlds. There is nothing other than the Lord, among the phenomenal and noumenal existences. SB 2.7.50
Moreover, the Lord Himself has just said ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā: the guṇas are in Me but I am not in them. Arjuna will also say to the Lord sarvaṁ samāpnoṣi tato ’si sarvaḥ: You are spread everywhere, and therefore You are everything. (BG 11.40) Non-difference and difference must be the meaning, because the verse says that he who possesses this knowledge (jñānavān) that everything is Vāsudeva surrenders to Him. Surrender or prapatti, a process of bhakti, is stated in that verse. Also, this must be the meaning because by saying “Vāsudeva is everything” He reconfirms that He alone should be worshipped, by pointing out knowledge of Himself (previously explained in the Gītā)—that He alone is ornamented with infinite great qualities, that He alone exists inside and outside everything, but is also beyond the guṇas of prakṛti. (In that sense He is everything.)
Therefore, the meaning of those verses from the Gītā is as follows. The artaḥ is the person desiring destruction of suffering. The arthārthī is the person desiring attainment of happiness. These two persons are of two varieties: those interested in short-term solutions and those interested in long-term solutions. If a person wants a long-term solution, a deeper solace from grief or a deeper type of happiness, he will become a jijñāsuḥ, inquiring after truth in pursuit of his relief from suffering or attainment of happiness. The order of persons is reversed in the Gītā verse. The jijñāsuḥ should be placed after the arthaḥ and arthārthī. The jñānī is the person possessing scriptural knowledge as explained above. There are three types of jñānīs: those with knowledge of the Lord’s powers, those with knowledge of the Lord’s sweetness, and those with knowledge of both.
The sukṛtiṇaḥ refers to possessing good fortune of gaining faith by association with the great devotees, which causes impressions of bhakti. The first three types of persons may or may not have that sukṛti. If they happen to have sukṛti, then they worship the Lord. In the case of the jñānī however it is certain he has sukṛti, because he can only become knowledgeable of the Lord from such sukṛti. Thus, he definitely worships the Lord. This is the meaning.
Among those who worship Me, he alone, the jñānī, knows about Me as described above, and worships Me alone, with no other desires (anyābhilāṣitā) and with indifference to the varṇāśrama-dharma celebrated in the smṛtis and to knowledge in the form of oneness of jīva and Brahman celebrated in other doctrines. Because he is an uttama-bhakta he is very devoted to Me, and I also am very devoted to him. In two verses (BG 17-18) the Lord states the reasons for the jñānī’s superiority.
The Lord then describes the faith achieved by the first three types after many births, with bahūnāṁ janmanām ante (7.19). Without having the special sukṛti described above (association with devotees), others continue the path of birth and death. This is described in 7.20 with kāmais tais tair hṛta-jñānāḥ. Thus, the topic here is four types of devotees (not including impersonalists). The meaning of Lord’s statements alone should be ascertained (and then one will come to the correct conclusion).
sa kṣīṇa-tat-tad-bhāvaḥ syāc chuddha-bhakty-adhikāravān
yathebhaḥ śaunakādiś ca dhruvaḥ sa ca catuḥsanaḥ ||21||
Among the four types of persons qualified for bhakti mentioned in the Gītā, when they receive the mercy of the Lord or His devotee and eradicate those tendencies, they become qualified for pure bhakti. Examples of this are Gajendra, Śaunaka and the sages, Dhruva and also the four Kumāras.
Purport
Further classification of the neophyte devotee is made in the Bhagavad-gītā. It is stated there that four classes of men—namely those who are distressed, those who are in need of money, those who are inquisitive and those who are wise—begin devotional service and come to the Lord for relief in the matter of their respective self-satisfaction. They go into some place of worship and pray to God for mitigation of material distress, or for some economic development, or to satisfy their inquisitiveness. And a wise man who simply realizes the greatness of God is also counted among the neophytes. Such beginners can be elevated to the second-class or first-class platform if they associate with pure devotees.
An example of the neophyte class is Mahārāja Dhruva. He was in need of his father’s kingdom and therefore engaged himself in devotional service to the Lord. Then in the end, when he was completely purified, he declined to accept any material benediction from the Lord. Similarly, Gajendra was distressed and prayed to Kṛṣṇa for protection, after which he became a pure devotee. Similarly Sanaka, Sanātana, Sananda and Sanat-kumāra were all in the category of wise, saintly persons, and they were also attracted by devotional service. A similar thing happened to the assemblage in the Naimiṣāraṇya Forest, headed by the sage Śaunaka. They were inquisitive and were always asking Sūta Gosvāmī about Kṛṣṇa. Thus they achieved the association of a pure devotee and became pure devotees themselves. So that is the way of elevating oneself. In whatever condition one may be, if he is fortunate enough to associate with pure devotees, then very quickly he is elevated to the second-class or first-class platform.
These four types of devotees have been described in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, and they have all been accepted as pious. Without becoming pious, no one can come to devotional service. It is explained in Bhagavad-gītā that only one who has continually executed pious activities and whose sinful reactions in life have completely stopped can take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Others cannot. The neophyte devotees are classified into four groups—the distressed, those in need of money, the inquisitive and the wise—according to their gradations of pious activities. Without pious activities, if a man is in a distressed condition he becomes an agnostic, a communist or something like that. Because he does not firmly believe in God, he thinks that he can adjust his distressed condition by totally disbelieving in Him.
Lord Kṛṣṇa, however, has explained in the Gītā that out of these four types of neophytes, the one who is wise is very dear to Him, because a wise man, if he is attached to Kṛṣṇa, is not seeking an exchange of material benefits. A wise man who becomes attached to Kṛṣṇa does not want any return from Him, either in the form of relieving distress or in gaining money. This means that from the very beginning his basic principle of attachment to Kṛṣṇa is, more or less, love. Furthermore, due to his wisdom and study of śāstras (scriptures), he can understand also that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that after many, many births, when one becomes actually wise, he surrenders unto Vāsudeva, knowing perfectly well that Kṛṣṇa (Vāsudeva) is the origin and cause of all causes. Therefore, he sticks to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa and gradually develops love for Him. Although such a wise man is very dear to Kṛṣṇa, the others are also accepted as very magnanimous, because even though they are distressed or in need of money, they have come to Kṛṣṇa for satisfaction. Thus they are accepted as liberal, broad-minded mahātmās.
Without being elevated to the position of a jñānī, or wise man, one cannot stick to the principle of worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The less intelligent or those whose intelligence has been taken away by the spell of māyā are attached to different demigods on account of the influence of the modes of nature. The wise man is he who has thoroughly understood that he is spirit soul and not simply a body. Because he realizes that he is spirit and Kṛṣṇa is the supreme spirit, he knows that his intimate relationship should be with Kṛṣṇa, not with this body. The distressed and the man in want of money are in the material concept of life, because distress and need of money are both in relationship with this body. One who is inquisitive may be a little above the distressed and the man in need of money, but still he is on the material platform. But a wise man who seeks Kṛṣṇa knows perfectly well that he is spirit soul, or Brahman, and that Kṛṣṇa is the supreme spirit soul, or Para-brahman. He knows that the spirit soul, being subordinate and finite, should always dovetail himself with the infinite and supreme soul, Kṛṣṇa. That is the relationship of the wise man with Kṛṣṇa.
It can be concluded that a person who is freed from the bodily concept of life is an eligible candidate for pure devotional service. It is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā that after Brahman realization, when one is freed from material anxieties and can see every living entity on an equal level, he is eligible to enter into devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
This verse states that the four types of persons mentioned in the Gītā are in a condition prior to pure bhakti. The statement applies to all four types. Whoever among the four types receives the mercy of the Lord becomes qualified with pure bhakti. Śaunakādi refers to Śaunaka and the assembled sages, and catuḥsanaḥ refers to Sanaka and the other Kumāras. This is the statement in the Gītā:
catur-vidhā bhajante māṁ janāḥ sukṛtino ’rjuna |
ārto jijñāsur arthārthī jñānī ca bharatarṣabha ||
teṣāṁ jñānī nitya-yukta eka-bhaktir viśiṣyate |
priyo hi jñānino ’tyartham ahaṁ sa ca mama priyaḥ ||
udārāḥ sarva evaite jñānī tv ātmaiva me matam |
āsthitaḥ sa hi yuktātmā mām evānuttamāṁ gatim |||
bahūnāṁ janmanām ante jñānavān māṁ prapadyate |
vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ ||
kāmais tais tair hṛta-jñānāḥ prapadyante ’nya-devatāḥ ||
Four types of religious persons worship Me, O Arjuna: the sufferer, the inquirer, the enjoyer and the jñānī. Of these four types, the jñānī, who is constantly engaged in thinking of Me, who is practicing pure bhakti, is the best. This jñānī loves only Me, and I love only him. They are all exalted, but the jñānī is My soul, because he remains firmly fixed in devotion to Me, taking Me as the highest goal. That is My opinion. A person of the other three types, becoming a jñānī after many births, attains Me through devotee association. He understands that Kṛṣṇa is everything. His mind is attached only to Me. Such a person is very rare. Those who have become foolish because of their many desires worship various devatās, adopting various rules under the control of their individual desires. BG 7.16-20
The jñānī refers to the knower of ātmā according to the commentator Śrīdhara Svāmī. He also explains the reason why the jñānī is considered the best: jñānino dehādy-abhimānābhāvena citta-vikṣepābhāvān nitya-yuktatvam ekānta-bhaktitvaṁ ca sambhavati nānyasya: the jñānī, devoid of mental distraction because he has no false identification with his body, develops a state of constant meditation on ātmā and absolute devotion to ātmā; this is not so for the others.
However, the following should also be considered in this regard. Hypothetically, let it be accepted that the person has such qualities because of knowledge of ātmā and brahman. Still, it is seen that even the most prominent jñānīs who have realized oneness after gaining knowledge of ātmā and brahman enter pure bhakti only by the mercy of the Lord. With this in mind the author specifically mentions the Kumāras as examples of jñānīs. [Note: Jīva Gosvāmī says that the jñānī mentioned in the Gītā is not an impersonal jñānī, and therefore, the Kumāras, given as an example of jñānīs, are not impersonal. They are called jñānīs because they know about the Lord. However, even they must get the mercy of the Lord to practice pure bhakti. Viśvanātha classifies them as jñāna-miśra-bhaktas who attained śānta-rasa in his commentary on the Gītā.] Thus it is said in the Third Canto:
tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravinda-
kiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ |
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāṁ
saṅkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ ||
When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasī leaves from the toes of the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead entered the nostrils of those sages, they experienced a change both in body and in mind, even though they were attached to the impersonal Brahman understanding. SB 3.15.43
The author has mentioned the example of the Kumāras as jñānīs to show the superiority of pure bhakti over jñāna. They are included as examples of vaidhi-bhakti because their advancement did not arise from possessing rāga, or from gaining knowledge of rāga, and therefore it did not go beyond the scriptural rules. They should be understood as examples of vaidhi-bhakti, being called jñānīs only because of some similarities. One should also consider a fifth example, the appearance of pure bhakti from the very beginning stage, such as Nārada in his previous life (who attained knowledge by the mercy of devotees and developed vaidhi-bhakti step by step). This type of vaidhi-bhakti adhikārī (who, having correct knowledge of the Lord, gets mercy and then develops pure bhakti) is also shown in the ninth and other chapters of the Gītā (rāja-vidyā).
In any case, it is shown by Śrīdhara Svāmī that the ātma-jñānī in the Gītā matures into a pure worshipper according to the statements of the Gītā. The Śrī-vaiṣṇavas however do not agree with his interpretation at all. For them the jñānī mentioned in the Gītā verse is a bhagavad-jñānī, a devotee who knows the Lord. [Note: Rāmānuja explains this in his commentary on 7.19.] Previously in 7.2 it was said: jñānaṁ te ’haṁ sa-vijñānam idaṁ vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ, “I will teach you knowledge and special knowledge.” The Lord then said that this knowledge is rare even for those who have attained ātma-jnāna (siddhānām) in 7.3. The Lord then said that He alone is the highest cause, being the cause of both matter and jīva. He finally stated that He alone is the best among all and the shelter of all. Though he is the shelter of everything, as shown with verses such as puṇyo gandhaḥ (BG 7.9), He is not at all touched by faults. This is indicated by using the word puṇya (pure) which should be applied to all the elements listed, not just pure fragrance of the earth. He then indicates the beauty of His personal qualities by pointing out that all things listed are non-different from Himself, though they are made of utterly inferior guṇas. If these things are impressive but inferior, how much superior and infinite are His own qualities! He says:
ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā rājasās tāmasāś ca ye |
matta eveti tān viddhi na tv ahaṁ teṣu te mayi ||
Know that all these states of sattva, rajas and tamas come from Me. They are in Me, but I am not in them. BG 7.12
By this verse the Lord shows that He has all qualities but He is not touched by the material guṇas.
Though showing difference between Himself and matter, it appears that again He states non-difference when He says later vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti jñānavān māṁ prapadyate: He who knows that I am everything surrenders to Me. (BG 7.19) However this is resolved by explaining that He is not different from matter and is still different from it, just as the sun is different from its rays and also one with them. Brahmā speaks similarly:
so ’yaṁ te ’bhihitas tāta bhagavān viśva-bhāvanaḥ |
samāsena harer nānyad anyasmāt sad-asac ca yat ||
My dear son, I have now explained in brief the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is creator of the manifested worlds. There is nothing other than the Lord, among the phenomenal and noumenal existences. SB 2.7.50
Moreover, the Lord Himself has just said ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā: the guṇas are in Me but I am not in them. Arjuna will also say to the Lord sarvaṁ samāpnoṣi tato ’si sarvaḥ: You are spread everywhere, and therefore You are everything. (BG 11.40) Non-difference and difference must be the meaning, because the verse says that he who possesses this knowledge (jñānavān) that everything is Vāsudeva surrenders to Him. Surrender or prapatti, a process of bhakti, is stated in that verse. Also, this must be the meaning because by saying “Vāsudeva is everything” He reconfirms that He alone should be worshipped, by pointing out knowledge of Himself (previously explained in the Gītā)—that He alone is ornamented with infinite great qualities, that He alone exists inside and outside everything, but is also beyond the guṇas of prakṛti. (In that sense He is everything.)
Therefore, the meaning of those verses from the Gītā is as follows. The artaḥ is the person desiring destruction of suffering. The arthārthī is the person desiring attainment of happiness. These two persons are of two varieties: those interested in short-term solutions and those interested in long-term solutions. If a person wants a long-term solution, a deeper solace from grief or a deeper type of happiness, he will become a jijñāsuḥ, inquiring after truth in pursuit of his relief from suffering or attainment of happiness. The order of persons is reversed in the Gītā verse. The jijñāsuḥ should be placed after the arthaḥ and arthārthī. The jñānī is the person possessing scriptural knowledge as explained above. There are three types of jñānīs: those with knowledge of the Lord’s powers, those with knowledge of the Lord’s sweetness, and those with knowledge of both.
The sukṛtiṇaḥ refers to possessing good fortune of gaining faith by association with the great devotees, which causes impressions of bhakti. The first three types of persons may or may not have that sukṛti. If they happen to have sukṛti, then they worship the Lord. In the case of the jñānī however it is certain he has sukṛti, because he can only become knowledgeable of the Lord from such sukṛti. Thus, he definitely worships the Lord. This is the meaning.
Among those who worship Me, he alone, the jñānī, knows about Me as described above, and worships Me alone, with no other desires (anyābhilāṣitā) and with indifference to the varṇāśrama-dharma celebrated in the smṛtis and to knowledge in the form of oneness of jīva and Brahman celebrated in other doctrines. Because he is an uttama-bhakta he is very devoted to Me, and I also am very devoted to him. In two verses (BG 17-18) the Lord states the reasons for the jñānī’s superiority.
The Lord then describes the faith achieved by the first three types after many births, with bahūnāṁ janmanām ante (7.19). Without having the special sukṛti described above (association with devotees), others continue the path of birth and death. This is described in 7.20 with kāmais tais tair hṛta-jñānāḥ. Thus, the topic here is four types of devotees (not including impersonalists). The meaning of Lord’s statements alone should be ascertained (and then one will come to the correct conclusion).
How can the happiness of bhakti arise in the heart when the witch of desire for enjoyment and liberation remains there?
Purport
As stated before, there are three kinds of happiness—material, spiritual and devotional. Devotional service and the happiness due to its execution are not possible as long as one is materially affected. If someone has desire for material enjoyment or for becoming one with the Supreme, these are both considered material concepts. Because the impersonalists cannot appreciate the spiritual happiness of association and the exchange of loving affairs with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, their ultimate goal is to become one with the Lord. This concept is simply an extension of the material idea. In the material world, everyone is trying to be the topmost head man among all his fellow men or neighbors. Either communally, socially or nationally, everyone is competing to be greater than all others, in the material concept of life. This greatness can be extended to the unlimited, so that one actually wants to become one with the greatest of all, the Supreme Lord. This is also a material concept, although maybe a little more advanced.
However, the perfect spiritual concept of life is complete knowledge of one’s constitutional position, in which one knows enough to dovetail himself in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. One must know that he is finite and that the Lord is infinite. Thus it is not possible to actually become one with the Lord even if one aspires for this. It is simply not possible. Therefore, anyone who has any desire or aspiration for satisfying his senses by becoming more and more important, either in the material sense or in the spiritual sense, cannot actually relish the really sweet taste of devotional service. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has therefore compared possessing these bhukti (material) and mukti (liberation) desires with being influenced by the black art of a witch: in both cases one is in trouble. Bhukti means material enjoyment, and mukti means to become freed from material anxiety and to become one with the Lord. These desires are compared to being haunted by ghosts and witches, because while these aspirations for material enjoyment or spiritual oneness with the Supreme remain, no one can relish the actual transcendental taste of devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
We know return to the main text. The author now states the previously mentioned cause of pure bhakti by describing the opposite condition. Even the desire for liberation is considered to be like a demoness (piśācī). Bhukti or material enjoyment is a demoness because it covers the desire for bhakti with other desires. Mukti is a demoness because its reference point is oneself. Even though the devotees become liberated from saṁsāra, liberation is not at all their goal. However, by the power of bhakti they do become liberated. Vyāpnoti hṛdayaṁ yāvad bhukti-mukti-spṛhāgrahaḥ (as long as the strong desire for enjoyment and liberation is spread in the heart) is another appropriate version of the first line. The meaning of the verse is that desires for enjoyment and liberation are not proper for the sādhaka, and are not at all present in the perfected devotee. This is understood from examples of both given elsewhere.
By prema, the bhakti processes such as hearing take possession of the mind and senses of persons who do not desire the goal of liberation at all.
Purport
A pure devotee never cares for liberation. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu prayed to Kṛṣṇa, “My dear son of Nanda, I do not want any material happiness in the shape of many followers, nor immense opulence in wealth, nor any beautiful wife, nor do I want cessation from material existence. I may take birth many times, one after another, but what I pray from You is that My devotion unto You may always remain unflinching.”
The attention of a pure devotee is so much attracted to glorification of the Lord’s pastimes, name, qualities, forms, etc., that the devotee does not care for mukti. Śrī Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura has said, “If I am engaged in devotional service unto You, my dear Lord, then very easily can I perceive Your presence everywhere. And as far as liberation is concerned, I think liberation stands at my door with folded hands, waiting to serve me.” To pure devotees, therefore, liberation and spiritual emancipation are not very important things.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse speaks of the excellence of bhakti, which is devoid of desire for liberation. Anvīṁ gatim (minute or subtle goal) refers to liberation. Bhakti indicates the processes such as hearing. These processes take possession of the devotees’ minds and senses (prāṇān) through the influence of prema. [Note: The activities of bhakti are purely spiritual though expressed through our senses and mind while we are embodied, because of the influence of the Lord’s spiritual energy. This becomes perfect at the stage of prema.] That means their minds and senses become bhakti itself by the influence of prema.
In the Third Canto it is said: Bhakti steals away the mind and senses of the persons who do not desire liberation, by the prema arising from realizing the attractive limbs, pastimes, charming words, glances and playful smiles of the generous Lord. SB 3.25.36
Purport
In this connection, in the Third Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Chapter Twenty-five, verse 36, Kapiladeva has advised His mother, Devahūti, as follows: “My dear mother, My pure devotees are charmed by seeing My different forms, the beauty of My face, the structure of My body so enchanting. My laughing, My pastimes and My glance appear to them so beautiful that their minds are always absorbed in thoughts of Me and their lives are dedicated fully unto Me. Although such people do not desire any kind of liberation or any kind of material happiness, still I give them a place among My associates in the supreme abode.”
This evidence from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives assurance to the pure devotee of being elevated to association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
With this verse, the author gives evidence for the previous point. Bhakti captivates the minds and senses of those not desiring liberation by prema, which arises from the realization of the beautiful limbs, smile and words of the Lord. Prayuṅkte means “causes.” They have no desire for liberation because they are already free from suffering. According to another explanation anvīm gatim means “the subtle or difficult to understand (anvīm) conditions (gatim) of being an associate of the Lord.” This meaning is obtained by the context, for it will be said in the next verse: śriyaṁ bhāgavatīṁ vāspṛhayanti bhadrāṁ parasya me te ’śnuvate tu loke: they do not desire to be elevated to the kingdom of God, the devotees enjoy, even in this life, all the offered benedictions, though they do not desire them. (SB 3.25.37) It is understood that not having a desire for these things even if they are offered is an expression of their humility.
eṣāṁ mokṣāya bhaktānāṁ na kadācit spṛhā bhavet ||25||
[eshaam mokshaaya bhaktaanaam na kadaachit sprihaa bhavet ||25||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī kṛṣṇa-caraṇāmbhoja-sevā-nirvṛta-cetasām |
eṣāṁ mokṣāya bhaktānāṁ na kadācit spṛhā bhavet ||25||
Devotees who are absorbed in the bliss of service to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa should never desire liberation.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī remarks in this connection that one who is actually attracted by the beauty of the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa or His service, and whose heart, by such attraction, is always full with transcendental bliss, will naturally never aspire after the liberation which is so valuable to the impersonalists.
Uddhava also states this: O my Lord, devotees who are engaged in the transcendental loving service of Your lotus feet have no difficulty in achieving anything within the realm of the four principles of religiosity, economic development, sense gratification and liberation. Nevertheless, O great one, as far as I am concerned, I have preferred only to engage in the loving service of Your lotus feet. SB 3.4.15
Purport
A similar passage is also there in the Third Canto, Fourth Chapter, verse 15, of the same book, wherein Uddhava addresses Lord Kṛṣṇa and says, “My dear Lord, for persons who are engaged in Your transcendental loving service there is nothing worth obtaining from religiousness, economic development, sense gratification or liberation—although happiness from these different sources can be very easily had by them. In spite of such facilities, my dear Lord, I do not aspire to achieve any such results. My only prayer is that I may have unflinching faith and devotion unto Your lotus feet.”
And Kapila states the same: A pure devotee, who is attached to the activities of devotional service and who always engages in the service of My lotus feet, never desires to become one with Me. Such a devotee, who is unflinchingly engaged, always glorifies My pastimes and activities. SB 3.25.34
Purport
A similar passage appears in the Third Canto, Twenty-fifth Chapter, verse 34, wherein Kapiladeva instructs His mother and says, “My dear mother, devotees whose hearts are always filled in the service of My lotus feet and who are prepared to do anything for My satisfaction, especially those fortunate devotees who assemble together to understand My qualities, pastimes and form and thus glorify Me congregationally and derive transcendental pleasure therefrom, never desire to become one with Me.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Some devotees do not desire liberation in the form of becoming one with brahman (ekātmatām). “But what satisfies them so much that they have no taste for the happiness of brahman?” They are very attached, by the direction of scriptures (abhiratā), to serving My lotus feet with all their senses. They have no interest in jñāna or other processes. This statement indicates bhakti, which is a natural inclination, following the scriptures, devoid of karma and jñāna, engaging all the senses, and having the Lord as the object. Since they have only the desire (īhā) for tasting the sweetness of My beauty (mad), they are intent (prasajya) on having absence of other desires (anyābhilāṣa-śūnya). They enjoy (sabhājayante) the sweetness of My human pastimes (pauruṣāṇi) such as lifting Govardhana, by reciting their glories. The happiness of brahman is thus not pleasing to them because it lacks service to the Lord’s feet; it lacks perception of the beauty of the Lord; and it lacks the taste of the Lord’s sweet pastimes. These are the three reasons why the devotees do not desire liberation.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this verse, ekātmatām means merging with brahman or merging with the personal form of the Lord.
dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ ||28||
[deeyamaanam na grihnanti vinaa mat-sevanam janaah ||28||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatraiva (3.29.13)—
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya- sārūpyaikatvam apy uta |
dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ ||28||
Kapila also says: A pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation—sālokya, sārṣṭi, sāmīpya, sārūpya or ekatva—even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead SB—if they are not accompanied by service 3.29.13
Purport
“And what to speak of becoming one with Me, if they are offered a post like Mine in My abode, or opulence like Mine, or even personal association with Me with similar bodily features, they refuse to accept, because they are satisfied simply by being engaged in My devotional service.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Sālokya means living on the same planet with the Lord. Sārṣṭi means possessing similar powers as the Lord. Sāmīpya means residing close to the Lord. Sārūpya means having a similar form. Ekatva means merging in the Lord. Even if the Lord gives these the devotees do not accept, what to speak of their desiring such things. Even if some do accept them, they accept them only for service to the Lord (vinā mat-sevanam).
[kim tv antakaasi-lulitaat patataam vimaanaat ||29||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
caturthe śrī-dhruvoktau (4.9.10)—
yā nirvṛtis tanu-bhṛtāṁ tava pāda-padma-
dhyānād bhavaj-jana-kathā-śravaṇena vā syāt |
sā brahmaṇi sva-mahimany api nātha mā bhūt
kiṁ tv antakāsi-lulitāt patatāṁ vimānāt ||29||
In the Fourth Canto, Dhruva says: My Lord, the transcendental bliss derived from meditating upon Your lotus feet or hearing about Your glories from pure devotees is so unlimited that it is far beyond the stage of brahmānanda, wherein one thinks himself merged in the impersonal brahman as one with the Supreme. Since brahmānanda is also defeated by the transcendental bliss derived from devotional service, then what to speak of the temporary blissfulness of elevating oneself to the heavenly planets, which is ended by the separating sword of time? Although one may be elevated to the heavenly planets, he falls down in due course of time. SB 4.9.10
Purport
In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fourth Canto, Ninth Chapter, verse 10, King Dhruva says, “My dear Lord, the transcendental pleasure derived by meditation upon Your lotus feet, which is enjoyed by the pure devotees, cannot be approached by the transcendental pleasure derived by the impersonalists through self-realization. So how can the fruitive workers, who at most can aspire to promotion to the higher heavenly planets, understand You, and how can they be described as enjoying a happiness similar to the devotees’ happiness?”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The bliss (nirvṛtiḥ) which arises from meditating on (or hearing about, glorifying or serving) Your lotus feet or by hearing about (or meditating on, glorifying or serving) Your devotees can never be found in the bliss of brahman which is a form of Your greatness (sva-mahimani). Mahimā means “manifestation of greatness.” But you are also that greatness (since it comes from You), but that greatness is spread out everywhere (not in a form). Thus, since a person can attain bliss by being fixed on Your personal form, what bliss can there be in the brahman? Matsya says:
madīyaṁ mahimānaṁ ca paraṁ brahmeti śabditam
vetsyasy anugṛhītaṁ me sampraśnair vivṛtaṁ hṛdi
You will be thoroughly advised and favored by Me, and because of your inquiries, My greatness known as impersonal brahman will be manifest within your heart. Thus, you will know everything about Me. SB 8.24.38
From this statement, one can understand that the greatness of the Lord is expressed as the impersonal brahman. It is understood that there is no bliss for those who fall from the heavenly planets, which are cut by time (antakāsi-lulitāt). Moreover, speaking of results, serving the Lord has another additional fruit. The actual fruit of bhakti is only bhakti unto You. Bhakti, by being without desires, spontaneously bears its fruit as prema for the devotees.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
There is no such bliss in attaining Your brahman which possesses extraordinary greatness (sva-mahimani), what to speak of falling from a temporary airplane by the sword of death.
Concerning this Pṛthu also speaks: My dear Lord, I therefore do not wish to have the benediction of merging into Your existence, a benediction in which there is no existence of the nectarean beverage of Your lotus feet. I want the benediction of at least one million ears, for thus I may be able to hear about the glories of Your lotus feet from the mouths of Your pure devotees. SB 4.20.24
Purport
NoD 4: Devotional Service Surpasses All Liberation
How much a devotee is seriously attached to the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead can be understood from the statement of Mahārāja Pṛthu (Ādi-rāja) which is described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fourth Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verse 24. He prays to the Supreme Personality of Godhead thus: “My dear Lord, if after taking liberation I have no chance of hearing the glories of Your Lordship, glories chanted by pure devotees from the core of their hearts in praise of Your lotus feet, and if I have no chance for this honey of transcendental bliss, then I shall never ask for liberation or this so-called spiritual emancipation. I shall simply always pray unto Your Lordship that You may give me millions of tongues and millions of ears, so that I can constantly chant and hear of Your transcendental glories.”
The impersonalists desire to merge into the existence of the Supreme, but without keeping their individuality they have no chance of hearing and chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord. Because they have no idea of the transcendental form of the Supreme Lord, there is no chance of their chanting and hearing of His transcendental activities. In other words, unless one is already beyond liberation, one cannot relish the transcendental glories of the Lord, nor can one understand the transcendental form of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
“I do not desire merging into brahman (tad) at any time at all, since it brings about sorrow.”
“Why is that?”
“By merging in brahman there is no nectar of Your lotus feet—the wealth of sweetness in hearing about Your qualities.”
“What type of nectar is this?”
“It arises from the heart of the great devotee and exits from his mouth.”
The nectar is glorified in this way because it cannot be relished while it is still inside the devotee. Out of great bliss, Pṛthu glorifies the nectar when it emerges for the devotee because then he can relish it. This is similar in expression to śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava-saṁyuta: from the mouth of Śukadeva Bhāgavatam becomes liquid nectar. (SB 1.1.3)
“By my tasting it, I can understand its sweetness. One should also understand the opposite condition. Just as sweet water becomes distasteful when it mixes with salty earth, the qualities of the Lord become distasteful when emanating from the mouth of a non-devotee.”
”Now, what do you desire?”
“Because of the infinite number of devotee talks about the qualities of the Lord, many devotees in many places are speaking in glorification. I cannot reject even one of these talks. Out of great greed I have a desire for an infinite number of ears.”
”Does anyone ever ask for such a thing?”
“True, it is impossible, but that is my wish and I have no other.”
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Here the meaning is “I do not want bliss from merging into brahman, where there is no happiness from hearing about Your qualities and honey from Your lotus feet.”
“Then what do you desire?” “My wish is that You give me ten thousand ears to hear Your glories.”
[naichchan nripas tad uchitam mahataam madhudvit-]
sevānurakta-manasām abhavo ’pi phalguḥ ||31||
[sevaanurakta-manasaam abhavo ’pi phalguh ||31||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pañcame śrī-śukoktau—
yo dustyajān kṣiti-suta-svajanārtha-dārān
prārthyāṁ śriyaṁ sura-varaiḥ sadayāvalokām |
naicchan nṛpas tad ucitaṁ mahatāṁ madhudviṭ-
sevānurakta-manasām abhavo ’pi phalguḥ ||31||
In the Fifth Canto Śuka says: The king gave up everything that was difficult for others to give up. He gave up his kingdom, his wife and his family. His opulence was so great that even the demigods envied it, yet he gave up that wealth endowed with attractive glances. It was quite befitting for great devotees whose minds are attracted to the service of the enemy of the Madhu demon. Indeed, even liberation is considered insignificant for those whose minds are attracted to the loving service of the Lord. SB 5.14.44
Purport
A similar statement is found in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fifth Canto, Fourteenth Chapter, verse 44. Śukadeva Gosvāmī addresses Parīkṣit Mahārāja there and says, “The great soul King Bharata was so much attached to the service of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa that he very easily gave up his lordship over the earthly planet and his affection for his children, society, friends, royal opulence and beautiful wife. He was so very lucky that the goddess of fortune was pleased to offer him all kinds of material concessions, but he never accepted any of these material opulences.” Śukadeva Gosvāmī praises this behavior of King Bharata very highly. He says, “Any person whose heart is attracted by the transcendental qualities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Madhusūdana, does not care even for that liberation which is aspired to by many great sages, what to speak of material opulences.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Wealth sends out seemingly kind glances, which say, “Do not renounce and torture your body with austerities. Stay in your house and I will take care of you!” For such devotees (like Bharata), liberation (abhavaḥ) is insignificant (phalguḥ). The devotees rule over liberation also, but they are not attracted to it.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The person referred to here is Bharata, the son of Ṛsabha.
In the Sixth Canto Vṛtra says: O my Lord, source of all opportunities, I do not desire to enjoy in Dhruvaloka, the heavenly planets or the planet where Lord Brahmā resides, nor do I want to be the supreme ruler of all the earthly planets or the lower planetary systems. I do not desire the perfection of aṣṭāṅga-yoga, nor do I want liberation if I have to give up Your lotus feet. SB 6.11.25
Purport
In the Bhāgavatam, Sixth Canto, Eleventh Chapter, verse 25, there is a similar statement by Vṛtrāsura, who addresses the Lord as follows: “My dear Lord, by leaving Your transcendental service I may be promoted to the planet called Dhruvaloka [the polestar], or I may gain lordship over all the planetary systems of the universe. But I do not aspire to this. Nor do I wish the mystic perfections of yoga practice, nor do I aspire to spiritual emancipation. All I wish for, my Lord, is Your association and transcendental service eternally.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Nāka-pṛṣṭham (ceiling of the sky) refers to Dhruva-loka. Sarva-bhaumam means attaining a great kingdom on earth like Pṛthu. Rasādhipatyam refers to ruling over the lower planets starting with Pātāla. “Because I must reject You (tvā) by accepting liberation, I do not desire liberation at all (apunarbhavam).” By placing the four desirable places (Dhruva-loka, Brahma-loka, earth and the lower planets) in order increasing insignificance, he indicates the greater value of the preceding place. Dhruva-loka is the best, since Viṣṇu resides there, but even that he rejects. The yoga-siddhi and liberation are placed after the lower planets. Of these two, yoga-siddhi is superior to liberation. [Note: Yoga-siddhi and impersonal liberation are considered inferior even to ruling the lower planets because of their placement at the end of the list. Impersonal liberation is placed at the end because in that position there is no opportunity for bhakti. Yoga-siddhi gives a little opportunity for bhakti]
[naaraayana-paraah sarve na kutashchana bibhyati |]
svargāpavarga-narakeṣv api tulyārtha-darśinaḥ ||33||
[svargaapavarga-narakeshv api tulyaartha-darshinah ||33||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatraiva śrī-rudroktau—
nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve na kutaścana bibhyati |
svargāpavarga-narakeṣv api tulyārtha-darśinaḥ ||33||
Lord Śiva also speaks on this subject: Devotees solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, never fear any condition of life. For them the heavenly planets, liberation and the hellish planets are all the same, for such devotees are interested only in the service of the Lord. SB 6.17.28
Purport
This statement is confirmed by Lord Śiva in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Sixth Canto, Seventeenth Chapter, verse 28, wherein Lord Śiva addresses Satī thus: “My dear Satī, persons who are devoted to Nārāyaṇa [Kṛṣṇa] are not afraid of anything. If they are elevated to the higher planetary systems, or if they get liberation from material contamination, or if they are pushed down to the hellish condition of life—or, in fact, in any situation whatever—they are not afraid of anything. Simply because they have taken shelter of the lotus feet of Nārāyaṇa, for them any position in the material world is as good as another.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Why should the devotees be glorified above others? They are fixed in Nārāyaṇa, and not in anything else. This is explained in this verse. Not only Citraketu, but also all devotees are fixed (nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve). Heaven, liberation and hell are all regarded as insignificant because they are not pleasing, being devoid of the happiness of bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The devotees have the quality of seeing or experiencing (darśinaḥ) everything other than Nārāyaṇa as equally worthless (tulyārtha), whether it is liberation, heaven, or hell, because the devotees accept or reject everything only on the basis of favorableness to the Lord. Tulya, meaning “one,” is similar to the grammatical rule rasābhyāṁ no ṇaḥ samāna-pade (Pāṇini 8.4.1). [Note: Directly after r and ṣ in the same word, n becomes ṇ. They all are “one” in the sense of being cerebral in pronunciation.]
ye tu necchanty api paraṁ te svārtha-kuśalāḥ smṛtāḥ ||34||
[ye tu nechchanty api param te svaartha-kushalaah smritaah ||34||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatraiva indroktau—
ārādhanaṁ bhagavata īhamānā nirāśiṣaḥ |
ye tu necchanty api paraṁ te svārtha-kuśalāḥ smṛtāḥ ||34||
Concerning this, Indra has also spoken: Those who are interested only in worshipping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who do not desire anything material from the Lord and do not even want liberation, are expert at understanding what is most beneficial for themselves. SB 6.18.74
Purport
There is a similar statement by Indra, the King of heaven, in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Sixth Canto, Eighteenth Chapter, verse 74. There Indra addresses mother Diti in this manner: “My dear mother, persons who have given up all kinds of desire and are simply engaged in devotional service to the Lord know what is actually their self-interest. Such persons are actually serving their self-interests and are considered first-class experts in the matter of advancing to the perfectional stage of life.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Param means mokṣa. Those who desire impersonal liberation while worshipping the Lord are ignorant of their own benefit, desiring something insignificant instead of the great ocean of bliss present before them. The devotees are satisfied with the superior qualities of their object of worship. They are skillful in knowing what is in their best interest (svārtha-kuśalāḥ)
[saaram jushaam charanayor upagaayataam nah ||35||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
saptame prahlādoktau—
tuṣṭe ca tatra kim alabhyam ananta ādye
kiṁ tair guṇa-vyatikarād iha ye sva-siddhāḥ |
dharmādayaḥ kim aguṇena ca kāṅkṣitena
sāraṁ juṣāṁ caraṇayor upagāyatāṁ naḥ ||35||
In the Seventh Canto, Prahlāda speaks: Nothing is unobtainable for devotees who have satisfied the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the cause of all causes, the original source of everything. The Lord is the reservoir of unlimited spiritual qualities. For devotees, therefore, who are transcendental to the modes of material nature, what is the use of following the principles of religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation, which are all automatically obtainable under the influence of the modes of nature? We devotees always glorify the lotus feet of the Lord, and therefore we need not ask for anything in terms of dharma, kāma, artha and mokṣa. SB 7.6.25
Purport
In the Seventh Canto of the Bhāgavatam, Sixth Chapter, verse 25, Mahārāja Prahlāda says, “My dear friends born into atheistic families, if you can please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, then there is nothing more rare in this world. In other words, if the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa is pleased with you, then any desire you may have within the core of your heart can be fulfilled without any doubt. As such, what is the use of elevating yourself by the results of fruitive activities, which are automatically achieved in all events by the modes of material nature? And what is the use for you of spiritual emancipation or liberation from material bondage? If you are always engaged in chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord and always relishing the nectar of the lotus feet of the Lord, then there is no necessity for any of these.” By this statement of Prahlāda Mahārāja it is clearly understood that one who takes pleasure in chanting and hearing the transcendental glories of the Lord has already surpassed all kinds of material benedictions, including the results of pious fruitive activities, sacrifices and even liberation from material bondage.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
If the Lord (ādye) is satisfied, what is the use of dharma, artha, and kāma that arise on their own (sva-siddhāḥ) from the agitation of rajo-guṇa (guṇa-vyaitkarāt)? What is the use of liberation (aguṇena) which others desire? What is the use of these things for us, who relish the sweetness of Your feet?
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Aguṇa means “liberation.” Saram juṣām means “of those persons who relish the sweetness.” What is the need for liberation (kim aguṇena) for us, who glorify You and relish the sweetness of Your two lotus feet?
muktis teṣāṁ na hi bahumatā nārasiṁhāparaiḥ kim ||36||
There also Indra speaks: O Supreme Lord, You are our deliverer and protector. Our shares of sacrifices, which are actually Yours, have been recovered from the demon by You. Because the demoniac king Hiraṇyakaśipu was most fearsome, our hearts, which are Your permanent abode, were all overtaken by him. Now, by Your presence, the gloom and darkness in our hearts have been dissipated. O Lord, for those who always engage in Your service, which is more exalted than liberation, all material opulence is insignificant. They do not even care for liberation, not to speak of the benefits of kāma, artha and dharma. SB 7.8.42
Purport
Similarly, in the same Seventh Canto, Eighth Chapter, verse 42, when the demigods are offering prayers to Lord Nṛsiṁha, Indra the King of heaven says, “O supreme one, these demons took our share of participation in the performances of ritualistic sacrifices, but simply by Your appearance as Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva You have saved us from terrible fears. Actually, our shares in the sacrificial performances are due to You only, because You are the supreme enjoyer of all sacrifices. You are the Supersoul of every living entity, and therefore You are the actual owner of everything. Long were our hearts always filled with fear of this demon, Hiraṇyakaśipu. But You are so kind toward us that by killing him You have removed that fear from within our hearts and have given us the chance to place Your Lordship within our hearts again. For persons who are engaged in the transcendental loving service of Your Lordship, all the opulences which were taken away from us by the demons are counted as nothing. Devotees do not care even for liberation, what to speak of these material opulences. Actually, we are not enjoyers of the fruits of sacrifices. Our only duty is to always be engaged in Your service, for You are the enjoyer of everything.”
The purport of this statement by Indra is that beginning from Brahmā down to the insignificant ant, no living entities are meant for enjoying the material opulences. They are simply meant for offering everything to the supreme proprietor, the Personality of Godhead. By doing so, they automatically enjoy the benefit. The example can be cited again of the different parts of the body collecting foodstuffs and cooking them so that ultimately a meal may be offered to the stomach. After it has gone to the stomach, all the parts of the body equally enjoy the benefit of the meal. So, similarly, everyone’s duty is to satisfy the Supreme Lord, and then automatically everyone will become satisfied.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
O Supreme Being! Your share of the sacrifice (sva-bhāgāḥ) has been taken back from the demons by You (bhavatā), who have protected us (trāyatā naḥ). The use of sva (your own) indicates that whatever belongs to the devatās, servants of the Lord, actually belongs to the Lord. Our hearts are like lotuses because we have been meditating upon You constantly. Our hearts are Your abode (tad-gṛham). But just as the lotus loses it beauty in the night, becomes overcome by ignorance, closes up and becomes discolored, the lotuses of our hearts had become afflicted, thinking of the demon out of fear from the very day he was born (daityākrāntam). Now, by the coming of the day, by the rising of the sun in the form of Narasiṁha, the lotus has been again awakened (pratyabodhi). The lotus, being pressed by Your feet, has opened up. What is the use of the kingdom of Indra (idam) which is destroyed by time for those who serve You? They do not care for liberation what to speak of other things such as the powers of yoga.
In the Eighth Canto, Gajendra speaks: Unalloyed devotees, who have no desire other than to serve the Lord, worship Him in full surrender and always hear and chant about His activities, which are most wonderful and auspicious. Thus, they always merge in an ocean of transcendental bliss. SB 8.3.20
Purport
A similar verse is found in the Eighth Canto, Third Chapter, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, verse 20. Gajendra says there, “My dear Lord, I have no experience of the transcendental bliss derived from Your devotional service, so therefore I have asked from You some favor. But I know that persons who are pure devotees and have, by serving the lotus feet of great souls, become freed from all material desires, are always merged in the ocean of transcendental bliss and, as such, are always satisfied simply by glorifying Your auspicious characteristics. For them there is nothing else to aspire to or pray for.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The unalloyed devotees of the Lord do not desire anything from the Lord. The phrases of this verse are grammatically connected with the verb in the next verse (8.3.21) of the Bhāgavatam (tam iḍe—I worship Him). Thus, the full sentence is “I worship that Lord whose unalloyed devotees do not desire anything.” Why do they not desire anything? They do not desire because they are fully surrendered to the Lord (bhagavat-prapannāḥ). They are completely full of the great wealth of surrender. Their bliss is superior to that of all other persons. Singing the auspicious, most astounding pastimes of the Lord, they are immersed in an ocean of bliss.
In the Ninth Canto, the Lord of Vaikuṇṭha speaks: My devotees, who are always satisfied to be engaged in My loving service, are not interested even in the four principles of liberation, sālokya, sārūpya, sāmīpya and sārṣṭi, although these are automatically achieved by their service. What then is to be said of such perishable happiness as elevation to the higher planetary systems? SB 9.4.67
Purport
In the Ninth Canto of the Bhāgavatam, Fourth Chapter, verse 67, the Lord of Vaikuṇṭha replies to Durvāsā Muni thus: “My pure devotees are always satisfied being engaged in devotional service, and therefore they do not aspire even after the five liberated stages, which are (1) to be one with Me, (2) to achieve residence on My planet, (3) to have My opulences, (4) to possess bodily features similar to Mine and (5) to gain personal association with Me. So when they are not interested even in these liberated positions, you can know how little they care for material opulences or material liberation.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Pratītam means “attained.” Kāla-viplutam means “destroyed by time.” They do not desire other things (anyat) such as Svarga.
In the Tenth Canto the wives of Kāliya speak: Those who have attained the dust of Your lotus feet never hanker for the kingship of Dhruva-loka, limitless sovereignty, the position of Brahmā or rulership over the earth. They are not interested even in the perfections of yoga or in liberation itself. SB 10.16.37
Purport
There is a similar prayer by the nāga-patnīs (wives of the Kāliya serpent), in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Sixteenth Chapter, verse 37. The nāga-patnīs say there, “Dear Lord, the dust of Your lotus feet is very wonderful. Any person who is fortunate enough to achieve this dust does not care for heavenly planets, lordship over all the planetary systems, the mystic perfections of yoga, or even liberation from material existence. In other words, anyone who adores the dust of Your lotus feet does not care a fig for all other perfectional stages.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
They do not desire Dhruva-loka what to speak of a worldly kingdom, or the planet of Brahmā, or the lower planets. The verb is linked to the first part of the verse. The word vā is used for api. They do not even desire liberation. “Those surrendered to the dust of Your feet” indicates profound surrender, showing persons with an excellent type of bhakti.
The personified Vedas pray as follows: My Lord, some fortunate souls have gotten relief from the fatigue of material life by diving into the vast nectar ocean of Your pastimes, which You enact when You manifest Your personal forms to propagate the unfathomable science of the self. These rare souls, indifferent even to liberation, renounce the happiness of home and family because of their association with devotees who are like flocks of swans enjoying at the lotus of Your feet. SB 10.87.21
Purport
There is a similar statement in the Tenth Canto, Eighty-seventh Chapter, verse 21, wherein the Śrutis, the Vedas personified, pray to the Lord as follows: “Dear Lord, it is very difficult to understand spiritual knowledge. Your appearance here, just as You are, is to explain to us this most difficult subject of knowledge of the spirit. As such, Your devotees who have left their domestic comforts to associate with the liberated ācāryas [teachers] are now fully merged in the devotional service of Your Lordship, and thus they do not care for any so-called liberation.”
In explaining this verse it should be noted that spiritual knowledge means understanding the self and the Supersoul, or Superself. The individual soul and the Supersoul are qualitatively one, and therefore both of them are known as Brahman, or spirit. But knowledge of Brahman is very difficult to understand. There are so many philosophers engaged in the matter of understanding the soul, but they are unable to make any tangible advancement. It is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that out of many millions of persons, only one may try to understand what is spiritual knowledge, and out of many such persons who are trying to understand, only one or a few may know what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. So this verse says that spiritual knowledge is very difficult to achieve, and so in order to make it more easily attainable, the Supreme Lord Himself comes in His original form as Śrī Kṛṣṇa and gives His instruction directly to an associate like Arjuna, just so that the people in general may take advantage of this spiritual knowledge. This verse also explains that liberation means having completely given up all the material comforts of life. Those who are impersonalists are satisfied by simply being liberated from the material circumstances, but those who are devotees can automatically give up material life and also enjoy the transcendental bliss of hearing and chanting the wonderful activities of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
O Lord! The truth about You (ātma-tattva) is hard to understand (duravagama), since the true nature of Your form, qualities and pastimes are covered by the bliss of brahman. For broadcasting (nigamāya) that truth, You have assumed Your spiritual form (atta-tanoḥ) in this material world. Some souls, who appear rarely (kecid), giving up the fatigue of material existence (pariśramanāḥ) by swimming (parivarta) in the sweet ocean of Your pastimes (caritam), do not desire (parilaṣanti) liberation (apavargam). What type of people are these? Even those who were at first engaged in family affairs have given up their households (viśṛṣṭa-gṛhāḥ) through association with the disciplic line (kula) of great devotees (haṁsa) serving Your lotus feet. May such great devotees and their disciples remain doing this!
[na kinchit saadhavo dheeraa bhaktaa hy ekaantino mama |]
vāñchanty api mayā dattaṁ kaivalyam apunar-bhavam ||41||
[vaanchanty api mayaa dattam kaivalyam apunar-bhavam ||41||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ekādaśe śrī-bhagavad-uktau—
na kiñcit sādhavo dhīrā bhaktā hy ekāntino mama |
vāñchanty api mayā dattaṁ kaivalyam apunar-bhavam ||41||
In the Eleventh Canto the Lord speaks: Because My devotees possess saintly behavior and deep intelligence, they completely dedicate themselves to Me and do not desire anything besides Me. Indeed, even if I offer them liberation from birth and death, they do not accept it. SB 11.20.34
Purport
In the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Twentieth Chapter, verse 34, Lord Kṛṣṇa says to Uddhava, “My dear Uddhava, the devotees who have completely taken shelter of My service are so steadfast in devotional service that they have no other desire. Even if they are offered the four kinds of spiritual opulences, [Note: The fifth kind of liberation, merging with the Supreme, is not considered an opulence in spiritual variegated existence.] they will refuse to accept them. So what to speak of their desiring anything within the material world!”
Also in the Eleventh Canto it is said: The devotee who has offered his soul to Me does not want anything if it is separate from Me—not the position of the supreme demigod of the universe, Brahmā, nor that of Lord Indra, nor kingship over the entire earth or over the lower planetary systems, nor the mystic perfections of yoga, nor even freedom from the cycle of rebirth. SB 11.14.14
Purport
Similarly, Lord Kṛṣṇa says in another passage of the Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Canto, Fourteenth Chapter, verse 14, “My dear Uddhava, a person whose consciousness is completely absorbed in My thought and activities does not aspire even to occupy the post of Brahmā, or the post of Indra, or the post of lordship over the planets, or the eight kinds of mystic perfections, or even liberation itself.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this statement, the order of the first four items is progressively lower in value. When these are not accepted, what can be said of yoga-siddhis and liberation? (These are even more detestable) The devotee does not want anything at all arising from the achievement of those goals. He desires only Me, the goal of his sādhana. I am greater than any other goals of human endeavor. He has offered his soul to Me (mayy arpitātma).
In the Twelfth Canto Śiva speaks: Surely, this saintly brāhmaṇa does not desire any benediction, not even liberation itself, for he has attained pure devotional service unto the inexhaustible Personality of Godhead. SB 12.10.6
Purport
In the Twelfth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Tenth Chapter, verse 6, Lord Śiva says to Devī, “My dear Devī, this great brāhmaṇa sage Mārkaṇḍeya has attained unflinching faith and devotion unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as such he does not aspire after any benedictions, including liberation from the material world.”
padma-purāṇe ca kārttika-māhātmye (dāmodarāṣṭake)—
[padma-puraane cha kaarttika-maahaatmye (daamodaraashtake)—]
varaṁ deva mokṣaṁ na mokṣāvadhiṁ vā
[varam deva moksham na mokshaavadhim vaa]
na cānyaṁ vṛṇe ’haṁ vareśād apīha |
[na chaanyam vrine ’ham vareshaad apeeha |]
idaṁ te vapur nātha gopāla-bâlaṁ
[idam te vapur naatha gopaala-bâlam]
sadā me manasy avirāstāṁ kim anyaiḥ ||44||
[sadaa me manasy aviraastaam kim anyaih ||44||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
padma-purāṇe ca kārttika-māhātmye (dāmodarāṣṭake)—
varaṁ deva mokṣaṁ na mokṣāvadhiṁ vā
na cānyaṁ vṛṇe ’haṁ vareśād apīha |
idaṁ te vapur nātha gopāla-bâlaṁ
sadā me manasy avirāstāṁ kim anyaiḥ ||44||
In the Padma Purāṇa, Kārtika-māhātmya it is said: O Lord, I do not accept liberation or anything leading up to liberation from the Lord who awards benedictions. May Your form as the young cowherd boy remain in my mind and nothing else.
Purport
Similarly, there is a statement in Padma Purāṇa describing the ritualistic function during the month of Kārttika (October-November). During this month, in Vṛndāvana it is the regulative principle to pray daily to Lord Kṛṣṇa in His Dāmodara form. The Dāmodara form refers to Kṛṣṇa in His childhood when He was tied up with rope by His mother, Yaśodā. Dāma means “ropes,” and udara means “the abdomen.” So Mother Yaśodā, being very disturbed by naughty Kṛṣṇa, bound Him round the abdomen with a rope, and thus Kṛṣṇa is named Dāmodara. During the month of Kārttika, Dāmodara is prayed to as follows: “My dear Lord, You are the Lord of all, the giver of all benedictions.” There are many demigods, like Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva, who sometimes offer benedictions to their respective devotees. For example, Rāvaṇa was blessed with many benedictions by Lord Śiva, and Hiraṇyakaśipu was blessed by Lord Brahmā. But even Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā depend upon the benedictions of Lord Kṛṣṇa, and therefore Kṛṣṇa is addressed as the Lord of all benefactors. As such, Lord Kṛṣṇa can offer His devotees anything they want, but still, the devotee’s prayer continues, “I do not ask You for liberation or any material facility up to the point of liberation. What I want as Your favor is that I may always think of Your form in which I see You now, as Dāmodara. You are so beautiful and attractive that my mind does not want anything besides this wonderful form.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
I do not accept anything leading up to liberation (mokṣāvadhim) or liberation itself. Liberation from hell or any other place, perceived as a type of liberation, is considered even lower.
Bound up by mother Yaśodā with the ropes of devotion, You freed the sons of Kuvera, and bound them with bhakti. In the same way, please bestow on me prema-bhakti. O Dāmodara, I do not accept liberation.
Purport
In this same prayer, there is another passage, in which it is said, “My dear Lord Dāmodara, once when You were playing as a naughty boy in the house of Nanda Mahārāja, You broke the box containing yogurt, and because of that, Mother Yaśodā considered You an offender and tied You with rope to the household grinding mortar. At that time You delivered two sons of Kuvera, Nalakūvara and Maṇigrīva, who were staying there as two arjuna trees in the yard of Nanda Mahārāja. My only request is that by Your merciful pastimes You may similarly deliver me.”
The story behind this verse is that the two sons of Kuvera (the treasurer of the demigods) were puffed up on account of the opulence of their father, and so once on a heavenly planet they were enjoying themselves in a lake with some naked damsels of heaven. At that time the great saint Nārada Muni was passing on the road and was sorry to see the behavior of the sons of Kuvera. Seeing Nārada passing by, the damsels of heaven covered their bodies with cloth, but the two sons, being drunkards, did not have this decency. Nārada became angry with their behavior and cursed them thus: “You have no sense, so it is better if you become trees instead of the sons of Kuvera.” Upon hearing this, the boys came to their senses and begged Nārada to be pardoned for their offenses. Nārada then said, “Yes, you shall become trees, arjuna trees, and you will stand in the courtyard of Nanda Mahārāja. But Kṛṣṇa Himself will appear in time as the foster son of Nanda, and He will deliver you.” In other words, the curse of Nārada was a benediction to the sons of Kuvera because indirectly it was foretold that they would be able to receive the favor of Lord Kṛṣṇa. After that, Kuvera’s two sons stood as two big arjuna trees in the courtyard of Nanda Mahārāja until Lord Dāmodara, in order to fulfill the desire of Nārada, dragged the grinding mortar to which He was tied and struck the two trees, violently causing them to fall down. From out of these fallen trees came Nalakūvara and Maṇigrīva, who had by then become great devotees of the Lord.
punaḥ punar varān ditsur viṣṇur muktiṁ na yācitaḥ |
[punah punar varaan ditsur vishnur muktim na yaachitah |]
bhaktir eva vṛtā yena prahlādaṁ taṁ namāmy ahaṁ ||47||
[bhaktir eva vritaa yena prahlaadam tam namaamy aham ||47||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
hayaśīrṣīya-śrī-nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave ca—
na dharmaṁ kāmam arthaṁ vā mokṣaṁ vā varadeśvara |
prārthaye tava pādābje dāsyam evābhikāmaye ||46||
tatraiva—
punaḥ punar varān ditsur viṣṇur muktiṁ na yācitaḥ |
bhaktir eva vṛtā yena prahlādaṁ taṁ namāmy ahaṁ ||47||
The Nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stava in the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra says: O Lord! Bestower of benedictions! I do not pray for dharma, kāma, artha or mokṣa. I desire only service at Your lotus feet. I offer my respects to Prahlāda, who asked only for devotion. He did not pray to Viṣṇu for liberation though Viṣṇu wanted to give many benedictions.
Purport
There is a passage in the Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra which states, “My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, I do not want any resultant benediction from my religious life, nor do I want any economic development, nor do I want to enjoy sense gratification, nor liberation. I simply pray to be an eternal servant at Your lotus feet. Kindly oblige me and give me this benediction.”
In the same Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra, after Nṛsiṁhadeva wanted to give benedictions to Prahlāda Mahārāja, Prahlāda did not accept any material benediction and simply asked the favor of the Lord to remain His eternal devotee.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The less immediate object of action, Viṣṇu, becomes the subject of yācitaḥ, instead of mukti, as in the case of verbs starting with duh. [Note: Some verbs such as duh (to milk) and pracch (to request) can take two objects. Viṣṇuṁ na yācate varān: He does not ask Viṣṇu for a boon. In the passive, for yāc, the secondary object “Viṣṇu” becomes the subject. (Pāṇini 1.4.51) Verbs of similar meaning such as vṛ (to ask for) also can take two objects and should follow the same rule. However, in this case, the principal object bhakti becomes the subject, counter to the rule.] On the other hand, in the second line, bhakti, the main object of action becomes the subject of vṛtāḥ for emphasis. This is poetic license (to emphasize Viṣṇu and bhakti and denigrate mukti).
punaḥ punar varān ditsur viṣṇur muktiṁ na yācitaḥ |
[punah punar varaan ditsur vishnur muktim na yaachitah |]
bhaktir eva vṛtā yena prahlādaṁ taṁ namāmy ahaṁ ||47||
[bhaktir eva vritaa yena prahlaadam tam namaamy aham ||47||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
hayaśīrṣīya-śrī-nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave ca—
na dharmaṁ kāmam arthaṁ vā mokṣaṁ vā varadeśvara |
prārthaye tava pādābje dāsyam evābhikāmaye ||46||
tatraiva—
punaḥ punar varān ditsur viṣṇur muktiṁ na yācitaḥ |
bhaktir eva vṛtā yena prahlādaṁ taṁ namāmy ahaṁ ||47||
The Nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stava in the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra says: O Lord! Bestower of benedictions! I do not pray for dharma, kāma, artha or mokṣa. I desire only service at Your lotus feet. I offer my respects to Prahlāda, who asked only for devotion. He did not pray to Viṣṇu for liberation though Viṣṇu wanted to give many benedictions.
Purport
There is a passage in the Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra which states, “My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, I do not want any resultant benediction from my religious life, nor do I want any economic development, nor do I want to enjoy sense gratification, nor liberation. I simply pray to be an eternal servant at Your lotus feet. Kindly oblige me and give me this benediction.”
In the same Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra, after Nṛsiṁhadeva wanted to give benedictions to Prahlāda Mahārāja, Prahlāda did not accept any material benediction and simply asked the favor of the Lord to remain His eternal devotee.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
The less immediate object of action, Viṣṇu, becomes the subject of yācitaḥ, instead of mukti, as in the case of verbs starting with duh. [Note: Some verbs such as duh (to milk) and pracch (to request) can take two objects. Viṣṇuṁ na yācate varān: He does not ask Viṣṇu for a boon. In the passive, for yāc, the secondary object “Viṣṇu” becomes the subject. (Pāṇini 1.4.51) Verbs of similar meaning such as vṛ (to ask for) also can take two objects and should follow the same rule. However, in this case, the principal object bhakti becomes the subject, counter to the rule.] On the other hand, in the second line, bhakti, the main object of action becomes the subject of vṛtāḥ for emphasis. This is poetic license (to emphasize Viṣṇu and bhakti and denigrate mukti).
I offer my respects to Hanumān, who did not want liberation, which Rāma could easily give, but instead wanted servitude.
Purport
In this connection, Prahlāda Mahārāja cited the example of Hanumān, the eternal servitor of Lord Rāmacandra, who also set an example by never asking any material favor from the Lord. He always remained engaged in the Lord’s service. That is the ideal character of Hanumān, for which he is still worshiped by all devotees. Prahlāda Mahārāja also offered his respectful obeisances unto Hanumān.
Hanumān’s statement is also famous: I do not desire liberation that cuts the bondage of material life, because in that state of liberation, awareness that You are the master and I am the servant disappears.
Purport
There is a well-known verse spoken by Hanumān in which he says, “My dear Lord, if You like You can give me salvation from this material existence, or the privilege of merging into Your existence, but I do not wish any of these things. I do not want anything which diminishes my relationship with You as servant to master, even after liberation.”
[dharmaartha-kaama-moksheshu nechchaa mama kadaachana |]
tvat-pāda-paṣkajasyādho jīvitaṁ dīyataṁ mama ||50||
[tvat-paada-pashkajasyaadho jeevitam deeyatam mama ||50||]
mokṣa-sālokya-sārūpyān prārthaye na dharādhara |
[moksha-saalokya-saaroopyaan praarthaye na dharaadhara |]
icchāmi hi mahābhāga kāruṇyaṁ tava suvrata ||51||
[ichchaami hi mahaabhaaga kaarunyam tava suvrata ||51||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-nārada pañcarātre ca jitante stotre—
dharmārtha-kāma-mokṣeṣu necchā mama kadācana |
tvat-pāda-paṣkajasyādho jīvitaṁ dīyataṁ mama ||50||
mokṣa-sālokya-sārūpyān prārthaye na dharādhara |
icchāmi hi mahābhāga kāruṇyaṁ tava suvrata ||51||
In the Jitanta-stotra of the Nārada-pañcarātra it is said: I do not have the desire at all for dharma, artha, kāma or mokṣa. Please make my life completely dependent upon Your lotus feet. I do not pray for liberation, sālokya or sārūpya, O upholder of the earth. Most distinguished Lord, true to Your vows, I desire only Your mercy.
Purport
In a similar passage in the Nārada Pañcarātra it is stated, “My dear Lord, I do not wish any perfectional stage by performing the ritualistic religious ceremonies or by economic development or by sense gratification or liberation. I simply pray that You grant me the favor of keeping me under Your lotus feet. I do not wish any kind of liberation such as sālokya (to reside on Your planet) or sārūpya (to have the same bodily features as You). I simply pray for Your favor that I may be always engaged in Your loving service.”
[dharmaartha-kaama-moksheshu nechchaa mama kadaachana |]
tvat-pāda-paṣkajasyādho jīvitaṁ dīyataṁ mama ||50||
[tvat-paada-pashkajasyaadho jeevitam deeyatam mama ||50||]
mokṣa-sālokya-sārūpyān prārthaye na dharādhara |
[moksha-saalokya-saaroopyaan praarthaye na dharaadhara |]
icchāmi hi mahābhāga kāruṇyaṁ tava suvrata ||51||
[ichchaami hi mahaabhaaga kaarunyam tava suvrata ||51||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-nārada pañcarātre ca jitante stotre—
dharmārtha-kāma-mokṣeṣu necchā mama kadācana |
tvat-pāda-paṣkajasyādho jīvitaṁ dīyataṁ mama ||50||
mokṣa-sālokya-sārūpyān prārthaye na dharādhara |
icchāmi hi mahābhāga kāruṇyaṁ tava suvrata ||51||
In the Jitanta-stotra of the Nārada-pañcarātra it is said: I do not have the desire at all for dharma, artha, kāma or mokṣa. Please make my life completely dependent upon Your lotus feet. I do not pray for liberation, sālokya or sārūpya, O upholder of the earth. Most distinguished Lord, true to Your vows, I desire only Your mercy.
Purport
In a similar passage in the Nārada Pañcarātra it is stated, “My dear Lord, I do not wish any perfectional stage by performing the ritualistic religious ceremonies or by economic development or by sense gratification or liberation. I simply pray that You grant me the favor of keeping me under Your lotus feet. I do not wish any kind of liberation such as sālokya (to reside on Your planet) or sārūpya (to have the same bodily features as You). I simply pray for Your favor that I may be always engaged in Your loving service.”
[muktaanaam api siddhaanaam naaraayana-paraayanah |]
sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā koṭiṣv api mahā-mune ||52||
[sudurlabhah prashaantaatmaa kotishv api mahaa-mune ||52||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ataeva śrī-bhāgavate ṣaṣṭhe—
muktānām api siddhānāṁ nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ |
sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā koṭiṣv api mahā-mune ||52||
In the Sixth Canto, it says: O great sage! Among many millions who are liberated and perfect in knowledge of liberation, one may be a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa, or Kṛṣṇa. Such a devotee, who is fully peaceful, is extremely rare. SB 6.14.5
Purport
Similarly, in the Sixth Canto, Fourteenth Chapter, verses 4-6, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Mahārāja Parīkṣit inquires from Śukadeva Gosvāmī, “My dear brāhmaṇa, I understand that the demon Vṛtrāsura was a greatly sinful person and that his mentality was completely absorbed in the modes of passion and ignorance. How did he develop to such a perfectional stage of devotional service to Nārāyaṇa? I have heard that even great persons who have undergone severe austerities and who are liberated with full knowledge must strive to become devotees of the Lord. It is understood that such persons are very rare and almost never to be seen, so I am astonished that Vṛtrāsura became such a devotee!”
In the above verses, the most important thing to be noted is that there may be many liberated persons who have merged into the existence of the impersonal Brahman, but a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, is very, very rare. Even out of millions of liberated persons, only one is fortunate enough to become a devotee.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Among the liberated (muktānām) who are still in their material bodies, but without bodily identification, and among those who have attained spiritual bodies (siddhānām) in the spiritual world (sālokyā etc.), even among ten millions of such persons, a person who desires only service to Nārāyaṇa is very rare.
bhakti-yoga-vidhānārthaṁ kathaṁ paśyema hi striyaḥ ||53||
[bhakti-yoga-vidhaanaartham katham pashyema hi striyah ||53||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
prathame ca śrī-dharmarāja-mātuḥ stutau (1.8.20)—
tathā paramahaṁsānāṁ munīnām amalātmanām |
bhakti-yoga-vidhānārthaṁ kathaṁ paśyema hi striyaḥ ||53||
In the First Canto, Kuntī prays: You Yourself descend to propagate the transcendental science of devotional service unto the hearts of the advanced transcendentalists and mental speculators, who are purified by being able to discriminate between matter and spirit. How, then, can we women know You perfectly? SB 1.8.20
Purport
In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, Eighth Chapter, verse 20, Queen Kuntī is praying to Lord Kṛṣṇa at the time of His departure, “My dear Kṛṣṇa, You are so great that You are inconceivable even to great stalwart scholars and paramahaṁsas [fully liberated souls]. So if such great sages, who are transcendental to all the reactions of material existence, are unable to know You, then as far as we are concerned, belonging to the less intelligent woman class, how is it possible for us to know Your glories? How can we understand You?” In this verse, the particular thing to be noted is that the Personality of Godhead is not understood by great liberated persons, but only by devotees such as Queen Kuntī in her humbleness. Although she was a woman and was considered less intelligent than a man, still she realized the glories of Kṛṣṇa. That is the purport of this verse.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
All the verses since verse 23 have been proofs that those who desire the happiness of serving the Lord do not desire liberation. Now starting with the present verse, the intention is to describe the efforts of such devotees to offer service to the Lord. How can we women understand (paśyema) You (omitted but understood), whose purpose is to teach bhakti-yoga (bhakti-yoga-vidhānārtham) to the paramahaṁsas?
On this subject Sūta also speaks: All different varieties of ātmārāmas (those who take pleasure in ātmā, or spirit self), especially those established on the path of self-realization, and those freed from all the rules and prohibitions of the scriptures, desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone, including liberated souls. SB 1.7.10
Purport
Another passage which is very important is in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, Seventh Chapter, verse 10, and is called “the ātmārāma verse.” In this ātmārāma verse it is stated that even those who are completely liberated from material contamination are attracted by the transcendental qualities of Lord Kṛṣṇa. [Note: This ātmārāma verse was once nicely explained by Lord Caitanya to Sanātana Goswāmī. There is a detailed explanation of this verse in the author’s Teachings of Lord Caitanya.] The purport of this verse is that a liberated soul has absolutely no desire at all for material enjoyment; he is wholly freed from all kinds of material desires, yet still he is irresistibly attracted by the desire to hear and understand the pastimes of the Lord. We may therefore conclude that the glories and pastimes of the Lord are not material. Otherwise, how could the liberated persons known as ātmārāmas be attracted by such pastimes? That is the important point in this verse.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Nirgranthā means those who are beyond the scriptures consisting of rules and prohibitions.
Though the five types of mukti have been described as worthy of rejection, sālokya, sārṣṭi, sāmīpya and sārūpya are not so contradictory to bhakti.
Purport
From the above statement it is found that a devotee is not after any of the stages of liberation. There are five stages of liberation, already explained as being (1) to become one with the Lord, (2) to live on the same planet as the Lord, (3) to obtain the same bodily features as the Lord, (4) to have the same opulences as the Lord and (5) to have constant association with the Lord. Out of these five liberated stages, the one which is known as sāyujya, or to merge into the existence of the Lord, is the last to be accepted by a devotee. The other four liberations, although not desired by devotees, still are not against the devotional ideals. Some of the liberated persons who have achieved these four stages of liberation may also develop affection for Kṛṣṇa and be promoted to the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet in the spiritual sky. In other words, those who are already promoted to the Vaikuṇṭha planets and who possess the four kinds of liberation may also sometimes develop affection for Kṛṣṇa and become promoted to Kṛṣṇaloka.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Though these four are not extremely contradictory to bhakti, they are contrary to a small degree, since they are accomplished with some unfavorable attitude. [Note: If the devotee has a desire for these four, independent of the desire to please the Lord, then the bhakti is no longer anyabhilāsa-śūnya.] The favorable portion in these four is caused by the acceptance of some bhakti.
[sukhaishvaryottaraa seyam prema-sevottarety api |]
sālokyādir dvidhā tatra nādyā sevā-juṣāṁ matā ||56||
[saalokyaadir dvidhaa tatra naadyaa sevaa-jushaam mataa ||56||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sukhaiśvaryottarā seyaṁ prema-sevottarety api |
sālokyādir dvidhā tatra nādyā sevā-juṣāṁ matā ||56||
There are two varieties of these four types of liberation: one, predominated by the desire for happiness and power, and the other, predominated by the desire for prema. The first variety is not accepted by those who are inclined to serve the Lord.
Purport
So those who are in the four liberated states may still be going through different stages of existence. In the beginning they may want the opulences of Kṛṣṇa, but at the mature stage the dormant love for Kṛṣṇa exhibited in Vṛndāvana becomes prominent in their hearts.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Here the author explains the word ati in ativirūdhyate of the previous verse. One variety has the predominant desire (uttara) for the happiness and powers, which are natural to the spiritual world. The other variety has the predominant desire for service executed by one’s natural prema. The devotees do not accept the first variety. This is understood in the previous verse quoted: sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya (SB 3.29.13), quoted in verse 28). If the four types of liberation are not accompanied by service, they are rejected. Because ekatva or oneness with the Lord is always without service, the devotees always reject it. Oneness is understood to mean merging into the Lord or brahman (sāyujya).
naivāṅgīkurvate jātu muktiṁ pañca-vidhām api ||57||
[naivaangeekurvate jaatu muktim pancha-vidhaam api ||57||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kintu premaika-mādhurya-juṣa ekāntino harau |
naivāṅgīkurvate jātu muktiṁ pañca-vidhām api ||57||
But the devotees solely attached to the Lord who relish the sweetness of prema never accept the five types of liberation at all (even prema-uttara).
Purport
As such, the pure devotees never accept the liberation of sāyujya, to become one with the Supreme, though sometimes they may accept as favorable the other four liberated states.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Those who are pure devotees do not even accept prema-uttara-mukti (mentioned in the previous verse.) By the use of the word uttara (predominance), a little desire for sukha and aiśvarya is indicated in that prema-sevā. However, the devotees do not desire that portion (and therefore they reject prema-seva-uttara-mukti). The first stage of service takes the form of sādhana. By that, one attains the second stage of service. This is called siddha-rūpā or perfected stage of service. For the pure devotees, those four types of liberation are achieved as secondary items by service (pratītam mat-sevayā), as stated in verses such as the following:
mat-sevayā pratītaṁ te sālokyādi-catuṣṭayam
necchanti sevayā pūrṇāḥ kuto ’nyat kāla-viplutam SB 9.4.67 (quoted in verse 38)
The devotees do not desire the happiness and powers attained through those four types of liberation at all. That is the meaning in verse 38. They are satisfied completely, having attained the highest bliss by serving the Lord directly (pūrṇāḥ sevayā). Actually, service depends on being on the same planet etc. (so those items are accepted as part of pure prema). If they do not desire those types of liberation, how much more they dislike the temporary rewards of the material world (kāla-viplutam). How could they desire such things?
yeṣāṁ śrīśa-prasādo 'pi mano hartuṁ na śaknuyāt ||58||
[yeshaam shreesha-prasaado 'pi mano hartum na shaknuyaat ||58||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatrāpy ekāntināṁ śreṣthā govinda-hṛta-mānasāḥ |
yeṣāṁ śrīśa-prasādo 'pi mano hartuṁ na śaknuyāt ||58||
Among the devotees who are dedicated solely to serving the Lord in prema, the devotees whose hearts have been stolen by Govinda are the best. Even the kindness of the Nārāyaṇa or other forms of Kṛṣṇa cannot steal their hearts.
Purport
Out of many kinds of devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the one who is attracted to the original form of the Lord, Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, is considered to be the foremost, first-class devotee. Such a devotee is never attracted by the opulences of Vaikuṇṭha, or even of Dvārakā, the royal city where Kṛṣṇa ruled. The conclusion of Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī is that the devotees who are attracted by the pastimes of the Lord in Gokula, or Vṛndāvana, [Note: Vṛndāvana is the transcendental place where Kṛṣṇa enjoys His eternal pastimes as a boy, and it is considered the topmost sphere in all existence. When this Vṛndāvana is exhibited in the material world the place is called Gokula, and in the spiritual world it is called Goloka, or Goloka Vṛndāvana.] are the topmost devotees.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Govinda here refers to Kṛṣṇa, the lord of Gokula. The word śrīśa, meaning the lord (īśa) of the spiritual sky (śrī), Nārāyaṇa, also includes Kṛṣṇa in His form as the lord of Dvārakā.
Though the forms of Viṣṇu and Kṛṣṇa are non-different according to the statements of scripture, Kṛṣṇa’s form is shown to be superior because of His rasas, which are endowed with the highest type of prema. The very nature of His rasas shows Kṛṣṇa’s form to be superior.
Purport
A devotee who is attached to a particular form of the Lord does not wish to redirect his devotion to other forms. For example, Hanumān, the devotee of Lord Rāmacandra, knew that there is no difference between Lord Rāmacandra and Lord Nārāyaṇa, and yet he still wanted to render service only unto Lord Rāmacandra. That is due to the specific attraction of a particular devotee. There are many, many forms of the Lord, but Kṛṣṇa is still the original form. Though all of the devotees of the different forms of the Lord are in the same category, still it is said that those who are devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the topmost in the list of all devotees.
NoD 5: The Purity of Devotional Service
All of the previous instructions imparted by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his broad statements can be summarized thus: as long as one is materially inclined or desirous of merging into the spiritual effulgence, one cannot enter into the realm of pure devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The basis or ālambana of a variety of prema-rasas, which culminate in the rasa of mahā-bhāva, is the son of Nanda, Kṛṣṇa, and no other avatāra, and not Mahā-nārāyaṇa. Lakṣmī, though situated on Mahā-nārāyaṇa’s chest, performed penances to attain that special, highest rasa with Kṛṣṇa. That is shown in the praises recited by the wives of Kāliya:
kasyānubhāvo ’sya na deva vidmahe
tavāṅghri-reṇu-sparaśādhikāraḥ
yad-vāñchayā śrīr lalanācarat tapo
vihāya kāmān su-ciraṁ dhṛta-vratā
O Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kāliya has attained this great opportunity of being touched by the dust of Your lotus feet. For this end, the goddess of fortune performed austerities for centuries, giving up all other desires and taking austere vows. SB 10.16.36
Uddhava also said:
nāyaṁ śriyo ’ṅga u nitānta-rateḥ prasādaḥ
svar-yoṣitāṁ nalina-gandha-rucāṁ kuto ’nyāḥ
rāsotsave ’sya bhuja-daṇḍa-gṛhīta-kaṇṭha-
labdhāśiṣāṁ ya udagād vraja-vallabhīnām
The gopīs received benedictions from the Lord that neither Lakṣmīdevī nor the most beautiful dancers in the heavenly planets could attain. In the rāsa dance, the Lord showed His favor to the most fortunate gopīs by placing His arms on their shoulders and dancing with each of them individually. No one can compare with the gopīs, who received the causeless mercy of the Lord. SB 10.47.60
The evidence of mahā-bhāva in relation to Kṛṣṇa is also in the Bhāgavatam:
kvemāḥ striyo vana-carīr vyabhicāra-duṣṭāḥ
kṛṣṇe kva caiṣa paramātmani rūḍha-bhāvaḥ
nanv īśvaro ’nubhajato ’viduṣo ’pi sākṣāc
chreyas tanoty agada-rāja ivopayuktaḥ
How amazing it is that these simple women who wander about in the forest, seemingly spoiled by improper behavior, have achieved the perfection of unalloyed love for Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Soul! Still, it is true that the Supreme Lord Himself awards His blessings even to an ignorant worshiper, just as the best medicine works even when taken by a person ignorant of its ingredients. SB 10.47.59
Rūḍha-bhāva is another name for mahā-bhāva. Therefore, it has been correctly stated that rasas in relation to Kṛṣṇa have shown His form to be superior to all others.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The meaning of rasena in this verse is “by sweetness composed of the highest levels of prema.” The verb utkṛṣyate has a causative sense included in it, and thus it means, “is made eminent, or is shown as supreme.” This takes place because that is the nature of His rasas (eṣā rasa-sthitiḥ). Thus the meaning should be, “the very nature of Kṛṣṇa’s rasas shows His form as superior.”
The queens other than the principal eight queens (who were satisfied with their relationship with Kṛṣṇa) describe the supreme attractiveness of Kṛṣṇa’s form during the pilgrimage to Kurukṣetra.
na vayaṁ sādhvi sāmrājyaṁ svārājyaṁ bhaujyam apy uta |
vairājyaṁ pārameṣṭhyaṁ ca ānantyaṁ vā hareḥ padam ||
kāmayāmaha etasya śrīmat-pāda-rajaḥ śriyaḥ |
kuca-kuṅkuma-gandhāṭhyaṁ mūrdhnā voṭhuṁ gadā-bhṛtaḥ ||
vraja-striyo yad vāñchanti pulindyas tṛṇa-vīrudhaḥ |
gāvaś cārayato gopāḥ pāda-sparśaṁ mahātmanaḥ ||
O saintly woman, we do not desire dominion over the earth, the sovereignty of the King of heaven, unlimited facility for enjoyment, mystic power, the position of Lord Brahmā, immortality or even attainment of the kingdom of God. We simply desire to carry on our heads the glorious dust of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s feet, enriched by the fragrance of kuṅkuma from His consort’s bosom. We desire the same contact with the Supreme Lord’s feet that the young women of Vraja, the aborigine Pulinda women near the grass and the cowherd boys tending the cows desire—the touch of the dust. SB 10.83.41-43
In the verse quoted, sāmrājyam means position as king of the earth. Svārājyam means the position of Indra. We do not want those positions, nor do we want even the enjoyments offered by these positions (bhojyam). We do not want to rule over others by acquisition of siddhis (vairājyam). We do not want the post of Brahmā (pārameṣtḥyam).
In the Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.8.2, there is a description of bliss, starting with the bliss of humans: te ye śatam mānuṣā ānandāḥ. Multiplying that by hundreds of times, one finally arrives at the amount of bliss of Lord Brahmā, and finally the bliss of brahman. The infinity of that bliss (ānantyam) is shown by the words yato vāco nivartante: from which words turn away—words cannot describe it. (Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.9.1) Even that infinity of bliss available in brahman we do not desire. Moreover, we do not desire the abode of the lord of Lakṣmī with sāmīpya and other benedictions (hareḥ padam). We do not want dependence on these things.
“Then what better thing do you desire to attain?”
“We desire to carry on our heads the dust of the feet of the holder of the club—the feet of Him who is known to all as our husband (etasya). And in addition, we desire those feet which are endowed with the special treasure of being filled with the fragrance of the kuṁkuma of śrī (śriyaḥ).”
“But if you women reject the place of the Lord with sāmīpya, you just also reject the feet (padam) of Viṣṇu, smeared with the fragrance of kuṁkuma from Lakṣmī’s breasts. If śrī refers to Rukmiṇī, then you already have those feet with her fragrance.”
Therefore, the phrase “filled with the kuṁkuma from the breast of śrī” must have a different meaning (neither Lakṣmī nor Rukmiṇī). To understand the real meaning, there should be further specification. This is given in the next line with the phrase vraja-striya: we desire the dust that the women of Vraja desired.
pūrṇāḥ pulindya urugāya-padābja-rāga-
śrī-kuṅkumena dayitā-stana-maṇḍitena |
tad-darśana-smara-rujas tṛṇa-rūṣitena
limpantya ānana-kuceṣu juhus tad-ādhim ||
The aborigine women of the Vṛndāvana area become disturbed by lust when they see the grass marked with reddish kuṁkuma powder. Endowed with the color of Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, this powder originally decorated the breasts of His beloveds, and when the aborigine women smear it on their faces and breasts, they feel fully satisfied and give up all their anxiety. SB 10.21.17
What they desired the queens also desire. Using the present tense (vāñchanti) instead of the past tense indicates continuous desire. By mentioning the Pulinda women who got the dust, they hint that they also (being women) are qualified for attaining those feet. Tṛṇa vīrudha refers to grasses like dūrva. The queens express themselves in this way because they hope to develop an experience and mood similar to the women of Vraja from the continuous influence of those feet infused with the fragrance of kuṁkuma of Kṛṣṇa’s lovers. The type of desire of the inhabitants of Vraja is described as kevalena hi bhāvena in the following verse.
kevalena hi bhāvena gopyo gāvo nagā mṛgāḥ
ye ’nye mūḍha-dhiyo nāgāḥ siddhā mām īyur añjasā
The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana, including the gopīs, cows, unmoving creatures such as the twin arjuna trees, animals, living entities with stunted consciousness such as bushes and thickets, and snakes such as Kāliya, all achieved the perfection of life by unalloyed love for Me and thus very easily achieved Me. SB 11.12.8
By mentioning the cowherd boys at the end of the list (gāvo cārayanto gopā—the cowherd boys who herd the cows), [Note: Gāvaḥ is actually nominative case. Both Jīva and Viśvanātha indicate that the word should be gāḥ in the accusative. Viśvanātha, in his Bhāgavatam commentary, takes carataḥ as a modifier of mahātmanaḥ (Kṛṣṇa), whereas Jīva seems to take it as a corruption for carantaḥ, modifying gopāḥ.] the queens suggest that cowherd boys are disqualified since they are males, even though some of them, as very close friends (priya- narma-sakhas), [Note: Most intimate and confidential friend like Subala, Arjuna, Gandharva, Vasanta, and Ujjvala, are some of Kṛṣṇa’s priya-narma-sakhas.] also experience such sentiments.
The meaning is this. The scriptures describe the desire of Lakṣmī, most famous among women, but even she was not qualified, according to Kāliya’s wives.
kasyānugraho ’sya na deva vidmahe
tavāṅghri-reṇu-sparśādhikāraḥ |
yad-vāñchayā śrīr lalanācarat tapo
vihāya kāmān suciraṁ dhṛta-vratā ||
O Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kāliya has attained this great opportunity of being touched by the dust of Your lotus feet. For this end, the goddess of fortune performed austerities for centuries, giving up all other desires and taking austere vows. SB 10.16.36
Uddhava has also said the same thing.
yā vai śriyārcitam ajādibhir āpta-kāmair
yogeśvarair api yad ātmani rāsa-goṣṭhyām
kṛṣṇasya tad bhagavataḥ caraṇāravindaṁ
nyastaṁ staneṣu vijahuḥ parirabhya tāpam
The goddess of fortune herself, along with Lord Brahmā and all the other demigods, who are masters of yogic perfection, can worship the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa only within her mind. But during the rāsa dance Lord Kṛṣṇa placed His feet upon these gopīs’ breasts, and by embracing those feet the gopīs gave up all distress. SB 10.47.62
Not even a woman in the position of Rukminī is qualified, because of difference in time and place. Nor is the devotion expressed by Lakṣmī comparable to the devotion of the women of Vraja.
nāyaṁ śriyo ’ṅga u nitānta-rateḥ prasādaḥ
svar-yoṣitāṁ nalina-gandha-rucāṁ kuto ’nyāḥ
rāsotsave ’sya bhuja-daṇḍa-gṛhīta-kaṇṭha-
labdhāśiṣāṁ ya udagād vraja-vallabhīnām
The gopīs received benedictions from the Lord that neither Lakṣmīdevī nor the most beautiful dancers in the heavenly planets could attain. In the rāsa dance, the Lord showed His favor to the most fortunate gopīs by placing His arms on their shoulders and dancing with each of them individually. No one can compare with the gopīs, who received the causeless mercy of the Lord. SB 10.47.60
In the Matsya Purāṇa, one sees that Rukmiṇī and Rādhā are placed on equal level in terms of śakti, with such verses as rukmiṇī dvāravatyāṁ tu rādhā vṛndāvane vane (Rukmiṇī in Dvārakā and Rādhā in Vṛndāvana). However, according to the reasoning śāstra-dṛṣṭyā tūpadeśo vāma-devavat: instructions given by Indra about worshipping himself as the Brahman are to be understood as spoken out of ecstasy as in the case of Vāmadeva (Vedānta Sūtra 1.1.30), non-difference is taught from the perspective of ahaṁgrahopāsanā scriptures between the Supreme Lord and Indra, or even Durgā. Therefore, Rādhā is the most perfect Lakṣmī. Thus Bṛhad-gautamīya-tantra says:
devī kṛṣṇamayī proktā rādhikā para-devatā |
sarva-lakṣmī-mayī sarva-kāntiḥ sammohinī parā ||
Rādhā is the supreme deity, full of Kṛṣṇa, full of all Lakṣmīs, full of all beauty, the most attractive.
There is a statement in the Bhāgavatam pointing out that the woman who is most famous among all women is Rādhā, the most outstanding śrī (which is indicated by the queens):
anayārādhito nūnaṁ bhagavān harir īśvaraḥ |
yan no vihāya govindaḥ prīto yām anayad rahaḥ ||
Certainly, this particular gopī has perfectly worshipped the all-powerful Personality of Godhead, Govinda, since He was so pleased with Her that He abandoned the rest of us and brought Her to a secluded place. SB 10.30.28
As well, there is the following verse:
apy eṇa-patny upagataḥ priyayeha gātrais
tanvan dṛśāṁ sakhi su-nirvṛtim acyuto vaḥ
kāntāṅga-saṅga-kuca-kuṅkuma-rañjitāyāḥ
kunda-srajaḥ kula-pater iha vāti gandhaḥ
O friend, wife of the deer, has Lord Acyuta been here with His beloved, bringing great joy to your eyes? Indeed, blowing this way is the fragrance of His garland of kunda flowers, which was smeared with the kuṁkuma from the breasts of His girlfriend when He embraced Her. SB 10.30.11
“We would also like to possess the undeviating love possessed by the women of Vraja. May we also see right now those feet smeared with the fragrance of kuṁkuma throbbing with prema. The women of Vraja not only desire the dust of those feet. They desire the touch of those feet. We also desire the touch of those feet.” Alternatively, pāda-sparśam can modify pāda-rajaḥ. In that case, the meaning would be “We desire the dust of His feet, which has touched His feet.” This will be non-different from constant contact with the Lord. What type of person is He? He is the highest among all because His nature is to be everywhere at all times (mahā), and He is ātmā, having a nature (ātmā) which reveals the highest beauty and other qualities. Śuka says:
tatrātiśuśubhe tābhir bhagavān devakī-sutaḥ
madhye maṇīnāṁ haimānāṁ mahā-marakato yathā
In the midst of the dancing gopīs, Lord Kṛṣṇa appeared most brilliant, like an exquisite sapphire in the midst of golden ornaments. SB 10.33.6
Therefore, it is proper to say that the devotees (including the gopīs) whose hearts are stolen by Govinda (in Vraja) are the best, and that Kṛṣṇa is the best. By mentioning that the form of Kṛṣṇa is outstanding, His beauty also is indicated. Though this is a topic for the siddha devotees, it is hoped that others will become like-minded. Thus, it has been explained here.
dṛṣtāntitā vaśiṣṭhena hari-bhaktir nṛpaṁ prati ||60||
[drishtaantitaa vashishthena hari-bhaktir nripam prati ||60||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kiṁ ca:
śāstrataḥ śrūyate bhaktau nṛ-mātrasyādhikāritā |
sarvādhikāritāṁ māgha-snānasya bruvatā yataḥ |
dṛṣtāntitā vaśiṣṭhena hari-bhaktir nṛpaṁ prati ||60||
Furthermore, the following should be understood: The scriptures say that any human being is qualified for bhakti, just as everyone is qualified to take a bath during the month of Māgha. Vaśiṣṭha while speaking to the king has given that example concerning devotion to the Lord.
Purport
Next, Rūpa Gosvāmī states that devotional service is transcendental to all material considerations and that it is not limited to any particular country, class, society or circumstance. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, devotional service is transcendental and has no cause. Devotional service is executed without any hope for gain, and it cannot be checked by any material circumstances. It is open for all, without any distinction, and it is the constitutional occupation of the living entities.
In the Middle Ages, after the disappearance of Lord Caitanya’s great associate Lord Nityānanda, a class of priestly persons claimed to be the descendants of Nityānanda, calling themselves the gosvāmī caste. They further claimed that the practice and spreading of devotional service belonged only to their particular class, which was known as Nityānanda-vaṁśa. In this way, they exercised their artificial power for some time, until Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, the powerful ācārya of the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava sampradāya, completely smashed their idea. There was a great hard struggle for some time, but it has turned out successfully, and it is now correctly and practically established that devotional service is not restricted to a particular class of men. Besides that, anyone who is engaged in devotional service is already at the status of being a high-class brāhmaṇa. So Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura’s struggle for this movement has come out successful.
It is on the basis of his position that anyone can now become a Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava, from any part of the world or any part of the universe. Anyone who is a pure Vaiṣṇava is situated transcendentally, and therefore the highest qualification in the material world, namely to be in the mode of goodness, has already been achieved by such a person. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement in the Western world is based on the above-mentioned proposition of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Prabhupāda, our spiritual master. On his authority, we are claiming members from all sections of the Western countries. The so-called brāhmaṇas claim that one who is not born into a brāhmaṇa family cannot receive the sacred thread and cannot become a high-grade Vaiṣṇava. But we do not accept such a theory, because it is not supported by Rūpa Gosvāmī nor by the strength of the various scriptures.
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī specifically mentions herein that every man has the birthright to accept devotional service and to become Kṛṣṇa conscious. He has given many evidences from many scriptures, and he has especially quoted one passage from Padma Purāṇa, wherein the sage Vasiṣṭha tells King Dilīpa,
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
From what has been previously said, it should be concluded that those who possess faith and are devoid of desires for material enjoyment and liberation are qualified for pure bhakti. This is certainly applicable to the three upper castes without distinction, but, what about others? This verse says all persons are eligible. This is indicated by the introductory words kiṁ ca.
sarve ’dhikāriṇo hy atra hari-bhaktau yathā nṛpa ||61||
[sarve ’dhikaarino hy atra hari-bhaktau yathaa nripa ||61||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā pādme—
sarve ’dhikāriṇo hy atra hari-bhaktau yathā nṛpa ||61||
In the Padma Purāṇa it is said: All are qualified for hari-bhakti, O king.
Purport
“My dear King, everyone has the right to execute devotional service, just as he has the right to take early bath in the month of Māgha [December-January].”
In the Kāśī-khaṇḍa it is said: In that country, the outcastes, receiving Vaiṣṇava initiation, wearing the marks of the conch and disk, shine like sacrificial priests.
Purport
There is more evidence in the Skanda Purāṇa, in the Kāśī-khaṇḍa portion, where it is said, “In the country known as Mayūradhvaja, the lower-caste people who are considered less than śūdras are also initiated in the Vaiṣṇava cult of devotional service. And when they are properly dressed, with tilaka on their bodies and beads in their hands and on their necks, they appear to be coming from Vaikuṇṭha. In fact, they look so very beautiful that immediately they surpass the ordinary brāhmaṇas.”
Thus a Vaiṣṇava automatically becomes a brāhmaṇa. This idea is also supported by Sanātana Gosvāmī in his book Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, which is the Vaiṣṇava guide. Therein he has clearly stated that any person who is properly initiated into the Vaiṣṇava cult certainly becomes a brāhmaṇa, as much as the metal known as kaṁsa (bell metal) is turned into gold by the mixture of mercury. A bona fide spiritual master, under the guidance of authorities, can turn anyone to the Vaiṣṇava cult so that naturally he may come to the topmost position of a brāhmaṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In the Kaśi-khāṇda it is said that all men are qualified for bhakti. The meaning is in that sense only. Dīkṣitā means a person performing sacrifice.
And, moreover, it is said: The person qualified for bhakti is at fault for failing to perform all of the important aṅgas of bhakti. But he is not at fault for failing to perform the duties of varṇa and āśrama. If he, by chance, happens to commit some sin, there is no atonement prescribed for him. This is the opinion of those who know the secret of Vaiṣṇava scriptures.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī warns, however, that if a person is properly initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, he should not think that simply by the acceptance of such initiation his business is then finished. One still has to follow the rules and regulations very carefully. If after accepting the spiritual master and being initiated one does not follow the rules and regulations of devotional service, then he is again fallen. One must be very vigilant to remember that he is the part and parcel of the transcendental body of Kṛṣṇa, and that it is his duty as part and parcel to give service to the whole, or Kṛṣṇa. If we do not render service to Kṛṣṇa then again we fall down. In other words, simply becoming initiated does not elevate one to the position of a high-class brāhmaṇa. One also has to discharge the duties and follow the regulative principles very rigidly.
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī also says that if one is regularly discharging devotional service, there will be no question of a falldown. But even if circumstantially there is some falldown, the Vaiṣṇava need have nothing to do with the prāyaścitta, the ritualistic ceremony for purification. If someone falls down from the principles of devotional service, he need not take to the prāyaścitta performances for reformation. He simply has to execute the rules and regulations for discharging devotional service, and this is sufficient for his reinstatement. This is the mystery of the Vaiṣṇava (devotional) cult.
Practically there are three processes for elevating one to the platform of spiritual consciousness. These processes are called karma, jñāna and bhakti. Ritualistic performances are in the field of karma. Speculative processes are in the field of jñāna. One who has taken to bhakti, the devotional service of the Lord, need have nothing to do with karma or jñāna. It has been already explained that pure devotional service is without any tinge of karma or jñāna. Bhakti should have no tinge of philosophical speculation or ritualistic performances.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
It is a fault if those qualified for bhakti fail to perform the required aṅgas of bhakti such as observance of Ekādaśī or Janmāṣṭamī. It is not a fault if they do not perform varṇāśrama activities. If they commit forbidden acts because of influence of previous vaiṣṇava-aparādha, atonement is not required, since these pure devotees do not have a natural tendency for sinful actions. Bhakti alone acts as atonement. This is the conclusion of the Vaiṣṇava scriptures.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
It has been established that bhakti should be without other desires (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam). On a related topic, it has been shown that all humans, regardless of social position, are qualified for this type of bhakti. There may be a doubt about this. “Yes, all people are qualified. However, at the same time, everyone should follow the rules prescribed for them according to varṇāśrama. The scriptures tell us that failure to perform those duties is sinful. If they do not perform their prescribed duties, (and they simply perform bhakti), all people will be engaging in sinful activity. That being the case, how can they become pure, if they are sinful? By doing atonements, will performance of the undone duties be accomplished?”
In response to this doubt, the author then answers with this verse, introducing it with “Moreover….(api ca)” The aṅgas of bhakti here means the essential aṅgas of bhakti. [Note: There is no fault if a person does not perform all the sixty-four aṅgas of bhakti. The essential aṅgas are the first twenty and the last five are: chanting, hearing Bhāgavatam, association with devotees, living in a holy place and deity worship.]
And, moreover, it is said: The person qualified for bhakti is at fault for failing to perform all of the important aṅgas of bhakti. But he is not at fault for failing to perform the duties of varṇa and āśrama. If he, by chance, happens to commit some sin, there is no atonement prescribed for him. This is the opinion of those who know the secret of Vaiṣṇava scriptures.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī warns, however, that if a person is properly initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, he should not think that simply by the acceptance of such initiation his business is then finished. One still has to follow the rules and regulations very carefully. If after accepting the spiritual master and being initiated one does not follow the rules and regulations of devotional service, then he is again fallen. One must be very vigilant to remember that he is the part and parcel of the transcendental body of Kṛṣṇa, and that it is his duty as part and parcel to give service to the whole, or Kṛṣṇa. If we do not render service to Kṛṣṇa then again we fall down. In other words, simply becoming initiated does not elevate one to the position of a high-class brāhmaṇa. One also has to discharge the duties and follow the regulative principles very rigidly.
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī also says that if one is regularly discharging devotional service, there will be no question of a falldown. But even if circumstantially there is some falldown, the Vaiṣṇava need have nothing to do with the prāyaścitta, the ritualistic ceremony for purification. If someone falls down from the principles of devotional service, he need not take to the prāyaścitta performances for reformation. He simply has to execute the rules and regulations for discharging devotional service, and this is sufficient for his reinstatement. This is the mystery of the Vaiṣṇava (devotional) cult.
Practically there are three processes for elevating one to the platform of spiritual consciousness. These processes are called karma, jñāna and bhakti. Ritualistic performances are in the field of karma. Speculative processes are in the field of jñāna. One who has taken to bhakti, the devotional service of the Lord, need have nothing to do with karma or jñāna. It has been already explained that pure devotional service is without any tinge of karma or jñāna. Bhakti should have no tinge of philosophical speculation or ritualistic performances.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
It has been established that bhakti should be without other desires (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam). On a related topic, it has been shown that all humans, regardless of social position, are qualified for this type of bhakti. There may be a doubt about this. “Yes, all people are qualified. However, at the same time, everyone should follow the rules prescribed for them according to varṇāśrama. The scriptures tell us that failure to perform those duties is sinful. If they do not perform their prescribed duties, (and they simply perform bhakti), all people will be engaging in sinful activity. That being the case, how can they become pure, if they are sinful? By doing atonements, will performance of the undone duties be accomplished?”
In response to this doubt, the author then answers with this verse, introducing it with “Moreover….(api ca)” The aṅgas of bhakti here means the essential aṅgas of bhakti. [Note: There is no fault if a person does not perform all the sixty-four aṅgas of bhakti. The essential aṅgas are the first twenty and the last five are: chanting, hearing Bhāgavatam, association with devotees, living in a holy place and deity worship.]
sve sve ’dhikāre yā niṣṭhā sa guṇaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
[sve sve ’dhikaare yaa nishthaa sa gunah parikeertitah |]
viparyayas tu doṣaḥ syād ubhayor eṣa niścayaḥ ||65||
[viparyayas tu doshah syaad ubhayor esha nishchayah ||65||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā ekādaśe—
sve sve ’dhikāre yā niṣṭhā sa guṇaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
viparyayas tu doṣaḥ syād ubhayor eṣa niścayaḥ ||65||
Thus, in the Eleventh Canto it is said: Steadiness in one’s own position is declared to be actual piety, whereas deviation from one’s position is considered impiety. In this way the two are definitely ascertained. SB 11.21.2
Purport
In this connection Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī gives evidence from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Canto, Twenty-first Chapter, verse 2, in which Lord Kṛṣṇa says to Uddhava, “The distinction between qualification and disqualification may be made in this way: persons who are already elevated in discharging devotional service will never again take shelter of the processes of fruitive activity or philosophical speculation. If one sticks to devotional service and is conducted by regulative principles given by the authorities and ācāryas, that is the best qualification.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The same point is made in the Bhāgavatam, and quoted later in this chapter (BRS 1.2.71):
sva-pāda-mūlam bhajataḥ priyasya
tyaktānya-bhāvasya hariḥ pareśaḥ
vikarma yac cotpatitaṁ kathañcid
dhunoti sarvaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ
One who has thus given up all other engagements and has taken full shelter at the lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very dear to the Lord. Indeed, if such a surrendered soul accidentally commits some sinful activity, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is seated within everyone’s heart, immediately takes away the reaction to such sin. SB 11.5.42
With the words sve sve ādhikāre, different qualifications are signified for karma, jñāna and bhakti. The two (ubhayoḥ) refers to the good quality and the fault. For the person qualified for pure bhakti, performance of the actions of karma or jñāna, and failure to perform bhakti are both faults.
tasmān mad-bhakti-yuktasya yogino vai mad-ātmanaḥ
na jñānaṁ na ca vairāgyaṁ prāyaḥ śreyo bhaved iha
Therefore, for a devotee engaged in My loving service, with mind fixed on Me, the cultivation of knowledge and renunciation is generally not the means of achieving the highest perfection within this world. SB 11.20.31
tāvat karmāṇi kurvīta na nirvidyeta yāvatā
mat-kathā-śravaṇādau vā śraddhā yāvan na jāyate
One should continue to perform the Vedic ritualistic activities until one actually becomes detached from material sense gratification and develops faith for hearing and chanting about Me. SB 11.20.9
Those qualified for jñāna and karma are persons without such faith in bhakti. Though they may begin practicing pure bhakti by devotee association, they quickly show disrespect. As a result they fail to attain their goals. In that sense they become full of fault by giving up that for which they are qualified, namely, jñāna and karma. Viparyayaḥ (opposite) means “not to be fixed in performing work for which one is qualified,” and also “to become fixed in some other work for which one is not qualified.”
In the First Canto it is said: If someone gives up his occupational duties and works in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and then falls down on account of not completing his work, what loss is there on his part? Moreover, what can one gain if one performs his occupational duties perfectly but does not worship the Lord. SB 1.5.17
Purport
This statement is supported in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, Fifth Chapter, verse 17, wherein Śrī Nārada Muni advises Vyāsadeva thus: “Even if one does not execute his specific occupational duty, but immediately takes direct shelter of the lotus feet of Hari [Kṛṣṇa], there will be no fault on his part, and in all circumstances his position is secure. Even if, by some bad association, he falls down while executing devotional service, or if he doesn’t finish the complete course of devotional service and dies untimely, still he is not at a loss. A person who is simply discharging his occupational duty in varṇa and āśrama, however, with no Kṛṣṇa consciousness, practically does not gain the true benefit of human life.” The purport is that all conditioned souls who are engaged very frantically in activities for sense gratification, without knowing that this process will never help them get out of material contamination, are awarded only with repeated births and deaths.
In the Fifth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is clearly stated by Ṛṣabhadeva to His sons, “Persons engaged in fruitive activities are repeatedly accepting birth and death, and until they develop a loving feeling for Vāsudeva, there will be no question of getting out from these stringent laws of material nature.” As such, any person who is very seriously engaged in his occupational duties in the varṇas and āśramas, and who does not develop love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva, should be understood to be simply spoiling his human form of life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
What misfortune can there be for a person who has begun bhakti, even if (yatra) he was born in a low family? Vā has the sense of api tu (even, yet). There is no loss at all if he does not complete bhakti because the impressions of bhakti continue unbroken in future lives. What value is attained from following prescribed duties by those who do not worship the Lord (abhajatām)? Nothing at all.
[aajnaayaiva gunaan doshaan mayaadishtaan api svakaan |]
dharmān santyajya yaḥ sarvān māṁ bhajet sa ca sattamaḥ ||67||
[dharmaan santyajya yah sarvaan maam bhajet sa cha sattamah ||67||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ekādaśe—
ājñāyaiva guṇān doṣān mayādiṣṭān api svakān |
dharmān santyajya yaḥ sarvān māṁ bhajet sa ca sattamaḥ ||67||
In the Eleventh Canto it is said: He perfectly understands that the ordinary religious duties prescribed by Me in various Vedic scriptures possess favorable qualities that purify the performer, and he knows that neglect of such duties constitutes a discrepancy in one’s life. Having taken complete shelter at My lotus feet, however, a saintly person ultimately renounces such ordinary religious duties and worships Me alone. He is thus considered the best among all living entities. SB 11.11.32
Purport
This is confirmed also in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Chapter, verse 32, in which the Lord says to Uddhava, “My dear Uddhava, any person who takes shelter of Me in complete surrender and follows My instructions, giving up all occupational duties, is to be considered the first-class man.” In this statement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is understood that people who are generally attracted to philanthropic, ethical, moral, altruistic, political and social welfare activities may be considered nice men only in the calculation of the material world. From Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and other authentic Vedic scriptures we learn further that if a person simply acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and discharges devotional service, he is considered to be far, far better situated than all of those persons engaged in philanthropic, ethical, moral, altruistic and social welfare activities.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
With the list of qualities mentioned in the verses previous to this quote from Bhāgavatam, starting with kṛpālur akṛta-drohaḥ (SB 11.11.29), the position of a person fixed in his dharma has been presented, showing a type of bhakti characterized by hearing about the Lord, mixed with karma and jñāna, according to the commentary, which explains that the word kaviḥ in verse SB 11.11.31 means a jñānī: kaviḥ samyak jñānī. What happens consequently is described in the present verse.
Even though he does not possess those qualities, and though understanding that the qualities such as mercy are good, and the opposites are bad (guṇa-doṣān ājñāya), he rejects all the dharmas prescribed by varṇāśrama, specifically all prescribed daily and periodic duties which have been designated by Me (mayādiṣṭān) among the qualities listed, since they are obstacles to ananya-bhakti to Me. By mentioning rejection of varnāśrama-dharma it is understood there should be rejection of jñāna as well. Rejecting both karma and jñāna, he should worship Me. He also (ca) is the best person (sattama). The particle ca signifies that the previous description with good qualities indicated the best person, sattama, but the last person mentioned, even without those qualities, but who gives up all duties and worships Me alone, is also sattama. [Note: Verses 29-31 describe twenty-eight qualities of a saintly person and verse 32 (quoted) explains the highest perfection of life. According to Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sārasvatī Ṭhākura, the seventeenth quality (mat-śaraṇa, or taking complete shelter of Lord Kṛṣṇa) is the most important, and the other twenty-seven qualities automatically appear in one who has become a pure devotee of the Lord. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.18.12), yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā sarvair guṇais tatra samāsate surāḥ.] He is equivalent to the person having those qualities.
It is also stated there: Anyone who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda, the giver of liberation, giving up all kinds of obligations, and has taken to the path in all seriousness, owes neither duties nor obligations to the demigods, sages, general living entities, family members, humankind or forefathers. SB 11.5.41
Purport
The same thing is still more emphatically confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Canto, Fifth Chapter, verse 41, in which Karabhājana Muni addresses Mahārāja Nimi as follows: “My dear King, if someone gives up his occupational duties as they are prescribed for the different varṇas and āśramas, but takes complete shelter, surrendering himself unto the lotus feet of the Lord, such a person is no more a debtor, nor has he any obligation to perform the different kinds of activities we render to the great sages, ancestors, living entities and family and society members. Nor has he any need to bother executing the five kinds of yajñās [sacrifices] for becoming free from sinful contamination. Simply by discharging devotional service, he is freed from all kinds of obligations.” The purport is that as soon as a man takes his birth, he is immediately indebted to so many sources. He is indebted to the great sages because he profits by reading their authoritative scriptures and books. For example, we take advantage of the books written by Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva has left for us all the Vedas. Before Vyāsadeva’s writing, the Vedic literature was simply heard, and the disciples would learn the mantras quickly by hearing and not by reading. Later on, Vyāsadeva thought it wise to write down the Vedas, because in this age people are short-memoried and unable to remember all the instructions given by the spiritual master. Therefore, he left all the Vedic knowledge in the form of books, such as the Purāṇas, Vedānta, Mahābhārata and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
There are many other sages, like Śaṅkarācārya, Gautama Muni and Nārada Muni, to whom we are indebted because we take advantage of their knowledge. Similarly, we are obliged to our forefathers, because we take our birth in a particular family, where we take all advantages and inherit property. Therefore, we are indebted to the forefathers and have to offer them piṇḍa (prasāda) after they are dead. Similarly, to the people in general we are also indebted, as well as to our relatives, friends and even animals such as cows and dogs who render us so much service.
In this way, we are indebted to the demigods, to the forefathers, to the sages, to the animals and to society in general. It is our duty to repay them all by proper discharge of service. But by the one stroke of devotional service, if someone gives up all obligations and simply surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is no longer a debtor, nor obliged to any other source of benefit.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Giving up all obligations (parihṛtya kartam) here means that the devotee rejects the distraction of one’s attention caused by thinking that Indra or Candra must be worshipped. Having surrendered (śaraṇam gataḥ), that person has destroyed all prārabdha-karmas and consequently destroys being situated in varṇāśrama (since he has no material guṇas). That person is no longer obliged to perform regular varṇāśrama duties. Instead of kartam, sometimes, the word kṛtyam is seen. This shows the meaning (duty).
In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said: Giving up all dharmas, surrender to Me alone. I will deliver you from all sins. Do not worry. BG 18.66
Purport
In Bhagavad-gītā also, the Lord says, “Give up all your occupations and just become surrendered unto Me. I give you assurance that I shall give you protection from all sinful reactions.” One may think that because he is surrendering unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead he will not be able to perform all of his other obligations. But the Lord says repeatedly, “Don’t hesitate. Don’t consider that because you are giving up all other engagements there will be some flaw in your life. Don’t think like that. I will give you all protection.” That is the assurance of Lord Kṛṣṇa in Bhagavad-gītā.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The word pari (fully) should be understood to mean that the rejection (tyāga) should be complete. “I will free you from all sins (sarva-pāpebhyaḥ)” means, “I will free you from all impediments to bhakti.” There is no sin for them because those with faith in bhakti give up the duties of dharma by the order of the Lord.
[yathaa vidhi-nishedhau tu muktam naivopasarpatah |]
tathā na spṛśato rāmopāsakaṁ vidhi-pūrvakam ||70||
[tathaa na sprishato raamopaasakam vidhi-poorvakam ||70||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
agastya-saṁhitāyām—
yathā vidhi-niṣedhau tu muktaṁ naivopasarpataḥ |
tathā na spṛśato rāmopāsakaṁ vidhi-pūrvakam ||70||
In the Agastya-saṁhitā it is said: Just as the rules and prohibitions of the smṛti scriptures do not approach a liberated person, the rules and prohibitions applicable to vaidika or tāntrika worship also do not touch the worshipper of Rāma.
Purport
There is additional evidence in the Agastya-saṁhitā: “As the regulative principles of scripture are not required by a liberated person, so the ritualistic principles indicated in the Vedic supplements are also not required for a person duly engaged in the service of Lord Rāmacandra.” In other words, the devotees of Lord Rāmacandra, or Kṛṣṇa, are already liberated persons and are not required to follow all the regulative principles mentioned in the ritualistic portions of the Vedic literature.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The rules and prohibitions (vidhi-niṣedhau) mentioned in this verse are those belonging to the smṛtis (dealing with varṇāśrama in the material guṇas). These do not apply to the liberated person beyond the guṇas. The worshipper of Rāma (a Vaiṣṇava) is also not obligated to follow the rules of worship according to the Vedas or Tāntika texts (vidhi-pūrvakam). (That is because those rules enjoin worship of devatās. He still follows rules of bhakti as a follower of vaidhi-bhakti.)
And in the Eleventh Canto it is said: One who has thus given up all other engagements and has taken full shelter at the lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very dear to the Lord. Indeed, if such a surrendered soul accidentally commits some sinful activity, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is seated within everyone’s heart, immediately takes away the reaction to such sin. SB 11.5.42
Purport
Similarly, in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Fifth Chapter, verse 42, Karabhājana Muni addresses King Nimi and says, “My dear King, a person who has given up the worship of the demigods and has completely concentrated his energy in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has become very, very dear to the Lord. As such, if by chance or mistake he does something which is forbidden, there is no need for him to perform any purificatory ceremonies. Because the Lord is situated within his heart, He takes compassion for the devotee’s accidental mistake and corrects him from within.” It is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā in many places that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, takes a special interest in His devotees and declares emphatically that nothing can cause His devotees to fall down. He is always protecting them.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
For one who has given up thoughts of worshipping anyone else (tyaktānya-bhāvasya), who has affection for the Lord and worships His feet, even if suddenly by chance he commits some sinful action (utpatitaṁ kathañcit), the Supreme Lord situated in the heart purifies all of that.
In the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa innumerable aṅgas of bhakti are mentioned. Among those, the most famous ones will be explained to the best of my judgment.
Purport
NoD 6: How to Discharge Devotional Service
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī states that his elder brother (Sanātana Gosvāmī) has compiled Hari-bhakti-vilāsa for the guidance of the Vaiṣṇavas and therein has mentioned many rules and regulations to be followed by the Vaiṣṇavas. Some of them are very important and prominent, and Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī will now mention these very important items for our benefit.
In bhakti, the characteristics of an aṅga are as follows: The learned define an aṅga of bhakti as a complex of devotional actions with internal divisions or only one action of bhakti which does not have clearly defined differences within it.
Purport
The purport of this statement is that Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī proposes to mention only basic principles, not details. For example, a basic principle is that one has to accept a spiritual master. Exactly how one follows the instructions of his spiritual master is considered a detail. For example, if one is following the instruction of his spiritual master and that instruction is different from the instructions of another spiritual master, this is called detailed information. But the basic principle of acceptance of a spiritual master is good everywhere, although the details may be different. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī does not wish to enter into details here, but wants to place before us only the principles.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
An example of a complex of actions is arcana. ”Only one action” means action without clear internal divisions, such as taking shelter of the guru’s feet or standing when a deity procession comes. Atra in the verse stands for “in bhakti.”
The list of aṅgas is as follows: Taking shelter of guru; then after initiation, acquiring knowledge [Note: This comment echoes the traditional Vedic system of initiation, in which a person receives Vedic initiation (upanayana) with Vedic gāyatrī-mantra. This qualifies him to study the Vedas. This tradition continued even with pañcaratric initiation and study. However when nāma-saṅkīrtana become predominant, the requirement of dīkṣa before sikṣa does not have the same importance.] service to guru with respect; following the rules according to the scriptures as approved by the ācāryas.
Purport
He mentions the basic principles as follows: (1) accepting the shelter of the lotus feet of a bona fide spiritual master, (2) becoming initiated by the spiritual master and learning how to discharge devotional service from him, (3) obeying the orders of the spiritual master with faith and devotion, (4) following in the footsteps of great ācāryas (teachers) under the direction of the spiritual master,
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this work the numbering is of two types: natural sequence of the verses, and added ones, for enumerating the sequence supplied by the commentary. The previous type has two dots on the head and the latter type does not. [Note: It seems that now double lines mark the verses and brackets mark the aṅgas.]
In the phrase kṛṣṇa-dīkṣādi-sikṣaṇam the word ādi has the sense of “in the beginning.” Thus the phrase means “acquiring knowledge after or accompanied by initiation with Kṛṣṇa mantra.” Sadhu-vartmānuvartanam (following the path of the ācāryas) means following the rules of the śruti and other scriptures enjoined by the ācāryas.
nivāso dvārakādau ca gaṅgāder api sannidhau ||75||
Inquiry about the real duties of life; renunciation of enjoyment to gain Kṛṣṇa’s mercy; residing in Dvārakā or other holy places, or near the Gaṅgā.
Purport
(5) inquiring from the spiritual master how to advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, (6) being prepared to give up anything material for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa (this means that when we are engaged in the devotional service of Kṛṣṇa, we must be prepared to give up something which we may not like to give up, and also we have to accept something which we may not like to accept), (7) residing in a sacred place of pilgrimage like Dvārakā or Vṛndāvana,
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
“Renouncing for the purpose of Kṛṣṇa” means “renouncing for Kṛṣṇa, to gain His mercy, in order to attain Him.” Hetu is put in the dative case to express that the action is for someone else—relating to a different person, Kṛṣṇa. Hetu is put into the possessive case to express obtaining something for oneself. Thus, “He lives there for the purpose of getting food for himself (annasya hetoḥ vasati).” However, in the present verse, the dative case indicates that the renunciation is for Kṛṣṇa’s sake, for pleasing Him. One can translate the phrase kṛṣṇasya hetave as “renunciation of enjoyment for pleasing Kṛṣṇa, to get His mercy in order to attain Him.” The word ādi in the phrase bhogādi-tyāga means renunciation of enjoyment and desires for sons, wealth, and followers as well.
Accepting only what is necessary in dealing with the body; observing the Ekādaśī vrata; giving respect to the āmalakī, aśvattha and other items.
Purport
(8) accepting only what is necessary, or dealing with the material world only as far as necessary, (9) observing the fasting day on Ekādaśī and (10) worshiping sacred trees like the banyan tree.
Preliminary bhakti should consist of these ten aṅgas.
Purport
These ten items are preliminary necessities for beginning the discharge of devotional service in regulative principles. In the beginning, if a neophyte devotee observes the above-mentioned ten principles, surely he will quickly make good advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Giving up the association of those opposed to the Lord; not being attached to making disciples; not being enthusiastic for huge undertakings; avoiding the study of useless books in order to earn a living or to defeat others in useless arguments; not feeling miserable in any material circumstances; not being subject to lamentation or other extreme emotions; not showing disrespect to devatās; not giving disturbance to other living beings; not committing of sevā-aparādha or nāma-aparādha; not tolerating the criticism of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees by those who hate them. These ten aṅgas should be observed by avoidance.
Purport
The next set of instructions is listed as follows: (1) One should rigidly give up the company of nondevotees. (2) One should not instruct a person who is not desirous of accepting devotional service. (3) One should not be very enthusiastic about constructing costly temples or monasteries. (4) One should not try to read too many books, nor should one develop the idea of earning his livelihood by lecturing on or professionally reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā. (5) One should not be neglectful in ordinary dealings. (6) One should not be under the spell of lamentation in loss or jubilation in gain. (7) One should not disrespect the demigods. (8) One should not give unnecessary trouble to any living entity. (9) One should carefully avoid the various offenses in chanting the holy name of the Lord or in worshiping the Deity in the temple. (10) One should be very intolerant toward the blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, or His devotees.
Without following the above-mentioned ten principles, one cannot properly elevate himself to the platform of sādhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
There will certainly be sevā-aparādhas and nāma-aparādhas for the person performing sādhana-bhakti. However, after committing them, the person should be careful to avoid those offenses in the future.
Giving up the association of those opposed to the Lord; not being attached to making disciples; not being enthusiastic for huge undertakings; avoiding the study of useless books in order to earn a living or to defeat others in useless arguments; not feeling miserable in any material circumstances; not being subject to lamentation or other extreme emotions; not showing disrespect to devatās; not giving disturbance to other living beings; not committing of sevā-aparādha or nāma-aparādha; not tolerating the criticism of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees by those who hate them. These ten aṅgas should be observed by avoidance.
Purport
The next set of instructions is listed as follows: (1) One should rigidly give up the company of nondevotees. (2) One should not instruct a person who is not desirous of accepting devotional service. (3) One should not be very enthusiastic about constructing costly temples or monasteries. (4) One should not try to read too many books, nor should one develop the idea of earning his livelihood by lecturing on or professionally reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā. (5) One should not be neglectful in ordinary dealings. (6) One should not be under the spell of lamentation in loss or jubilation in gain. (7) One should not disrespect the demigods. (8) One should not give unnecessary trouble to any living entity. (9) One should carefully avoid the various offenses in chanting the holy name of the Lord or in worshiping the Deity in the temple. (10) One should be very intolerant toward the blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, or His devotees.
Without following the above-mentioned ten principles, one cannot properly elevate himself to the platform of sādhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice.
Giving up the association of those opposed to the Lord; not being attached to making disciples; not being enthusiastic for huge undertakings; avoiding the study of useless books in order to earn a living or to defeat others in useless arguments; not feeling miserable in any material circumstances; not being subject to lamentation or other extreme emotions; not showing disrespect to devatās; not giving disturbance to other living beings; not committing of sevā-aparādha or nāma-aparādha; not tolerating the criticism of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees by those who hate them. These ten aṅgas should be observed by avoidance.
Purport
The next set of instructions is listed as follows: (1) One should rigidly give up the company of nondevotees. (2) One should not instruct a person who is not desirous of accepting devotional service. (3) One should not be very enthusiastic about constructing costly temples or monasteries. (4) One should not try to read too many books, nor should one develop the idea of earning his livelihood by lecturing on or professionally reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā. (5) One should not be neglectful in ordinary dealings. (6) One should not be under the spell of lamentation in loss or jubilation in gain. (7) One should not disrespect the demigods. (8) One should not give unnecessary trouble to any living entity. (9) One should carefully avoid the various offenses in chanting the holy name of the Lord or in worshiping the Deity in the temple. (10) One should be very intolerant toward the blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, or His devotees.
Without following the above-mentioned ten principles, one cannot properly elevate himself to the platform of sādhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice.
Giving up the association of those opposed to the Lord; not being attached to making disciples; not being enthusiastic for huge undertakings; avoiding the study of useless books in order to earn a living or to defeat others in useless arguments; not feeling miserable in any material circumstances; not being subject to lamentation or other extreme emotions; not showing disrespect to devatās; not giving disturbance to other living beings; not committing of sevā-aparādha or nāma-aparādha; not tolerating the criticism of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees by those who hate them. These ten aṅgas should be observed by avoidance.
Purport
The next set of instructions is listed as follows: (1) One should rigidly give up the company of nondevotees. (2) One should not instruct a person who is not desirous of accepting devotional service. (3) One should not be very enthusiastic about constructing costly temples or monasteries. (4) One should not try to read too many books, nor should one develop the idea of earning his livelihood by lecturing on or professionally reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā. (5) One should not be neglectful in ordinary dealings. (6) One should not be under the spell of lamentation in loss or jubilation in gain. (7) One should not disrespect the demigods. (8) One should not give unnecessary trouble to any living entity. (9) One should carefully avoid the various offenses in chanting the holy name of the Lord or in worshiping the Deity in the temple. (10) One should be very intolerant toward the blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, or His devotees.
Without following the above-mentioned ten principles, one cannot properly elevate himself to the platform of sādhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice.
Giving up the association of those opposed to the Lord; not being attached to making disciples; not being enthusiastic for huge undertakings; avoiding the study of useless books in order to earn a living or to defeat others in useless arguments; not feeling miserable in any material circumstances; not being subject to lamentation or other extreme emotions; not showing disrespect to devatās; not giving disturbance to other living beings; not committing of sevā-aparādha or nāma-aparādha; not tolerating the criticism of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees by those who hate them. These ten aṅgas should be observed by avoidance.
Purport
The next set of instructions is listed as follows: (1) One should rigidly give up the company of nondevotees. (2) One should not instruct a person who is not desirous of accepting devotional service. (3) One should not be very enthusiastic about constructing costly temples or monasteries. (4) One should not try to read too many books, nor should one develop the idea of earning his livelihood by lecturing on or professionally reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā. (5) One should not be neglectful in ordinary dealings. (6) One should not be under the spell of lamentation in loss or jubilation in gain. (7) One should not disrespect the demigods. (8) One should not give unnecessary trouble to any living entity. (9) One should carefully avoid the various offenses in chanting the holy name of the Lord or in worshiping the Deity in the temple. (10) One should be very intolerant toward the blasphemy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, or His devotees.
Without following the above-mentioned ten principles, one cannot properly elevate himself to the platform of sādhana-bhakti, or devotional service in practice.
These twenty aṅgas serve as the door for entering bhakti. The first three aṅgas — taking shelter of the feet of guru, receiving teachings after initiation, and serving the guru with respect — are said to be the principal ones.
Purport
Altogether, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī mentions twenty items, and all of them are very important. Out of the twenty, the first three—namely accepting the shelter of a bona fide spiritual master, taking initiation from him and serving him with respect and reverence—are the most important.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Though all twenty aṅgas act as the door to bhakti, the first three aṅgas are the most important.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
1. marking the body with the Vaiṣṇava symbols 2. marking the body with the syllables of the Lord’s names 3. wearing the garlands, flowers and sandalwood offered to the deity 4. dancing before the deity 5. offering respects on the ground 6. rising up to see the Lord 7. following behind the Lord’s procession 8. going to the Lord’s residence 9. circumambulating the Lord or His dhāma 10. performing arcana 11. performing menial service to the deity 12. singing for the deity 13. singing in a group 14. performing japa 15. offering words or sentiments 16. reciting prayers 17. tasting food offered to the Lord 18. tasting the foot water of the Lord 19. smelling the incense and flowers offered to the Lord 20. touching the deity 21. seeing the deity 22. seeing the ārātrika and festivals 23. hearing the name, form, qualities and pastimes of the Lord 24. accepting the mercy of the Lord 25. remembrance of the Lord 26. meditating on the Lord 27. acting as a servant of the Lord 28. thinking of the Lord as a friend 29. offering oneself to the Lord 30. offering the best items to the Lord 31. making full efforts for the Lord 32. surrendering to the Lord 33. serving tulasī 34. studying the scriptures 35. living in Mathurā 36. serving the devotees 37. holding festivals according one’s means with the devotees 38. observing Kārtika vrata 39. observing Janmāṣṭamī and other special occasions 40. having faith and great affection for serving the deity 41. relishing Bhāgavatam in association of devotees 42. associating with like-minded, affectionate, superior devotees 43. nāma-saṅkīrtana 44. living in the area of Mathurā
Purport
The next important items are as follows: (1) One should decorate the body with tilaka, which is the sign of the Vaiṣṇavas. (The idea is that as soon as a person sees these marks on the body of the Vaiṣṇava, he will immediately remember Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya said that a Vaiṣṇava is he who, when seen, reminds one of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, it is essential that a Vaiṣṇava mark his body with tilaka to remind others of Kṛṣṇa.) (2) In marking such tilaka, sometimes one may write Hare Kṛṣṇa on the body. (3) One should accept flowers and garlands that have been offered to the Deity and the spiritual master and put them on one’s body. (4) One should learn to dance before the Deity. (5) One should learn to bow down immediately upon seeing the Deity or the spiritual master. (6) As soon as one visits a temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one must stand up. (7) When the Deity is being borne for a stroll in the street, a devotee should immediately follow the procession. (In this connection it may be noted that in India, especially in Viṣṇu temples, the system is that apart from the big Deity who is permanently situated in the main area of the temple, there is a set of smaller Deities which are taken in procession in the evening. In some temples it is the custom to hold a big procession in the evening with a band playing and a nice big umbrella over the Deities, who sit on decorated thrones on the cart or palanquin, which is carried by devotees. The Deities come out onto the street and travel in the neighborhood while the people of the neighborhood come out to offer prasāda. The residents of the neighborhood all follow the procession, so it is a very nice scene. When the Deity is coming out, the servitors in the temple put forward the daily accounts before Them: so much was the collection, so much was the expenditure. The whole idea is that the Deity is considered to be the proprietor of the whole establishment, and all the priests and other people taking care of the temple are considered to be the servants of the Deity. This system is very, very old and is still followed. So, therefore, it is mentioned here that when the Deity is on stroll the people should follow behind.) (8) A devotee must visit a Viṣṇu temple at least once or twice every day, morning and evening. (In Vṛndāvana this system is followed very strictly. All the devotees in town go every morning and evening to visit different temples. Therefore during these times there are considerable crowds all over the city. There are about five thousand temples in Vṛndāvana city. Of course it is not possible to visit all the temples, but there are at least one dozen very big and important temples which were started by the Gosvāmīs and which should be visited.) (9) One must circumambulate the temple building at least three times. (In every temple there is an arrangement to go around the temple at least three times. Some devotees go around more than three times—ten times, fifteen times—according to their vows. The Gosvāmīs used to circumambulate Govardhana Hill.) One should also circumambulate the whole Vṛndāvana area. (10) One must worship the Deity in the temple according to the regulative principles. (Offering ārati and prasāda, decorating the Deity, etc.—these things must be observed regularly.) (11) One must render personal service to the Deities. (12) One must sing. (13) One must perform saṅkīrtana. (14) One must chant. (15) One must offer prayers. (16) One must recite notable prayers. (17) One must taste mahā-prasāda (food from the very plate offered before the Deities). (18) One must drink caraṇāmṛta (water from the bathing of the Deities, which is offered to guests). (19) One must smell the incense and flowers offered to the Deity. (20) One must touch the lotus feet of the Deity. (21) One must see the Deity with great devotion. (22) One must offer ārati (ārātrika) at different times. (23) One must hear about the Lord and His pastimes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and similar books. (24) One must pray to the Deity for His mercy. (25) One should remember the Deity. (26) One should meditate upon the Deity. (27) One should render some voluntary service. (28) One should think of the Lord as one’s friend. (29) One should offer everything to the Lord. (30) One should offer a favorite article (such as food or a garment). (31) One should take all kinds of risks and perform all endeavors for Kṛṣṇa’s benefit. (32) In every condition, one should be a surrendered soul. (33) One should pour water on the tulasī tree. (34) One should regularly hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and similar literature. (35) One should live in a sacred place like Mathurā, Vṛndāvana or Dvārakā. (36) One should offer service to Vaiṣṇavas (devotees). (37) One should arrange one’s devotional service according to one’s means. (38) In the month of Kārttika (October and November), one should make arrangements for special services. (39) During Janmāṣṭamī (the time of Kṛṣṇa’s appearance in this world) one should observe a special service. (40) One should do whatever is done with great care and devotion for the Deity. (41) One should relish the pleasure of Bhāgavatam reading among devotees and not among outsiders. (42) One should associate with devotees who are considered more advanced. (43) One should chant the holy name of the Lord. (44) One should live in the jurisdiction of Mathurā.
The last five items were mentioned previously. They have been again mentioned to point out their superiority among all aṅgas. Thus, sixty-four methods of worship involving the body, senses and the internal organ have been presented sequentially, some being separate items and some containing additional items within them. Next, examples of each item will be cited according to traditional authority.
Purport
Now, the total regulative principles come to an aggregate of sixty-four items. As we have mentioned, the first are the primary ten regulative principles. Then come the secondary ten regulative principles, and added to these are forty-four other activities. So all together there are sixty-four items for discharging the regulative practice of devotional service. Out of these sixty-four items, five items—namely worshiping the Deity, hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, associating among the devotees, saṅkīrtana, and living in Mathurā—are very important.
The sixty-four items of devotional service should include all of our activities of body, mind and speech. As stated in the beginning, the regulative principle of devotional service enjoins that all of our senses must be employed in the service of the Lord. Exactly how they can be thus employed is described in the above sixty-four items. Now, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī will give evidence from different scriptures supporting the authenticity of many of these points.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
These are the sixty-four types of worship involving the body, senses and internal organ. Some items such as surrendering to the feet of guru should be considered as single items with no divisions. Others such as deity worship and kīrtana have many internal divisions. [Note: As explained later there are guṇa-kīrtana, līlā-kīrtana as well as nāma-kīrtana. Like musical works, these are often divided up into parts.] Those are considered as one aṅga from considering the whole. Though one can find many aṅgas within deity worship or other items, they can also be considered as a whole unit and regarded as one item. Thus there is no contradiction to counting sixty-four items only.
The last five items were mentioned previously. They have been again mentioned to point out their superiority among all aṅgas. Thus, sixty-four methods of worship involving the body, senses and the internal organ have been presented sequentially, some being separate items and some containing additional items within them. Next, examples of each item will be cited according to traditional authority.
Purport
Now, the total regulative principles come to an aggregate of sixty-four items. As we have mentioned, the first are the primary ten regulative principles. Then come the secondary ten regulative principles, and added to these are forty-four other activities. So all together there are sixty-four items for discharging the regulative practice of devotional service. Out of these sixty-four items, five items—namely worshiping the Deity, hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, associating among the devotees, saṅkīrtana, and living in Mathurā—are very important.
The sixty-four items of devotional service should include all of our activities of body, mind and speech. As stated in the beginning, the regulative principle of devotional service enjoins that all of our senses must be employed in the service of the Lord. Exactly how they can be thus employed is described in the above sixty-four items. Now, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī will give evidence from different scriptures supporting the authenticity of many of these points.
The last five items were mentioned previously. They have been again mentioned to point out their superiority among all aṅgas. Thus, sixty-four methods of worship involving the body, senses and the internal organ have been presented sequentially, some being separate items and some containing additional items within them. Next, examples of each item will be cited according to traditional authority.
Purport
Now, the total regulative principles come to an aggregate of sixty-four items. As we have mentioned, the first are the primary ten regulative principles. Then come the secondary ten regulative principles, and added to these are forty-four other activities. So all together there are sixty-four items for discharging the regulative practice of devotional service. Out of these sixty-four items, five items—namely worshiping the Deity, hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, associating among the devotees, saṅkīrtana, and living in Mathurā—are very important.
The sixty-four items of devotional service should include all of our activities of body, mind and speech. As stated in the beginning, the regulative principle of devotional service enjoins that all of our senses must be employed in the service of the Lord. Exactly how they can be thus employed is described in the above sixty-four items. Now, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī will give evidence from different scriptures supporting the authenticity of many of these points.
The last five items were mentioned previously. They have been again mentioned to point out their superiority among all aṅgas. Thus, sixty-four methods of worship involving the body, senses and the internal organ have been presented sequentially, some being separate items and some containing additional items within them. Next, examples of each item will be cited according to traditional authority.
Purport
Now, the total regulative principles come to an aggregate of sixty-four items. As we have mentioned, the first are the primary ten regulative principles. Then come the secondary ten regulative principles, and added to these are forty-four other activities. So all together there are sixty-four items for discharging the regulative practice of devotional service. Out of these sixty-four items, five items—namely worshiping the Deity, hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, associating among the devotees, saṅkīrtana, and living in Mathurā—are very important.
The sixty-four items of devotional service should include all of our activities of body, mind and speech. As stated in the beginning, the regulative principle of devotional service enjoins that all of our senses must be employed in the service of the Lord. Exactly how they can be thus employed is described in the above sixty-four items. Now, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī will give evidence from different scriptures supporting the authenticity of many of these points.
śābde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam ||97||
[shaabde pare cha nishnaatam brahmany upashamaashrayam ||97||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra guru-pādāśrayo, yathā ekādaśe—
tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam |
śābde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam ||97||
Taking shelter of the lotus feet of guru (verse 74), from the Eleventh Canto: Therefore, any person who seriously desires real happiness must seek a spiritual master, who is conversant with the bhakti scriptures, accomplished in hearing and chanting about the Lord, and fully tranquil. SB 11.3.21
Purport
NoD 7: Evidence Regarding Devotional Principles
Accepting the Shelter of a Bona Fide Spiritual Master
In the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Third Chapter, verse 21, Prabuddha tells Mahārāja Nimi, “My dear King, please know for certain that in the material world there is no happiness. It is simply a mistake to think that there is happiness here, because this place is full of nothing but miserable conditions. Any person who is seriously desirous of achieving real happiness must seek out a bona fide spiritual master and take shelter of him by initiation. The qualification of a spiritual master is that he must have realized the conclusions of the scriptures by deliberation and arguments and thus be able to convince others of these conclusions. Such great personalities who have taken shelter of the Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all material considerations, are to be understood as bona fide spiritual masters. Everyone should try to find such a bona fide spiritual master in order to fulfill his mission of life, which is to transfer himself to the plane of spiritual bliss.”
The purport is that one should not accept as a spiritual master someone who is fool number one, who has no direction according to the scriptural injunctions, whose character is doubtful, who does not follow the principles of devotional service, or who has not conquered the influence of the six sense-gratifying agents. The six agents of sense gratification are the tongue, the genitals, the belly, anger, the mind and words. Anyone who has practiced controlling these six is permitted to make disciples all over the world. To accept such a spiritual master is the crucial point for advancement in spiritual life. One who is fortunate enough to come under the shelter of a bona fide spiritual master is sure to traverse the path of spiritual salvation without any doubt.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Śābde means “in the devotional scriptures.” Pare brahmaṇi means “hearing and chanting about the Lord.” Niṣnātam means “thoroughly conversant.”
Acquiring knowledge after initiation (verse 74), also from the Eleventh Canto: Accepting the bona fide spiritual master as one’s life and soul and worshipable deity, the disciple should learn from him the process of pure bhakti by sincere service. By that pure bhakti the Lord, the supreme soul, will be satisfied, and give Himself to that devotee. SB 11.3.22
Purport
Accepting Initiation from the Spiritual Master and Receiving Instructions from Him
Sage Prabuddha continued to speak to the King as follows: “My dear King, a disciple has to accept the spiritual master not only as spiritual master, but also as the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the Supersoul. In other words, the disciple should accept the spiritual master as God, because he is the external manifestation of Kṛṣṇa. This is confirmed in every scripture, and a disciple should accept the spiritual master as such. One should learn Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam seriously and with all respect and veneration for the spiritual master. Hearing and speaking Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the religious process which elevates one to the platform of serving and loving the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”
The attitude of the disciple should be to satisfy the bona fide spiritual master. Then it will be very easy for him to understand spiritual knowledge. This is confirmed in the Vedas, and Rūpa Gosvāmī will further explain that for a person who has unflinching faith in God and the spiritual master, everything becomes revealed very easily.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The guru is called ātmā because he is as dear as the self is. One should learn bhagavat- dharma (bhakti) from the guru who is worthy of worship like a deity (daivataḥ) and is as dear as one’s self, by sincere service (amāyayā anuvṛttyā). The Lord, who is the real ātmā and who gives Himself to the worshippers, is pleased by those acts of bhakti.
na martya-buddhyāsūyeta sarva-deva-mayo guruḥ ||99||
[na martya-buddhyaasooyeta sarva-deva-mayo guruh ||99||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
viśrambheṇa guroḥ sevā, yathā tatraiva—
ācāryaṁ māṁ vijānīyān nāvamanyeta karhicit |
na martya-buddhyāsūyeta sarva-deva-mayo guruḥ ||99||
Serving the guru with reverence (verse 74), from the Eleventh Canto: One should know the ācārya as Myself and never disrespect him in any way. One should not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the representative of all the demigods. SB 11.17.27
Purport
Serving the Spiritual Master with Faith and Confidence
Regarding serving the spiritual master, in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Seventeenth Chapter, verse 27, it is stated by Lord Kṛṣṇa, “My dear Uddhava, the spiritual master must be accepted not only as My representative, but as My very self. He must never be considered on the same level with an ordinary human being. One should never be envious of the spiritual master, as one may be envious of an ordinary man. The spiritual master should always be seen as the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and by serving the spiritual master one is able to serve all the demigods.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
One should know that the ācārya belongs to Me (ācāryaṁ mām). This agrees with sayings such as “remember the revered guru as dearest of Mukunda.” One should not disrespect the guru by thinking him an ordinary human.
Following the scriptural rules (verse 74), from the Skanda Purāṇa: One should follow the scriptural rules which give the highest benefit and are devoid of hardship, by which the previous devotees easily progressed.
Purport
Following in the Footsteps of Saintly Persons
In the Skanda Purāṇa it is advised that a devotee follow the past ācāryas and saintly persons, because by such following one can achieve the desired results, with no chance of lamenting or being baffled in his progress.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sādhu-vartma (proper path) means “the path composed of rules from the śruti and other scriptures.”
Also, evidence from the Brahma-yāmala: Even if a person seems to have attained steadiness in practicing pure bhakti to the Lord, that bhakti is a misfortune if it rejects the rules of śruti, smṛti, purāṇa and pañcarātra due to lack of faith in them.
Purport
The scripture known as Brahma-yāmala states as follows: “If someone wants to pose himself as a great devotee without following the authorities of the revealed scriptures, then his activities will never help him to make progress in devotional service. Instead, he will simply create disturbances for the sincere students of devotional service.” Those who do not strictly follow the principles of revealed scriptures are generally called sahajiyās—those who have imagined everything to be cheap, who have their own concocted ideas, and who do not follow the scriptural injunctions. Such persons are simply creating disturbances in the discharge of devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This quotation shows the fault in not observing the rules of scripture. With the mention of śruti and other scriptures, it means that, among the scriptures, one should accept the Vaiṣṇava scriptures, for one should accept only those things for which one is qualified and not other things. This is understood from the verse sve sve ’dhikāra (SB 11.21.2) previously quoted. “Bhakti without the rule of the scriptures (…vidhim vinā) means “bhakti with disregard for the rules because of having no faith in scriptures.” It does not mean disregard because of fatigue or (unintentional) ignorance. This is understood from the verse dhāvan nimīlya vā netre: “O King, one who accepts this process of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead will never blunder on his path in this world. Even while running with eyes closed (ignorant), he will never trip or fall.” (SB 11.2.35) Aikāntikī in the verse means “even after having attained steadiness.” Thus, even after attaining steadiness in the practice of bhakti, if it is executed without regard for scriptural rules because of no belief in scriptures, then it produces disaster.
vastutas tu tathā naiva yad aśāstrīyatekṣyate ||102||
[vastutas tu tathaa naiva yad ashaastreeyatekshyate ||102||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhaktir aikāntikī veyam avicārāt pratīyate |
vastutas tu tathā naiva yad aśāstrīyatekṣyate ||102||
This type of bhakti appears to be pure only because of misjudging the facts. Actually, it is not aikāntiki-bhakti at all, because lack of scriptural obedience is seen in it.
Purport
In this connection, an objection may be raised by those who are not in devotional service and who do not care for the revealed scriptures. An example of this is seen in Buddhist philosophy. Lord Buddha appeared in the family of a high-grade kṣatriya king, but his philosophy was not in accord with the Vedic conclusions and therefore was rejected. Under the patronage of a Hindu king, Mahārāja Aśoka, the Buddhist religion was spread all over India and the adjoining countries. However, after the appearance of the great stalwart teacher Śaṅkarācārya, this Buddhism was driven out beyond the borders of India.
The Buddhists or other religionists who do not care for revealed scriptures sometimes say that there are many devotees of Lord Buddha who show devotional service to Lord Buddha, and who therefore should be considered devotees. In answer to this argument, Rūpa Gosvāmī says that the followers of Buddha cannot be accepted as devotees. Although Lord Buddha is accepted as an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa, the followers of such incarnations are not very advanced in their knowledge of the Vedas. To study the Vedas means to come to the conclusion of the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead. Therefore any religious principle which denies the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead is not accepted and is called atheism. Atheism means defying the authority of the Vedas and decrying the great ācāryas who teach Vedic scriptures for the benefit of the people in general.
Lord Buddha is accepted as an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, but in the same Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is stated that Lord Buddha appeared in order to bewilder the atheistic class of men. Therefore his philosophy is meant for bewildering the atheists and should not be accepted. If someone asks, “Why should Kṛṣṇa propagate atheistic principles?” the answer is that it was the desire of the Supreme Personality of Godhead to end the violence which was then being committed in the name of the Vedas. The so-called religionists were falsely using the Vedas to justify such violent acts as meat-eating, and Lord Buddha came to lead the fallen people away from such a false interpretation of the Vedas. Also, for the atheists Lord Buddha preached atheism so that they would follow him and thus be tricked into devotional service to Lord Buddha, or Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
How could it be pure, aikāntikī-bhakti, if there is disregard for scriptures? On the other hand, if it is actually pure bhakti, then how can it produce misfortune? This verse answers. The devotion of Buddha, Dattātreya and others, whose philosophies completely reject the Vedic scriptures, appears to be aikāntiki-bhakti, but that is because of one’s misjudgment only, for that “devotion” (yad) completely rejects the scriptures — the Vedas, its aṅgas and scriptures following the Vedas. If that is so, then there can be no proper results, for according to the Vedānta: śāstra-yonitvāt: the Lord is known only through scriptures (Vedānta-sūtra 1.1.3). Therefore, if one disregards the Vedas and supporting scriptures attained through the beginningless authorized disciplic succession embodying the teachings of the Lord, who is the very source of Buddha and others, how can that bhakti be pure? This should be the meaning. Moreover, it is by the Vedic scriptures that one can understand that Buddha and others have the status of avatāras. Moreover, it is by the Vedic scriptures that we understand that Buddha preached atheistic scriptures in order to bewilder the asuras. This is explained in the Triyuga portion of the Viṣṇu-dharma. There it is also explained that Buddha was only an aveśāvatāra. Thus, one should not take his teachings as authoritative.
Inquiry into bhakti (verse 75), from Nāradīya Purāṇa: Those whose minds are attached to understanding bhakti to the Lord quickly attain all their desired goals.
Purport
Inquiring About Eternal Religious Principles
In the Nāradīya Purāṇa it is said, “If one is actually very serious about devotional service, then all of his purposes will be served without any delay.”
Renouncing enjoyment for pleasing Kṛṣṇa (verse 75), from Padma Purāṇa: When you give up enjoyable objects at the time of enjoying, aiming at the pleasure of the Lord, the permanent wealth situated in Viṣṇu-loka awaits you.
Purport
Being Prepared to Give Up Everything Material for Kṛṣṇa's Satisfaction
In the Padma Purāṇa it is stated, “For one who has given up his material sense enjoyment and has accepted the principles of devotional service, the opulence of Viṣṇuloka [the kingdom of God] is awaiting.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Tava, the possessive case, can be understood as tvām, the accusative case. Therefore, the sentence means “The wealth situated in Viṣṇu-loka awaits you, who have given up enjoyments for pleasing the Lord.”
Living in Dvārakā or other holy places (verse 75), from the Skanda Purāṇa: Anyone who lives in Dvārakā for one year, six months, one month or even half a month, whether man or woman, attains a four-handed form in the spiritual sky.
Purport
Residing in a Sacred Place
In the Skanda Purāṇa it is also said that for a person who has lived in Dvārakā for six months, for one month, or even for one fortnight, there is awaiting elevation to the Vaikuṇṭhalokas and all the profits of sārūpya-mukti (the privilege of having the same four-handed bodily features as Nārāyaṇa).
diviṣṭhā yatra paśyanti sarvān eva caturbhujān ||106||
[divishthaa yatra pashyanti sarvaan eva chaturbhujaan ||106||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ādi-padena puruṣottama-vāsaś ca, yathā brāhme—
aho kṣetrasya māhātmyaṁ samantād daśa-yojanam |
diviṣṭhā yatra paśyanti sarvān eva caturbhujān ||106||
The word ādi indicates Puri as well, as illustrated from the Brahma Purāṇa: The glory of Puri with its surrounding area of 80 miles is inconceivable. The devatās see everyone residing there as having four arms.
Purport
In the Brahma Purāṇa it is said, “The transcendental significance of Puruṣottama-kṣetra, which is the eighty-square-mile field of Lord Jagannātha, cannot be properly described. Even the demigods from higher planetary systems see the inhabitants of this Jagannātha Purī as having exactly the same bodily features possessed by one in Vaikuṇṭha. That is, the demigods see the inhabitants of Jagannātha Purī as being four-handed.”
Living near the Gaṅgā (verse 75), from the First Canto: The river Ganges, by which the King sat to fast, carries the most auspicious water, which is mixed with the dust of the lotus feet of the Lord and tulasī leaves. Therefore, that water sanctifies the three worlds in the present and future and even sanctifies Lord Śiva and other demigods. Consequently, everyone who is destined to die must take shelter of this river. SB 1.19.6
Purport
When there was a meeting of great sages at Naimiṣāraṇya, Sūta Gosvāmī was reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and the importance of the Ganges was stated as follows: “The waters of the Ganges are always carrying the flavor of tulasī offered at the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and as such the waters of the Ganges are ever flowing, spreading the glories of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Wherever the waters of the Ganges are flowing, all will be sanctified, both externally and internally.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The Gaṅgā purifies all the worlds along with Śiva now and in the future (ubhayatra) and is the best water, the leader of all water (ambu-netrī), since she is mixed with the dust from Kṛṣṇa’s feet and tulasī leaves which shine with beauty.
ādhikye nyūnatāyāṁ ca cyavate paramārthataḥ ||108||
Living with minimal material needs (verse 76), from Naradīya Purāṇa: The person with wisdom concerning material objects accepts as much as is necessary for maintenance of bhakti. By accepting more or less than that, the person will fail to attain the highest goal.
Purport
Accepting Only What Is Necessary
In the Nāradīya Purāṇa it is directed, “One should not accept more than necessary if he is serious about discharging devotional service.” The purport is that one should not neglect following the principles of devotional service, nor should one accept the rulings of devotional service which are more than what he can easily perform. For example, it may be said that one should chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra at least one hundred thousand times daily on his beads. But if this is not possible, then one must minimize his chanting according to his own capacity. Generally, we recommend our disciples to chant at least sixteen rounds on their japa beads daily, and this should be completed. But if one is not even able to chant sixteen rounds, then he must make it up the next day. He must be sure to keep his vow. If he does not strictly follow this out, then he is sure to be negligent. That is offensive in the service of the Lord. If we encourage offenses, we shall not be able to make progress in devotional service. It is better if one fixes up a regulative principle according to his own ability and then follows that vow without fail. That will make him advanced in spiritual life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sva-nirvāhaḥ means for the survival of one’s bhakti (rather than one’s body). [Note: This would mean that a person could accept more than is necessary for the body, if it is used for the Lord’s service.]
Respecting the day of the Lord (verse 76), from Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa: By fasting on Ekādaśī, a person destroys all sins, gains abundant pious credits and attains remembrance of the Lord.
Purport
Observing Fasting on Ekādaśī
In the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa it is said that one who observes fasting on Ekādaśī day is freed from all kinds of reactions to sinful activities and advances in pious life. The basic principle is not just to fast, but to increase one’s faith and love for Govinda, or Kṛṣṇa. The real reason for observing fasting on Ekādaśī is to minimize the demands of the body and to engage our time in the service of the Lord by chanting or performing similar service. The best thing to do on fasting days is to remember the pastimes of Govinda and to hear His holy name constantly.
Respecting the āmalakī, aśvattha and other things (verse 76), from Skanda Purāṇa: Human beings destroy sin by worshipping, respecting, and contemplating the aśvattha tree, tulasī tree, āmalakī tree, the cow, the brāhmaṇa and the Vaiṣṇava.
Purport
Offering Respect to the Banyan Trees
In the Skanda Purāṇa it is directed that a devotee should offer water to the tulasī plant and āmalakī trees. He should offer respect to banyan tree (aśvattha), the cows and the brāhmaṇas and should serve the Vaiṣṇavas by offering them respectful obeisances and meditating upon them. All of these processes will help the devotee to diminish the reactions to his past sinful activities.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The aśvattha tree is worthy of worship because it is a vibhūti of the Lord (explained in the Gītā). Bhūmi-sura (deva on earth) means a brāhmaṇa. Because the Lord has descended on earth as the benefactor and friend of the cows and the brāhmaṇas, they also should be worshipped by the devotees. All those other items are mentioned along with tulasī and the Vaiṣṇava to remove doubt about worshiping them. [Note: For the Vaiṣṇava, the devotee and tulasī are the most important items, but for others, worship of the brāhmaṇa or cow is more familiar objects of respect.] Among the other items, worship of the cow bestows the ultimate goal for the worshippers of Kṛṣṇa. The Gautamīya-tantra says:
gavāṁ kaṇḍūyanaṁ kuryād go-grāsaṁ go-pradakṣiṇam |
goṣu nityaṁ prasannāsu gopālo ’pi prasīdati ||
One should tickle the cows, feed them and circumambulate them. Gopāla is pleased when the cows are always pleased.
na śauri-cintā-vimukha-jana-saṁvāsa-vaiśasam ||111||
Giving up the association of those opposed to Kṛṣṇa (verse 78), from Kātyāyana-saṁhitā: It is preferable to remain within a cage of blazing fire than to have the misfortune of living in association with persons who are opposed to thinking of the Lord.
Purport
Giving Up the Company of Nondevotees
Lord Caitanya was once asked by one of His householder devotees what the general behavior of a Vaiṣṇava should be. In this connection, Lord Caitanya replied that a Vaiṣṇava should always give up the company of nondevotees. Then He explained that there are two kinds of nondevotees: one class is against the supremacy of Kṛṣṇa, and another class is too materialistic. In other words, those who are after material enjoyment and those who are against the supremacy of the Lord are called avaiṣṇava, and their company should be strictly avoided.
In the Kātyāyana-saṁhitā it is stated that even if one is forced to live within a cage of iron or in the midst of a blazing fire, he should accept this position rather than live with nondevotees who are through and through against the supremacy of the Lord.
na saṅgaḥ śalya-yuktānāṁ nānā-devaika-sevinām ||112||
Also, from the Viṣṇu-rahasya: I consider it preferable to embrace a snake, a tiger or a crocodile than to associate with those who worship devatās. They are bearers of spears piercing me with their deviant desires.
Purport
Similarly, in the Viṣṇu-rahasya there is a statement to the effect that one should prefer to embrace a snake, a tiger or an alligator rather than associate with persons who are worshipers of various demigods and who are impelled by material desire.
In the Srimad-Bhagavatam it is instructed that one may worship a certain demigod if he is desirous of achieving some material gain. For example, one is advised to worship the sun-god if he is desirous of getting rid of a diseased condition. For a beautiful wife, one may worship Uma, the wife of Lord Siva, and for advanced education one may worship Sarasvati. There is a similar list for worshipers of all demigods, according to different material desires. But all of these worshipers, although they appear to be very good devotees of the demigods, are still considered to be nondevotees. They cannot be accepted as devotees.
The Māyāvādīs (impersonalists) say that one may worship any form of the Lord and that it doesn’t matter, because one reaches the same destination anyway. But it is clearly stated in the Bhagavad-gītā that those who are worshipers of the demigods will ultimately reach only the planets of those demigods, while those who are devotees of the Lord Himself will be promoted to the Lord’s abode, the kingdom of God. So actually these persons who are worshipers of demigods have been condemned in the Gītā. It is described that due to their lusty desires they have lost their intelligence and have therefore taken to worshiping the different demigods. So in the Viṣṇu-rahasya these demigod worshipers are forcefully condemned by the statement that it is better to live with the most dangerous animals than to associate with these persons.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The word śalya, meaning spear, refers to the desires they have for worshipping the devatās.
na śiṣyān anubadhnīta granthān naivābhyased bahūn |
na vyākhyām upayuñjīta nārambhān ārabhet kvacit ||113||
Attachment to disciples and the following two items (verses 78 &79), illustrated in the Seventh Canto: A sannyāsī must not be eager to make unqualified disciples, nor should he unnecessarily read books that disrespect the Lord, or give discourses as a means of livelihood. [Note: Mukunda in his commentary says that na vyākhyām upayuñjita is a representative statement, which indicates also learning in order to defeat others in arguments] He should not engage in big projects, which distract him from his spiritual goals. SB 7.13.8
Purport
Not Accepting Unfit Disciples, Constructing Many Temples or Reading Many Books
Another stricture is that a person may have many disciples, but he should not act in such a way that he will be obliged to any of them for some particular action or some favor. And one should also not be very enthusiastic about constructing new temples, nor should one be enthusiastic about reading various types of books, save and except the ones which lead to the advancement of devotional service. Practically, if one very carefully reads Bhagavad-gītā, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Teachings of Lord Caitanya and this Nectar of Devotion, that will give him sufficient knowledge to understand the science of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One need not take the trouble of reading other books.
In the Seventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Thirteenth Chapter, verse 8, Nārada Muni, while discussing with Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira the various functions of the different orders in society, especially mentions rules for the sannyāsīs, those persons who have renounced this material world. One who has accepted the sannyāsa order of life is forbidden to accept as a disciple anyone who is not fit. A sannyāsī should first of all examine whether a prospective student is sincerely seeking Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If he is not, he should not be accepted. However, Lord Caitanya’s causeless mercy is such that He advised all bona fide spiritual masters to speak about Kṛṣṇa consciousness everywhere. Therefore, in the line of Lord Caitanya even the sannyāsīs can speak about Kṛṣṇa consciousness everywhere, and if someone is seriously inclined to become a disciple, the sannyāsī always accepts him.
The one point is that without increasing the number of disciples, there is no propagation of the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore, sometimes even at a risk, a sannyāsī in the line of Caitanya Mahāprabhu may accept even a person who is not thoroughly fit to become a disciple. Later on, by the mercy of such a bona fide spiritual master, the disciple is gradually elevated. However, if one increases the number of disciples simply for some prestige or false honor, he will surely fall down in the matter of executing Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Similarly, a bona fide spiritual master has no business reading many books simply to show his proficiency or to get popularity by lecturing in different places. One should avoid all these things. It is also stated that a sannyāsī should not be enthusiastic about constructing temples. We can see in the lives of various ācāryas in the line of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu that they are not very enthusiastic about constructing temples. However, if somebody comes forward to offer some service, the same reluctant ācāryas will encourage the building of costly temples by such servitors. For example, Rūpa Gosvāmī was offered a favor by Mahārāja Mānsiṅgh, the commander-in-chief of Emperor Akbar, and Rūpa Gosvāmī instructed him to construct a large temple for Govindajī, which cost vast amounts of money.
So a bona fide spiritual master should not personally take any responsibility for constructing temples, but if someone has money and wants to spend it in the service of Kṛṣṇa, an ācārya like Rūpa Gosvāmī may utilize the devotee’s money to construct a nice, costly temple for the service of the Lord. Unfortunately, it happens that someone who is not fit to become a spiritual master may approach wealthy persons to contribute for temple constructions. If such money is utilized by unqualified spiritual masters for living comfortably in costly temples without actually doing any preaching work, this is not acceptable. In other words, a spiritual master needn’t be very enthusiastic for constructing temple buildings simply in the name of so-called spiritual advancement. Rather, his first and foremost activity should be to preach. In this connection, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Mahārāja recommended that a spiritual master print books. If one has money, instead of constructing costly temples, one should spend his money for the publication of authorized books in different languages for propagating the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Though the topic under discussion in the Bhāgavatam is sannyāsa-dharma, and therefore the three rules apply to a renounced person, the rules are also applicable to other devotees. In any case, this rule means that one should not accept unqualified disciples. This is because we see examples of Nārada and others taking disciples, though they were renounced. If the rule was literally followed, and no disciples were made, then the sampradāya would be destroyed because there would no lineage. Consequently, there would be an appearance of false knowledge. Thus, the rule that a devotee should not be attached to making disciples actually means that the devotee should not accept unqualified disciples in order to increase the numbers in one’s sampradāya.
The injunction that one should not study many scriptures means that one should not study scriptures other than Vaiṣṇava scriptures—scriptures opposed to Bhāgavatam. The injunction about big projects should be similarly interpreted. [Note: Big projects pleasing to the Lord can be undertaken.]
aviklava-matir bhūtvā harim eva dhiyā smaret ||114||
[aviklava-matir bhootvaa harim eva dhiyaa smaret ||114||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
15. vyavahāre ’py akārpaṇyam, yathā pādme—
alabdhe vā vinaṣṭe vā bhakṣyācchādana-sādhane |
aviklava-matir bhūtvā harim eva dhiyā smaret ||114||
Not feeling miserable and not performing degrading acts in distressing circumstances (verse 80), illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: Being undisturbed when one does not attain food or clothing or when these things are lost, one should remember the Lord with one’s intelligence.
Purport
Straightforwardness in Ordinary Dealings and Equilibrium in Loss and Gain
There is a statement in the Padma Purāṇa: “Persons who are engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should never be disturbed by some material gain or loss. Even if there is some material loss, one should not be perturbed, but should always think of Kṛṣṇa within himself.” The purport is that every conditioned soul is always absorbed in thinking of materialistic activities; he has to free himself from such thoughts and transfer himself completely to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. As we have already explained, the basic principle of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is to always think of Kṛṣṇa. One should not be disturbed in material loss, but, rather, should concentrate his mind upon the lotus feet of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This injunction applies to the devotee practicing smaraṇam etc. The devotee absorbed in service however will perform service corresponding to the materials he obtains (and thus will make efforts to obtain those items if these items are not present, instead of simply remaining indifferent to loss or lack of those items). It should be understood that this injunction also means that he should not perform low actions with prominence of begging and such.
kathaṁ tatra mukundasya sphūrti-sambhāvanā bhavet ||115||
[katham tatra mukundasya sphoorti-sambhaavanaa bhavet ||115||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
16. śokādy-avaśavartitā, yathā tatraiva—
śokāmarṣādibhir bhāvair ākrāntaṁ yasya mānasam |
kathaṁ tatra mukundasya sphūrti-sambhāvanā bhavet ||115||
Not being controlled by lamentation or other emotions (verse 80), also illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: How it is possible for Mukunda to appear in the mind of a person whose mind is afflicted with lamentation, anger or other emotions?
Purport
A devotee should not be subjected to lamentation or illusion. There is the following statement in the Padma Purāṇa: “Within the heart of a person who is overpowered by lamentation or anger, there is no possibility of Kṛṣṇa’s being manifested.”
Not disrespecting the devatās (verse 81), illustrated in Padma Purāṇa: One should always worship Hari, the Lord of the masters of all the devatās. On the other hand, one should never disrespect Brahmā, Śiva and others.
Purport
The Demigods
One should not neglect to offer due respect to the demigods. One may not be a devotee of demigods, but that does not mean that he should be disrespectful to them. For example, a Vaiṣṇava is not a devotee of Lord Śiva or Lord Brahmā, but he is duty-bound to offer all respects to such highly positioned demigods. According to Vaiṣṇava philosophy, one should offer respect even to an ant, so then what is there to speak of such exalted persons as Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā?
In the Padma Purāṇa it is said, “Kṛṣṇa, or Hari, is the master of all demigods, and therefore He is always worshipable. But this does not mean that one should not offer respect to the demigods.”
Not inflicting pain on other living entities (verse 81), from Mahābhārata: That pure person, who does not inflict pain on others, being merciful like a father to his son, quickly pleases the master of the senses.
Purport
Not Giving Pain to Any Living Entity
This is the statement of Mahābhārata: “A person who does not disturb or cause painful action in the mind of any living entity, who treats everyone just like a loving father does his children, whose heart is so pure, certainly very soon becomes favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”
In so-called civilized society there is sometimes agitation against cruelty to animals, but at the same time regular slaughterhouses are always maintained. A Vaiṣṇava is not like that. A Vaiṣṇava can never support animal slaughter or even give pain to any living entity.
[mamaarchanaaparaadhaa ye keertyante vasudhe mayaa |]
vaiṣṇavena sadā te tu varjanīyāḥ prayatnataḥ ||118||
[vaishnavena sadaa te tu varjaneeyaah prayatnatah ||118||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
19. sevā-nāmāparādhānāṁ varjanaṁ, yathā vārāhe—
mamārcanāparādhā ye kīrtyante vasudhe mayā |
vaiṣṇavena sadā te tu varjanīyāḥ prayatnataḥ ||118||
Avoiding sevā and nāma aparādhas (verse 81), illustrated in the Varāha Purāṇa: The devotees should avoid the offenses in deity worship described by Me, O earth, at all times and with great care.
nāmno ’pi sarva-suhṛdo hy aparādhāt pataty adhaḥ ||120||
This is also described in the Padma Purāṇa: A person who commits all offenses is freed from all those offenses by taking complete shelter of Hari. But the two-legged animal who commits offense against Hari is freed from those offenses by taking shelter of Hari’s name. However, though the name is the friend of all, by committing an offense against the name, a person falls to the lower regions.
Purport
In the supplementary Vedic literature, there is the following list of thirty-two offenses in the matter of serving the Lord: (1) One should not enter the temple of the Deity in a car or palanquin or with shoes on the feet. (2) One should not fail to observe the various festivals for the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such as Janmāṣṭamī and Ratha-yātrā. (3) One should not avoid bowing down before the Deity. (4) One should not enter the temple to worship the Lord without having washed one’s hands and feet after eating. (5) One should not enter the temple in a contaminated state. (According to Vedic scripture, if someone dies in the family the whole family becomes contaminated for some time, according to its status. For example, if the family is brāhmaṇa their contamination period is twelve days, for the kṣatriyas and vaiśyas it is fifteen days, and for śūdras thirty days.) (6) One should not bow down on one hand. (7) One should not circumambulate in front of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. (The process of circumambulating the temple is that one should begin circumambulating from the Deity’s right-hand side of the temple and come round. Such circumambulation should be performed outside the temple structure at least three times daily.) (8) One should not spread his legs before the Deity. (9) One should not sit before the Deity holding the ankles, elbows or knees with one’s hands. (10) One should not lie down before the Deity of Kṛṣṇa. (11) One should not accept prasāda before the Deity. (12) One should never speak a lie before the Deity. (13) One should not talk very loudly before the Deity. (14) One should not talk with others before the Deity. (15) One should not cry or howl before the Deity. (16) One should not quarrel or fight before the Deity. (17) One should not chastise anyone before the Deity. (18) One should not be charitable to beggars before the Deity. (19) One should not speak very harshly to others before the Deity. (20) One should not wear a fur blanket before the Deity. (21) One should not eulogize or praise anyone else before the Deity. (22) One should not speak any ill names before the Deity. (23) One should not pass air before the Deity. (24) One should not fail to worship the Deity according to one’s means. (In Bhagavad-gītā it is stated that the Lord is satisfied if some devotee offers Him even a leaf or a little water. This formula prescribed by the Lord is universally applicable, even for the poorest man. But that does not mean that one who has sufficient means to worship the Lord very nicely should also adopt this method and try to satisfy the Lord simply by offering water and a leaf. If he has sufficient means, he should offer nice decorations, nice flowers and nice foodstuffs and observe all ceremonies. It is not that one should try to satisfy the Supreme Lord with a little water and a leaf, and for himself spend all his money in sense gratification.) (25) One should not eat anything which is not offered first to Kṛṣṇa. (26) One should not fail to offer fresh fruit and grains to Kṛṣṇa, according to the season. (27) After food has been cooked, no one should be offered any foodstuff unless it is first offered to the Deity. (28) One should not sit with his back toward the Deity. (29) One should not offer obeisances silently to the spiritual master, or in other words, one should recite aloud the prayers to the spiritual master while offering obeisances. (30) One should not fail to offer some praise in the presence of the spiritual master. (31) One should not praise himself before the spiritual master. (32) One should not deride the demigods before the Deity.
This is a list of thirty-two offenses. Besides these, there are a number of offenses which are mentioned in the Varāha Purāṇa. They are as follows: (1) One should not touch the Deity in a dark room. (2) One should not fail to strictly follow the rules and regulations in worshiping the Deity. (3) One should not enter the temple of the Deity without first making some sound. (4) One should not offer any foodstuff to the Deity which has been seen by dogs or other lower animals. (5) One should not break silence while worshiping. (6) One should not pass urine or evacuate while engaged in worshiping. (7) One should not offer incense without offering some flower. (8) Useless flowers without any fragrance should not be offered. (9) One should not fail to wash his teeth very carefully every day. (10) One should not enter the temple directly after sexual intercourse. (11) One should not touch a woman during her menstrual period. (12) One should not enter the temple after touching a dead body. (13) One should not enter the temple wearing garments of red or blue color or garments which are unwashed. (14) One should not enter the temple after seeing a dead body. (15) One should not pass air within the temple. (16) One should not be angry within the temple. (17) One should not enter the temple after visiting a crematorium. (18) One should not belch before the Deity. So, until one has fully digested his food, he should not enter the temple. (19) One should not smoke marijuana, or gañjā. (20) One should not take opium or similar intoxicants. (21) One should not enter the Deity room or touch the body of the Deity after having smeared oil over his body. (22) One should not show disrespect to a scripture teaching about the supremacy of the Lord. (23) One should not introduce any opposing scripture. (24) One should not chew betel before the Deity. (25) One should not offer a flower which was kept in an unclean pot. (26) One should not worship the Lord while sitting on the bare floor; one must have a sitting place or carpet. (27) One should not touch the Deity before one has completed taking bath. (28) One should not decorate his forehead with the three-lined tilaka. (29) One should not enter the temple without washing his hands and feet.
Other rules are that one should not offer foodstuff which is cooked by a non-Vaiṣṇava, one should not worship the Deity before a nondevotee, and one should not engage himself in the worship of the Lord while seeing a nondevotee. One should begin the worship of the demigod Gaṇapati, who drives away all impediments in the execution of devotional service. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated that Gaṇapati worships the lotus feet of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva and in that way has become auspicious for the devotees in clearing out all impediments. Therefore, all devotees should worship Gaṇapati. The Deities should not be bathed in water which has been touched by the nails or fingers. When a devotee is perspiring, he should not engage himself in worshiping the Deity. Similarly, there are many other prohibitions. For example, one should not cross or step over the flowers offered to the Deities, nor should one take a vow in the name of God. These are all different kinds of offenses in the matter of executing devotional service, and one should be careful to avoid them.
In the Padma Purāṇa it is stated that even a person whose life is completely sinful will be completely protected by the Lord if he simply surrenders unto Him. So it is accepted that one who surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes free from all sinful reactions. And even when a person becomes an offender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, he can still be delivered simply by taking shelter of the holy names of the Lord: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare / Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. In other words, the chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa is beneficial for eradicating all sins, but if one becomes an offender to the holy names of the Lord, then he has no chance of being delivered.
The offenses against the chanting of the holy name are as follows: (1) To blaspheme the devotees who have dedicated their lives for propagating the holy name of the Lord. (2) To consider the names of demigods like Lord Śiva or Lord Brahmā to be equal to, or independent of, the name of Lord Viṣṇu. (Sometimes the atheistic class of men take it that any demigod is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu. But one who is a devotee knows that no demigod, however great he may be, is independently as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, if someone thinks that he can chant “Kālī, Kālī!” or “Durgā, Durgā!”and it is the same as Hare Kṛṣṇa, that is the greatest offense.) (3) To disobey the orders of the spiritual master. (4) To blaspheme the Vedic literature or literature in pursuance of the Vedic version. (5) To consider the glories of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa to be imaginations. (6) To give some interpretation on the holy name of the Lord. (7) To commit sinful activities on the strength of the holy name of the Lord. (It should not be taken that because by chanting the holy name of the Lord one can be freed from all kinds of sinful reaction, one may continue to act sinfully and after that chant Hare Kṛṣṇa to neutralize his sins. Such a dangerous mentality is very offensive and should be avoided.) (8) To consider the chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa one of the auspicious ritualistic activities offered in the Vedas as fruitive activities (karma-kāṇḍa). (9) To instruct a faithless person about the glories of the holy name. (Anyone can take part in chanting the holy name of the Lord, but in the beginning one should not be instructed about the transcendental potency of the Lord. Those who are too sinful cannot appreciate the transcendental glories of the Lord, and therefore it is better not to instruct them in this matter.) (10) To not have complete faith in the chanting of the holy names and to maintain material attachments, even after understanding so many instructions on this matter.
Every devotee who claims to be a Vaiṣṇava must guard against these offenses in order to quickly achieve the desired success.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
First, avoidance of sevāparadhas (offenses in deity service) is discussed. The lists given in the Varāha and Padma Purāṇas should be added to the following list found in the āgamas. [Note: This list is found in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 8.440-448, quoting from āgamas, though not stating which one.]
1. Entering the Lord’s temple in a palanquin or with shoes
2. Not observing the festivals of the deity
3. Not offering obeisance in front of the Lord
4. Offering prayers to the Lord in an unclean state or after having eaten, without washing properly
5. Offering respects with one hand
6. Circumambulating in front of the Lord
7. Spreading the legs in front of the deity
8. Clasping the hands on the knees in front of the deity
9. Lying down in front of the deity
10. Eating in front of the deity
11. Telling lies in front of the deity
12. Speaking loudly in front of the deity
13. Gossiping in front of the deity
14. Crying in front of the deity
15. Quarrelling in front of the deity
16. Fighting in front of the deity
17. Thanking others in front of the deity
18. Saying cruel words in front of the deity
19. Covering oneself with a blanket in front of the deity
20. Criticizing others in front of the deity
21. Praising others in front of the deity
22. Using vulgar language in front of the deity
23. Passing air in front of the deity
24. Offering less items when capable of offering more
25. Eating food without offering it
26. Not offering seasonal fruits to the deity
27. Offering the deity what is offered already to someone else
28. Sitting with one’s back to the deity
29. Addressing others in front of the deity
30. Praising oneself in front of the deity
31. Being silent in front of guru
32. Criticizing the deity
These are considered the thirty–two offenses against Viṣṇu. In the Varāha Purāṇa other offenses which are found are listed in summary:
1. Eating a king’s food
2. Touching the deity in the dark
3. Approaching the deity without proper rules
4. Opening the deity door without the sound of music or a bell
5. Gathering food offerings seen by a dog
6. Breaking the silence during worship
7. Going to pass stool during the worship
8. Offering incense without having first offered gandha, garlands and other items
9. Worshipping the deity with forbidden flowers
As well as this, there are the following offenses listed in the Varāha Purāṇa.
1. Worshipping the deity without having brushed one’s teeth
2. Worshipping after touching a woman in menstrual period, a lamp or a dead body
3. Wearing red cloth, blue cloth, unwashed cloth, soiled cloth or another person’s cloth
4. Worshipping the deity after seeing a dead body
5. Passing air before the deity
6. Worshipping after showing anger
7. Worshipping after visiting the crematorium
8. Worshipping with undigested food in the stomach
9. Worshiping after eating pork, duck or hing, or kusumbha leaves
10. Touching the deity after taking an oil bath
(Committing these actions leads to hell.)
Elsewhere it is said:
1. Worshipping the Lord without following the Vaiṣṇava scriptures
2. Advocating other scriptures
3. Chewing tāmbūla in front of the Lord
4. Worshipping the Lord with flowers placed on the leaves of the castor oil plant
5. Worshipping during inauspicious periods (asura-kāla)
6. Worshipping the Lord while sitting on the floor or a chair
7. Touching the deity with the left hand during bathing
8. Worshiping the Lord with withered or flowers obtained by begging
9. Spitting during the worship
10. Showing arrogance while worshipping
11. Wearing horizontal tilaka
12. Entering the temple with unwashed feet
13. Offering the deity food cooked by a non-vaiṣṇava
14. Worshipping within the sight of a non-vaiṣṇava
15. Worshipping without first worshipping Vighneśa [Note: Though devatā worship is condemned, no commentator has explained the inclusion of this item. Vighneśa refers to Ganeśa in most cases. However, Śrī-vaiṣṇavas substitute worship of Viśvakṣena for Ganeśa worship. Sat-kriyā-sāra-dīpikā says to worship Viśvakṣena or the four Kumāras instead. Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 6.17 also mentions Ganeśa, Durgā and Sarasvatī worship before performing worship, without any comment.]
16. Worshipping after seeing a tantric
17. Bathing the deity with water touched by fingernails
18. Worshipping while perspiring
Elsewhere many other offenses are listed such as stepping over the used garlands and flowers, and cursing or scolding the deity. [Note: These are found in the Narasiṁha Purāṇa and Viṣṇu-dharmottara.]
The offenses against the name are found in the Padma Purāṇa:
1. Criticism of devotees
2. Considering the names of Śiva and others independent of Viṣṇu
3. Disrespect to the guru
4. Criticizing the Vedas and scriptures following the Vedas
5. Thinking the glories of the Name as exaggeration
6. Giving some other meaning to the Name
7. Committing sins on the strength of the Name
8. Considering the name as equivalent of other auspicious actions
9. Teaching the Name to the faithless
10. Having no attraction to the Name though hearing its glories
All of these offenses with scriptural references should be examined in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa.
nāmno ’pi sarva-suhṛdo hy aparādhāt pataty adhaḥ ||120||
This is also described in the Padma Purāṇa: A person who commits all offenses is freed from all those offenses by taking complete shelter of Hari. But the two-legged animal who commits offense against Hari is freed from those offenses by taking shelter of Hari’s name. However, though the name is the friend of all, by committing an offense against the name, a person falls to the lower regions.
Purport
In the supplementary Vedic literature, there is the following list of thirty-two offenses in the matter of serving the Lord: (1) One should not enter the temple of the Deity in a car or palanquin or with shoes on the feet. (2) One should not fail to observe the various festivals for the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, such as Janmāṣṭamī and Ratha-yātrā. (3) One should not avoid bowing down before the Deity. (4) One should not enter the temple to worship the Lord without having washed one’s hands and feet after eating. (5) One should not enter the temple in a contaminated state. (According to Vedic scripture, if someone dies in the family the whole family becomes contaminated for some time, according to its status. For example, if the family is brāhmaṇa their contamination period is twelve days, for the kṣatriyas and vaiśyas it is fifteen days, and for śūdras thirty days.) (6) One should not bow down on one hand. (7) One should not circumambulate in front of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. (The process of circumambulating the temple is that one should begin circumambulating from the Deity’s right-hand side of the temple and come round. Such circumambulation should be performed outside the temple structure at least three times daily.) (8) One should not spread his legs before the Deity. (9) One should not sit before the Deity holding the ankles, elbows or knees with one’s hands. (10) One should not lie down before the Deity of Kṛṣṇa. (11) One should not accept prasāda before the Deity. (12) One should never speak a lie before the Deity. (13) One should not talk very loudly before the Deity. (14) One should not talk with others before the Deity. (15) One should not cry or howl before the Deity. (16) One should not quarrel or fight before the Deity. (17) One should not chastise anyone before the Deity. (18) One should not be charitable to beggars before the Deity. (19) One should not speak very harshly to others before the Deity. (20) One should not wear a fur blanket before the Deity. (21) One should not eulogize or praise anyone else before the Deity. (22) One should not speak any ill names before the Deity. (23) One should not pass air before the Deity. (24) One should not fail to worship the Deity according to one’s means. (In Bhagavad-gītā it is stated that the Lord is satisfied if some devotee offers Him even a leaf or a little water. This formula prescribed by the Lord is universally applicable, even for the poorest man. But that does not mean that one who has sufficient means to worship the Lord very nicely should also adopt this method and try to satisfy the Lord simply by offering water and a leaf. If he has sufficient means, he should offer nice decorations, nice flowers and nice foodstuffs and observe all ceremonies. It is not that one should try to satisfy the Supreme Lord with a little water and a leaf, and for himself spend all his money in sense gratification.) (25) One should not eat anything which is not offered first to Kṛṣṇa. (26) One should not fail to offer fresh fruit and grains to Kṛṣṇa, according to the season. (27) After food has been cooked, no one should be offered any foodstuff unless it is first offered to the Deity. (28) One should not sit with his back toward the Deity. (29) One should not offer obeisances silently to the spiritual master, or in other words, one should recite aloud the prayers to the spiritual master while offering obeisances. (30) One should not fail to offer some praise in the presence of the spiritual master. (31) One should not praise himself before the spiritual master. (32) One should not deride the demigods before the Deity.
This is a list of thirty-two offenses. Besides these, there are a number of offenses which are mentioned in the Varāha Purāṇa. They are as follows: (1) One should not touch the Deity in a dark room. (2) One should not fail to strictly follow the rules and regulations in worshiping the Deity. (3) One should not enter the temple of the Deity without first making some sound. (4) One should not offer any foodstuff to the Deity which has been seen by dogs or other lower animals. (5) One should not break silence while worshiping. (6) One should not pass urine or evacuate while engaged in worshiping. (7) One should not offer incense without offering some flower. (8) Useless flowers without any fragrance should not be offered. (9) One should not fail to wash his teeth very carefully every day. (10) One should not enter the temple directly after sexual intercourse. (11) One should not touch a woman during her menstrual period. (12) One should not enter the temple after touching a dead body. (13) One should not enter the temple wearing garments of red or blue color or garments which are unwashed. (14) One should not enter the temple after seeing a dead body. (15) One should not pass air within the temple. (16) One should not be angry within the temple. (17) One should not enter the temple after visiting a crematorium. (18) One should not belch before the Deity. So, until one has fully digested his food, he should not enter the temple. (19) One should not smoke marijuana, or gañjā. (20) One should not take opium or similar intoxicants. (21) One should not enter the Deity room or touch the body of the Deity after having smeared oil over his body. (22) One should not show disrespect to a scripture teaching about the supremacy of the Lord. (23) One should not introduce any opposing scripture. (24) One should not chew betel before the Deity. (25) One should not offer a flower which was kept in an unclean pot. (26) One should not worship the Lord while sitting on the bare floor; one must have a sitting place or carpet. (27) One should not touch the Deity before one has completed taking bath. (28) One should not decorate his forehead with the three-lined tilaka. (29) One should not enter the temple without washing his hands and feet.
Other rules are that one should not offer foodstuff which is cooked by a non-Vaiṣṇava, one should not worship the Deity before a nondevotee, and one should not engage himself in the worship of the Lord while seeing a nondevotee. One should begin the worship of the demigod Gaṇapati, who drives away all impediments in the execution of devotional service. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated that Gaṇapati worships the lotus feet of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva and in that way has become auspicious for the devotees in clearing out all impediments. Therefore, all devotees should worship Gaṇapati. The Deities should not be bathed in water which has been touched by the nails or fingers. When a devotee is perspiring, he should not engage himself in worshiping the Deity. Similarly, there are many other prohibitions. For example, one should not cross or step over the flowers offered to the Deities, nor should one take a vow in the name of God. These are all different kinds of offenses in the matter of executing devotional service, and one should be careful to avoid them.
In the Padma Purāṇa it is stated that even a person whose life is completely sinful will be completely protected by the Lord if he simply surrenders unto Him. So it is accepted that one who surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead becomes free from all sinful reactions. And even when a person becomes an offender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, he can still be delivered simply by taking shelter of the holy names of the Lord: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare / Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. In other words, the chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa is beneficial for eradicating all sins, but if one becomes an offender to the holy names of the Lord, then he has no chance of being delivered.
The offenses against the chanting of the holy name are as follows: (1) To blaspheme the devotees who have dedicated their lives for propagating the holy name of the Lord. (2) To consider the names of demigods like Lord Śiva or Lord Brahmā to be equal to, or independent of, the name of Lord Viṣṇu. (Sometimes the atheistic class of men take it that any demigod is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu. But one who is a devotee knows that no demigod, however great he may be, is independently as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, if someone thinks that he can chant “Kālī, Kālī!” or “Durgā, Durgā!”and it is the same as Hare Kṛṣṇa, that is the greatest offense.) (3) To disobey the orders of the spiritual master. (4) To blaspheme the Vedic literature or literature in pursuance of the Vedic version. (5) To consider the glories of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa to be imaginations. (6) To give some interpretation on the holy name of the Lord. (7) To commit sinful activities on the strength of the holy name of the Lord. (It should not be taken that because by chanting the holy name of the Lord one can be freed from all kinds of sinful reaction, one may continue to act sinfully and after that chant Hare Kṛṣṇa to neutralize his sins. Such a dangerous mentality is very offensive and should be avoided.) (8) To consider the chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa one of the auspicious ritualistic activities offered in the Vedas as fruitive activities (karma-kāṇḍa). (9) To instruct a faithless person about the glories of the holy name. (Anyone can take part in chanting the holy name of the Lord, but in the beginning one should not be instructed about the transcendental potency of the Lord. Those who are too sinful cannot appreciate the transcendental glories of the Lord, and therefore it is better not to instruct them in this matter.) (10) To not have complete faith in the chanting of the holy names and to maintain material attachments, even after understanding so many instructions on this matter.
Every devotee who claims to be a Vaiṣṇava must guard against these offenses in order to quickly achieve the desired success.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
First, avoidance of sevāparadhas (offenses in deity service) is discussed. The lists given in the Varāha and Padma Purāṇas should be added to the following list found in the āgamas. [Note: This list is found in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 8.440-448, quoting from āgamas, though not stating which one.]
1. Entering the Lord’s temple in a palanquin or with shoes
2. Not observing the festivals of the deity
3. Not offering obeisance in front of the Lord
4. Offering prayers to the Lord in an unclean state or after having eaten, without washing properly
5. Offering respects with one hand
6. Circumambulating in front of the Lord
7. Spreading the legs in front of the deity
8. Clasping the hands on the knees in front of the deity
9. Lying down in front of the deity
10. Eating in front of the deity
11. Telling lies in front of the deity
12. Speaking loudly in front of the deity
13. Gossiping in front of the deity
14. Crying in front of the deity
15. Quarrelling in front of the deity
16. Fighting in front of the deity
17. Thanking others in front of the deity
18. Saying cruel words in front of the deity
19. Covering oneself with a blanket in front of the deity
20. Criticizing others in front of the deity
21. Praising others in front of the deity
22. Using vulgar language in front of the deity
23. Passing air in front of the deity
24. Offering less items when capable of offering more
25. Eating food without offering it
26. Not offering seasonal fruits to the deity
27. Offering the deity what is offered already to someone else
28. Sitting with one’s back to the deity
29. Addressing others in front of the deity
30. Praising oneself in front of the deity
31. Being silent in front of guru
32. Criticizing the deity
These are considered the thirty–two offenses against Viṣṇu. In the Varāha Purāṇa other offenses which are found are listed in summary:
1. Eating a king’s food
2. Touching the deity in the dark
3. Approaching the deity without proper rules
4. Opening the deity door without the sound of music or a bell
5. Gathering food offerings seen by a dog
6. Breaking the silence during worship
7. Going to pass stool during the worship
8. Offering incense without having first offered gandha, garlands and other items
9. Worshipping the deity with forbidden flowers
As well as this, there are the following offenses listed in the Varāha Purāṇa.
1. Worshipping the deity without having brushed one’s teeth
2. Worshipping after touching a woman in menstrual period, a lamp or a dead body
3. Wearing red cloth, blue cloth, unwashed cloth, soiled cloth or another person’s cloth
4. Worshipping the deity after seeing a dead body
5. Passing air before the deity
6. Worshipping after showing anger
7. Worshipping after visiting the crematorium
8. Worshipping with undigested food in the stomach
9. Worshiping after eating pork, duck or hing, or kusumbha leaves
10. Touching the deity after taking an oil bath
(Committing these actions leads to hell.)
Elsewhere it is said:
1. Worshipping the Lord without following the Vaiṣṇava scriptures
2. Advocating other scriptures
3. Chewing tāmbūla in front of the Lord
4. Worshipping the Lord with flowers placed on the leaves of the castor oil plant
5. Worshipping during inauspicious periods (asura-kāla)
6. Worshipping the Lord while sitting on the floor or a chair
7. Touching the deity with the left hand during bathing
8. Worshiping the Lord with withered or flowers obtained by begging
9. Spitting during the worship
10. Showing arrogance while worshipping
11. Wearing horizontal tilaka
12. Entering the temple with unwashed feet
13. Offering the deity food cooked by a non-vaiṣṇava
14. Worshipping within the sight of a non-vaiṣṇava
15. Worshipping without first worshipping Vighneśa [Note: Though devatā worship is condemned, no commentator has explained the inclusion of this item. Vighneśa refers to Ganeśa in most cases. However, Śrī-vaiṣṇavas substitute worship of Viśvakṣena for Ganeśa worship. Sat-kriyā-sāra-dīpikā says to worship Viśvakṣena or the four Kumāras instead. Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 6.17 also mentions Ganeśa, Durgā and Sarasvatī worship before performing worship, without any comment.]
16. Worshipping after seeing a tantric
17. Bathing the deity with water touched by fingernails
18. Worshipping while perspiring
Elsewhere many other offenses are listed such as stepping over the used garlands and flowers, and cursing or scolding the deity. [Note: These are found in the Narasiṁha Purāṇa and Viṣṇu-dharmottara.]
The offenses against the name are found in the Padma Purāṇa:
1. Criticism of devotees
2. Considering the names of Śiva and others independent of Viṣṇu
3. Disrespect to the guru
4. Criticizing the Vedas and scriptures following the Vedas
5. Thinking the glories of the Name as exaggeration
6. Giving some other meaning to the Name
7. Committing sins on the strength of the Name
8. Considering the name as equivalent of other auspicious actions
9. Teaching the Name to the faithless
10. Having no attraction to the Name though hearing its glories
All of these offenses with scriptural references should be examined in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa.
tato nāpaiti yaḥ so ’pi yāty adhaḥ sukṛtāc cyutaḥ ||121||
Not tolerating criticism of the Lord or His devotee (verse 82), shown in the Tenth Canto: Anyone who fails to leave that place immediately where he hears criticism of the Supreme Lord or His faithful devotee will certainly fall down bereft of his pious credit. SB 10.74.40
Purport
NoD 9: Further Considerations of Devotional Principles
Blasphemy
One should not tolerate blasphemy of the Lord or His devotees. In this connection, in the Tenth Canto, Seventy-fourth Chapter, verse 40, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śukadeva Gosvāmī tells Parīkṣit Mahārāja, “My dear King, if a person, after hearing blasphemous propaganda against the Lord and His devotees, does not go away from that place, he becomes bereft of the effect of all pious activities.”
In one of Lord Caitanya’s Śikṣāṣṭaka verses it is stated, “The devotee should be more tolerant than the tree and more submissive than the grass. He should offer all honor to others, but may not accept any honor for himself.” In spite of Lord Caitanya’s being so humble and meek as a devotee, when He was informed about injuries inflicted on the body of Śrī Nityānanda, He immediately ran to the spot and wanted to kill the offenders, Jagāi and Mādhāi. This behavior of Lord Caitanya’s is very significant. It shows that a Vaiṣṇava may be very tolerant and meek, foregoing everything for his personal honor, but when it is a question of the honor of Kṛṣṇa or His devotee, he will not tolerate any insult.
There are three ways of dealing with such insults. If someone is heard blaspheming by words, one should be so expert that he can defeat the opposing party by argument. If he is unable to defeat the opposing party, then the next step is that he should not just stand there meekly, but should give up his life. The third process is followed if he is unable to execute the above-mentioned two processes, and this is that one must leave the place and go away. If a devotee does not follow any of the above-mentioned three processes, he falls down from his position of devotion.
Wearing the marks of the Vaiṣṇava (verse 84), shown in the Padma Purāṇa: Those Vaiṣṇavas who have tulasī beads, lotus seed beads and japa beads around their necks, who have their shoulders marked with the signs of conch and cakra, and who have tilaka on their foreheads quickly purify the earth.
Purport
Tilaka and Tulasī Beads
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement describing how a Vaiṣṇava should decorate his body with tilaka and beads: “Persons who put tulasī beads on the neck, who mark twelve places of their bodies as Viṣṇu temples with Viṣṇu’s symbolic representations [the four items held in the four hands of Lord Viṣṇu—conch, mace, disc and lotus], and who have viṣṇu-tilaka on their foreheads, are to be understood as the devotees of Lord Viṣṇu in this world. Their presence makes the world purified, and anywhere they remain, they make that place as good as Vaikuṇṭha.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The beads may be made of tulasī wood or the ripe seeds found in the center of the lotus. Akṣa-mālā means a string of beads named akṣa because one can count from the first syllable of the alphabet a to the last kṣa. [Note: Akṣa-mālā also refers to rudrākṣa beads, used by followers of Śiva.] (Akṣa-mālā would then originally be used for japa.)
tulasī-mālikoraskaṁ spṛśeyur na yamodbhaṭāḥ ||123||
[tulasee-maalikoraskam sprisheyur na yamodbhataah ||123||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
22. nāmākṣara-dhṛtiḥ, yathā skānde—
hari-nāmākṣara-yutaṁ bhāle gopī-mṛḍaṅkitam |
tulasī-mālikoraskaṁ spṛśeyur na yamodbhaṭāḥ ||123||
Wearing the syllables of the name (verse 84), shown in the Skanda Purāṇa: The servants of Yama will not touch those who have the names of Hari on their body, who have gopī-candana-tilaka on their foreheads and who have tulasī beads on their chests.
Purport
A similar statement is in the Skanda Purāṇa, which says, “Persons who are decorated with tilaka, or gopī-candana, and who mark their bodies all over with the holy names of the Lord, and on whose necks and breasts there are tulasī beads, are never approached by the Yamadūtas.” The Yamadūtas are the constables of King Yama (the lord of death), who punishes all sinful men. Vaiṣṇavas are never called for by such constables of Yamarāja. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, in the narration of Ajāmila’s deliverance, it is said that Yamarāja gave clear instructions to his assistants not to approach the Vaiṣṇavas. Vaiṣṇavas are beyond the jurisdiction of Yamarāja’s activities.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Gopī-mṛḍaṅkitam means tilaka made of gopī-candana.
sa loka-pāvano bhutvā tasya lokam avāpnuyāt ||124||
It is said in the Padma Purāṇa as well: He who has the syllables of Kṛṣṇa’s names marked on his body with candana, after purifying this world, attains the planet of the Lord.
Purport
The Padma Purāṇa also mentions, “A person whose body is decorated with the pulp of sandalwood, with paintings of the holy name of the Lord, is delivered from all sinful reactions, and after his death he goes directly to Kṛṣṇaloka to live in association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”
ucchiṣṭa-bhojino dāsās tava māyāṁ jayema hi ||125||
[uchchishta-bhojino daasaas tava maayaam jayema hi ||125||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
23. nirmālya-dhṛtiḥ, yathā ekādaśe—
tvayopabhukta-srag-gandha-vāso'laṅkāra-carcitāḥ |
ucchiṣṭa-bhojino dāsās tava māyāṁ jayema hi ||125||
Wearing the garlands used by the Lord (verse 84), shown in the Eleventh Canto: Simply by decorating ourselves with the garlands, fragrant oils, clothes and ornaments that You have already enjoyed, and by eating the remnants of Your meals, we, Your servants, will indeed conquer Your illusory energy. SB 11.6.46
Purport
Accepting Flower Garlands
The next instruction is that one should put on flower garlands which are offered to the Deity. In this connection, in the Eleventh Canto, Sixth Chapter, verse 46, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Uddhava says to Kṛṣṇa, “My dear Kṛṣṇa, I have taken things which You have used and enjoyed, such as garlands of flowers, scented oils, garments and ornaments, and I eat only the remnants of Your foodstuff, because I am Your menial servant. So, therefore, I am sure that I shall not be attacked by the spell of material energy.” The purport of this verse is that for any person who simply follows these rules and regulations of decorating the body with the marks of tilaka of gopī-candana or sandalwood pulp, and who puts on the garlands which were offered to Kṛṣṇa, there is no question of being conquered by the spell of material energy. At the time of death, there is no question of such a person’s being called by the constables of Yamarāja. Even if one does not accept all the Vaiṣṇava principles, but still takes the remnants of foodstuff offered to Kṛṣṇa, or kṛṣṇa-prasāda, he will gradually become qualified to rise to the platform of a Vaiṣṇava.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This is the statement of Uddhava. This statement also applies where Kṛṣṇa is not personally present. Jayemahi means, “We can conquer.” The two verses following this verse are:
vāta-vasanā ya ṛṣayaḥ śramaṇā ūrdhra-manthinaḥ |
brahmākhyaṁ dhāma te yānti śāntāḥ sannyāsīno 'malāḥ || SB 11.6.47
vayaṁ tv iha mahā-yogin bhramantaḥ karma-vartmasu |
tvad-vārtayā tariṣyāmas tāvakair dustaraṁ tamaḥ ||
SB 11.6.48
Naked sages who seriously endeavor in spiritual practice, who have raised their semen upward, who are peaceful and sinless members of the renounced order, attain the spiritual abode called Brahman. O greatest of mystics, although we are conditioned souls wandering on the path of fruitive work, we will certainly cross beyond the darkness of this material world simply by hearing about Your Lordship in the association of Your devotees. SB 11.6.47-48
Tariṣyāmaḥ here means “we can cross over.”
It is also said in the Skanda Purāṇa: O sage Nārada, whoever touches the garlands offered to Kṛṣṇa with his body becomes freed from all diseases and all sins.
Purport
Similarly, in the Skanda Purāṇa Lord Brahmā tells Nārada, “My dear Nārada, anyone who puts on his neck the flower garland which was formerly used by Kṛṣṇa becomes relieved from all disease and reactions to sinful activities, and gradually he is liberated from the contamination of matter.”
[sa nirdahati paapaani manvantara-shateshv api ||127||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
24. agre tāṇḍavaṁ, yathā dvārakā-māhātmye—
yo nṛtyati prahṛṣṭātmā bhāvair bahuṣu bhaktitaḥ |
sa nirdahati pāpāni manvantara-śateṣv api ||127||
Dancing before the deity (verse 84), shown in the Dvārakā-māhātmya: He who joyfully dances with many emotions before the Lord burns up sins, which have been committed for the duration of many hundreds of manvantara periods. [Note: A manvantara lasts 71.43 yuga cycles.]
Purport
Dancing Before the Deity
In the Dvārakā-māhātmya the importance of dancing before the Deity is stated by Lord Kṛṣṇa as follows: “A person who is in a jubilant spirit, who feels profound devotional ecstasy while dancing before Me, and who manifests different features of bodily expression can burn away all the accumulated sinful reactions he has stocked up for many, many thousands of years.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Manvantara-śateṣu here means “produced during hundreds of manvantara periods.”
It is also said by Nārada: All the birds of sin situated in the body fly away for those who dance before the Lord with vigorous clapping of the hands.
Purport
In the same book there is a statement by Nārada wherein he asserts, “From the body of any person who claps and dances before the Deity, showing manifestations of ecstasy, all the birds of sinful activities fly away upward.” Just as by clapping the hands one can cause many birds to fly away, similarly the birds of all sinful activities which are sitting on the body can be made to fly away simply by dancing and clapping before the Deity of Kṛṣṇa.
Offering obeisances (verse 84), from the Naradīya Purāṇa: The purificatory rites performed during ten horse sacrifices cannot equal even one praṇāma offered to Kṛṣṇa. A person who performs ten horse sacrifices takes birth again. The person offering praṇāmas to Kṛṣṇa does not take birth again.
Purport
Bowing Down in Honor of the Deity
In the Nāradīya Purāṇa there is a statement about bowing down and offering respect to the Deity. It is said there, “A person who has performed a great ritualistic sacrifice and a person who has simply offered his respectful obeisances by bowing down before the Lord cannot be held as equals.” The person who has executed many great sacrifices will attain the result of his pious activities, but when such results are finished, he has to take birth again on the earthly planet; however, the person who has once offered respects, bowing down before the Deity, will not come back to this world, because he will go directly to the abode of Kṛṣṇa.
Rising when the deity approaches (verse 85), from Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa: The person who rises up on seeing the Lord approaching on a palanquin will have all sins destroyed.
Purport
Standing Up to Receive the Lord
In the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa it is said, “A person who sees the Lord’s Ratha-yātrā car festival and then stands up to receive the Lord can purge all kinds of sinful results from his body.”
Following after the Lord’s processions (verse 85), from Bhaviṣyottara Purāṇa: All the outcastes who go along with the chariot— beside, behind or in front of it—become similar to Viṣṇu.
Purport
Following the Deity
A similar statement is there in the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa, in which it is said, “Even if born of a lowly family, a person who follows the Ratha-yātrā car when the Deities pass in front or from behind will surely be elevated to the position of achieving equal opulence with Viṣṇu.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The chariot represents also palanquins (mentioned already in the previous verse) or other vehicles.
slāghyau tāv eva caraṇau yau hares tīrtha-gāminau ||133||
[slaaghyau taav eva charanau yau hares teertha-gaaminau ||133||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
purāṇāntare—
saṁsāra-maru-kāntāra-nistāra-karaṇa-kṣamau |
slāghyau tāv eva caraṇau yau hares tīrtha-gāminau ||133||
In another purāṇa it is said: The two feet, which go to the tīrtha of the Lord, are praiseworthy, since they enable one to cross over the dangerous desert of saṁsāra.
Purport
It is stated in the Purāṇas, “Persons who attempt to visit the holy places of pilgrimage, like Vṛndāvana, Mathurā or Dvārakā, are actually glorified. By such traveling activities, they can pass over the desert of material existence.”
na bhūyaḥ praviśen mātuḥ kukṣi-kārāgṛhaṁ sudhīḥ ||134||
Going to the temple is illustrated in Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya: The intelligent person who enters the temple of Viṣṇu with devotion to see the Lord does not again enter the prison of a mother’s womb.
Purport
In the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya there is a statement about the benefit of visiting the temples of Lord Kṛṣṇa. As we have explained previously, in Vṛndāvana, Mathurā and Dvārakā the system is that all the devotees take advantage of visiting various temples situated in those holy places. It is stated in the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya, “Persons who are impelled by pure devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and who therefore go to see the Deities of Viṣṇu in the temple will surely get relief from entering again into the prison house of a mother’s womb.” The conditioned soul forgets the trouble of living within the mother’s womb during birth, but it is a very painful and terrible experience. In order to make an escape from this material condition, one is advised to visit a temple of Viṣṇu with devotional consciousness. Then one can very easily get out of the miserable condition of material birth.
tad evāvartanaṁ tasya punar nāvartate bhave ||135||
Circumambulation (verse 85), from Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya: If a person circumambulates Viṣṇu and returns to the same spot, that returning guarantees that he does not return to another birth.
Purport
Circumambulating the Temple of Viṣṇu
It is said in the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya, “A person who is circumambulating the Deity of Viṣṇu can counteract the circumambulation of repeated birth and death in this material world.” The conditioned soul is circumambulating through repeated births and deaths on account of his material existence, and this can be counteracted simply by circumambulating the Deity in the temple.
In the Skanda Purāṇa, Caturmāsya-māhātmya, it is said: O best of the brāhmaṇas, those who circumambulate the Lord four times surpass the world of moving and non-moving creatures. This surpasses going to tīrthas.
Purport
The Cāturmāsya ceremony is observed during the four months of the rainy season in India (approximately July, August, September and October), beginning from Śrāvaṇa. During these four months, saintly persons who are accustomed to travel from one place to another to propagate Kṛṣṇa consciousness remain at one place, usually a holy place of pilgrimage. During these times, there are certain special rules and regulations which are strictly followed. It is stated in the Skanda Purāṇa that during this period, if someone circumambulates the temple of Viṣṇu at least four times, it is understood that he has traveled all over the universe. By such circumambulation, one is understood to have seen all the holy places where the Ganges water is flowing, and by following the regulative principles of Cāturmāsya one can very quickly be raised to the platform of devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Catur-vāram means four times around Viṣṇu. Circumambulation of the deity is superior to visiting tīrthas because it more quickly produces devotion to the Lord than going to tīrthas such as the Gaṅgā.
Deity worship (verse 85): Arcana means “offering items with mantra after introductory activities such as bhūta-śuddhi and nyāsa.”
Purport
Arcana
Arcana means worship of the Deity in the temple. By executing this process one confirms himself to be not the body but spirit soul.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Śuddhi here refers to bhūta-śuddhi, purification of the elements of the body. Nyāsa refers to nyāsas such as mātrikā-nyāsa. These and other actions (purvāṅga-karma) are performed prior to the offering of items (such as lamp and flowers) to the deity. Offering of items with mantra [Note: This would usually be dikṣā-mantras.] along with these preliminary activities is called arcana.
sarvāsām api siddhīnāṁ mūlaṁ tāc-caraṇārcanaṁ ||138||
[sarvaasaam api siddheenaam moolam taach-charanaarchanam ||138||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tad, yathā daśame (10.81.19)—
svargāpavargayoḥ puṁsāṁ rasāyāṁ bhuvi sampadām |
sarvāsām api siddhīnāṁ mūlaṁ tāc-caraṇārcanaṁ ||138||
This is illustrated in the Tenth Canto: Worship of the Lord’s lotus feet is the root cause of all the perfections a person can find in heaven, in liberation, in the subterranean regions and on earth. SB 10.81.19
Purport
In the Tenth Canto, Eighty-first Chapter, verse 19, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, it is told how Sudāmā, an intimate friend of Kṛṣṇa’s, while going to the house of a brāhmaṇa, murmured to himself, “Simply by worshiping Kṛṣṇa one can easily achieve all the results of heavenly opulence, liberation, supremacy over the planetary systems of the universe, all the opulences of this material world, and the mystic power of performing the yoga system.”
The events leading to Sudāmā’s murmuring this statement are as follows. Śrī Kṛṣṇa had ordered His friend Sudāmā to go to a brāhmaṇa’s house and ask for some food. The brāhmaṇas were performing a great sacrifice, and Śrī Kṛṣṇa told Sudāmā to plead with them that He and Balarāma were feeling hungry and needed some food. When Sudāmā went there, the brāhmaṇas refused to offer anything, but the wives of the brāhmaṇas, upon hearing that Śrī Kṛṣṇa wanted some foodstuff, immediately took many palatable dishes and went to offer them to Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this verse arcana is emphasized, and is thus mentioned as the mūlam or root to glorify it (in comparison to processes other than bhakti). However, the greatness of other aṅgas of bhakti should be understood to be similar. If arcana is absent, another aṅga of bhakti can be performed and fulfill the same function. (The following verse shows the Lord as the source of all knowledge, and the next verse shows that the Lord should thus be worshipped in all circumstances.)
kālena naṣṭā pralaye vāṇīyaṁ veda-saṁjñitā |
mayādau brahmaṇe proktā dharmo yasyāṁ mad-ātmakaḥ ||
By the influence of time, the transcendental sound of Vedic knowledge was lost at the time of annihilation. Therefore, when the subsequent creation took place, I spoke the Vedic knowledge to Brahmā because I Myself am the religious principles enunciated in the Vedas. SB 11.14.3
akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ
tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param
A person who has broader intelligence, whether he be full of material desires, free from material desires, or desiring liberation, must by all means worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead. SB 2.3.10
Alternatively, another meaning can be found in the verse. Unless a person worships the Lord, though engaged in other non-devotional processes, he cannot gain his material goals. It is the root of success for all the processes. This is illustrated in the following verse.
mantratas tantrataś chidraṁ deśa-kālārha-vastutaḥ
sarvaṁ karoti niśchidram anusaṅkīrtanaṁ tava
There may be discrepancies in pronouncing the mantras and observing the regulative principles, and there may be discrepancies with regard to time, place, person and paraphernalia. Nevertheless, when Your Lordship’s holy name is chanted, everything becomes faultless. SB 8.23.16
mukha-bāhūru-pādebhyaḥ puruṣasyāśramaiḥ saha
catvāro jajñire varṇā guṇair viprādayaḥ pṛthak
Each of the four social orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus, the four spiritual orders were also generated. SB 11.5.2
tapasvino dāna-parā yaśasvino
manasvino mantra-vidaḥ su-maṅgalāḥ
kṣemaṁ na vindanti vinā yad-arpaṇaṁ
tasmai subhadra-śravase namo namaḥ
Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-auspicious Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa again and again because the great learned sages, the great performers of charity, the great workers of distinction, the great philosophers and mystics, the great chanters of the Vedic hymns and the great followers of Vedic principles cannot achieve any fruitful result without dedication of such great qualities to the service of the Lord. SB 2.4.17
te yānti śāśvataṁ viṣṇor ānandaṁ paramaṁ padam ||139||
In the Viṣṇu-rahasya also it is said: Those men who perform arcana of Viṣṇu on this earth go to the eternal, supreme place of Viṣṇu, which is full of bliss
Purport
In the Viṣṇu-rahasya, also, it is stated, “Any person within this world who is engaged in the worship of Viṣṇu can very easily achieve the ever-blissful kingdom of God, known as Vaikuṇṭhaloka.”
Rendering Service to the Lord
It is stated in the Viṣṇu-rahasya, “Any person who can arrange for service to the Lord in the same way that a king is given service by his attendants is surely elevated to the abode of Kṛṣṇa after death.” Actually, in India the temples are just like royal palaces. They are not ordinary buildings, because the worship of Kṛṣṇa should be performed in just the way that a king is worshiped in his palace. So in Vṛndāvana there are many hundreds of temples wherein the Deity is worshiped exactly like a king.
Service to the deity (verse 85): Paricaryā consists of decorating the Lord with different items and worshipping the Lord with cāmara, umbrella, music and other items. [Note: This can be considered part of arcana, but is listed separately since these services can be performed without the preliminary rites of purification (purvāṅga-karma) mentioned in verse 137.]
Purport
In the Viṣṇu-rahasya, also, it is stated, “Any person within this world who is engaged in the worship of Viṣṇu can very easily achieve the ever-blissful kingdom of God, known as Vaikuṇṭhaloka.”
Rendering Service to the Lord
It is stated in the Viṣṇu-rahasya, “Any person who can arrange for service to the Lord in the same way that a king is given service by his attendants is surely elevated to the abode of Kṛṣṇa after death.” Actually, in India the temples are just like royal palaces. They are not ordinary buildings, because the worship of Kṛṣṇa should be performed in just the way that a king is worshiped in his palace. So in Vṛndāvana there are many hundreds of temples wherein the Deity is worshiped exactly like a king.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Paricaryā means serving the Lord like a king. There are two types: decorating with items and worshipping with cāmara etc.
sa yāti paramaṁ sthānaṁ kim u śuśrūṣaṇe ratāḥ ||141||
It is said in the Nāradīya Purāṇa: If one remains in the temple of the Lord for one muhūrta (48 minutes approximately) or even half of a muhūrta, he goes to the supreme abode. What then to speak of the person engaged in the paricaryā of the Lord?
Purport
In the Nāradīya Purāṇa it is stated, “If person stays in the Lord’s temple even for a few moments, he can surely achieve the transcendental kingdom of God.”
The conclusion is that those who are rich men in society should construct beautiful temples and arrange for the worship of Viṣṇu, so that people may be attracted to visit such temples and thereby be offered the opportunity of dancing before the Lord or chanting the holy name of the Lord, or else of hearing the holy name of the Lord. In this way, everyone will be given the chance to elevate himself to the kingdom of God. In other words, even a common man, simply by visiting such a temple, will be able to attain the highest benedictions, not to mention the devotees who are constantly engaged in the service of the Lord in full Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
In the Fourth Canto, it is said: By the inclination to serve the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, suffering humanity can immediately cleanse the dirt that has accumulated in their minds during innumerable births. Like the Ganges water, which emanates from the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord, such a process immediately cleanses the mind, and thus spiritual or Kṛṣṇa consciousness gradually increases. SB 4.21.31
Purport
In this connection, there is a statement in the Fourth Canto, Twenty-first Chapter, verse 31, of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, wherein King Pṛthu says to his subjects, “My dear citizens, please note that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is actually the deliverer of all fallen, conditioned souls. No demigod can perform this act of delivering the conditioned souls, because the demigods themselves are conditioned. A conditioned soul cannot deliver another conditioned soul. Only Kṛṣṇa or His bona fide representative can deliver him. The Ganges water which is flowing down from the toe of Lord Viṣṇu falls upon the earthly planet and other planets and thereby delivers all the conditioned sinful living entities. So what need is there to speak of the deliverance of persons who are always engaged in the service of the Lord? There is no doubt about their liberation, even if they have stocks of sinful activities from many, many births.” In other words, a person who is engaged in the worship of the Deities can minimize his stock of sinful reactions coming from many, many previous births.
[angaani vividhaany eva syuh poojaa-paricharyayoh |]
na tāni likhitāny atra grantha-bāhulya-bhītitaḥ ||143||
[na taani likhitaany atra grantha-baahulya-bheetitah ||143||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
aṅgāni vividhāny eva syuḥ pūjā-paricaryayoḥ |
na tāni likhitāny atra grantha-bāhulya-bhītitaḥ ||143||
There are various aṅgas of deity worship and paricaryā. These have not been described here for fear of making the book too long. [Note: Detailed descriptions of the aṅgas within arcana are described in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa.]
Purport
This process of worshiping the Deity has already been described, and one should try to follow these rules and regulations seriously.
Next, singing (verse 85), illustrated in the Liṅga Purāṇa: Even the brāhmaṇa who sings continuously in front of Vāsudeva attains the planet of Viṣṇu. This singing is greater than Śiva himself singing.
Purport
Singing
In the Liṅga Purāṇa there is a statement about glorifying and singing about the Lord. It is said there, “A brāhmaṇa who is constantly engaged in singing the glories of the Lord is surely elevated to the same planet as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Kṛṣṇa appreciates this singing even more than the prayers offered by Lord Śiva.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Singing songs is forbidden for the brāhmaṇa, so the sentence means “Even the brāhmaṇa.” This singing before the Lord is greater than Śiva singing.
nāma-līlā-guṇadīnām uccair-bhāṣā tu kīrtanam ||145||
[naama-leelaa-gunadeenaam uchchair-bhaashaa tu keertanam ||145||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
33. atha saṅkīrtanam—
nāma-līlā-guṇadīnām uccair-bhāṣā tu kīrtanam ||145||
Chanting (verse 85): Kīrtana is defined as the loud chanting of the names, pastimes and qualities of the Lord.
Purport
Saṅkīrtana
When a person loudly chants the glories of the Lord’s activities, qualities, form, etc., his chanting is called saṅkīrtana. Saṅkīrtana also refers to the congregational chanting of the holy name of the Lord.
Chanting the name of the Lord (nāma-kīrtanam), is illustrated in Viṣṇu-dharma: O king, he who chants the auspicious name of Kṛṣṇa turns to ashes ten million of the worst sins.
Purport
In the Viṣṇu-dharma there is a statement glorifying this process of congregational chanting: “My dear King, this word Kṛṣṇa is so auspicious that anyone who chants this holy name immediately gets rid of the resultant actions of sinful activities from many, many births.” That is a fact. There is the following statement in Caitanya-caritāmṛta: “A person who chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa once can counteract the resultant actions of more sinful activities than he is able to perform.” A sinful man can perform many, many sinful activities, but he is unable to perform so many that they cannot be wiped out by one single uttering of Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The glorification of Kṛṣṇa’s name should be explained as similar to the glorification of arcana. [Note: See commentary on verse 138. This verse is a glorification of Kṛṣṇa’s name but other names of the Lord have similar effects, and other aṅgas also produce the same effects] Kṛṣṇa’s name is mentioned for emphasizing it, but other names of the Lord should also be considered to be auspicious and render similar effects. This observation applies to other quotations also.
Līlā-kīrtanam is illustrated in the Seventh Canto: O my Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, by engaging in Your transcendental loving service in the association of devotees who are liberated souls [haṁsas], I shall become completely uncontaminated by the association of the three modes of material nature and be able to chant the pastimes of Your Lordship, who are so dear to me. I shall chant Your pastimes, following exactly in the footsteps of Lord Brahmā and his disciplic succession. In this way, I shall undoubtedly be able to cross the ocean of nescience. SB 7.9.18
Purport
In the Seventh Canto, Ninth Chapter, verse 18, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Mahārāja Prahlāda offers the following prayers to the Lord: “My dear Lord Nṛsiṁha, if I can be elevated to the position of Your servant, then it will be possible for me to hear about Your activities. You are the supreme friend, the supreme worshipable Deity. Your pastimes are transcendental, and simply by hearing of them one can counteract all his sinful activities. Therefore, I shall not care for all those sinful activities, because simply by hearing about Your pastimes I shall get out of all the contamination of material attachment.”
There are many songs about the Lord’s activities. For example, there is the Brahma-saṁhitā, sung by Lord Brahmā; Nārada Pañcarātra, sung by Nārada Muni; and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, sung by Śukadeva Gosvāmī. If these songs are heard by any person, he can easily get out of the clutches of material contamination. There should be no difficulty in hearing these songs of God. They are coming down from many, many millions of years ago, and people are still taking advantage of them. So why, at this time, should one not take full advantage and thus become liberated?
Guṇa-kīrtana is illustrated in the First Canto: Learned circles have positively concluded that the infallible cause of success for knowledge, austerities, study of the Vedas, sacrifice, chanting of hymns and charity, is the transcendental descriptions of the qualities of the Lord, who is defined in choice poetry. SB 1.5.22
Purport
In the First Canto, Fifth Chapter, verse 22, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Nārada Muni tells his disciple Vyāsadeva, “My dear Vyāsa, you should know that persons who are engaged in executing austerities and penances, studying the Vedas, performing big sacrifices, chanting the hymns of the Vedas, speculating on transcendental knowledge and performing charitable functions have for all their auspicious activities simply to gain a place in the association of devotees and chant the glories of the Lord.” It is indicated here that chanting about and glorifying the Lord is the ultimate activity of the living entity.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Even though there are material desires in different religious processes, they are accepted as religious processes because of the bhakti in them. The sages have discerned that chanting the qualities of the Lord is the infallible (avicyutaḥ) cause of success (arthah) for the austerity and other processes executed by human beings. Medinī says:
artho viṣayānarthayor dhana-kāraṇa-vastuni |
abhidheye ca śabdānāṁ nivṛttau ca prayojane ||
Artha means object of the senses, need, wealth, cause, substance, meaning of words, prevention and goal.
Since the results of austerity and other acts are achieved by bhakti according to the words of the Lord, what use are those processes?
yat karmabhir yat tapasā jñāna-vairāgyataś ca yat
yogena dāna-dharmeṇa śreyobhir itarair api
sarvaṁ mad-bhakti-yogena mad-bhakto labhate ’ñjasā
svargāpavargaṁ mad-dhāma kathañcid yadi vāñchati
Everything that can be achieved by fruitive activities, penance, knowledge, detachment, mystic yoga, charity, religious duties and all other means of perfecting life is easily achieved by My devotee through loving service unto Me. If somehow or other My devotee desires promotion to heaven, liberation, or residence in My abode, he easily achieves such benedictions. SB 11.20.32-33
According to the Padma Purāṇa, all processes, what to speak of those just mentioned, must contain bhakti:
smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇur vismartavyo na jātucit |
sarve vidhi-niṣedhāḥ syur etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ ||
One should always remember Viṣṇu and never forget Him. All injunctions and prohibitions are dependent on these two principles.
There is another meaning of the verse. “The final purport of the scriptures which enjoin austerities and other processes is the performance of bhakti to the Lord. Chanting about the Lord is the unmistakable conclusion of the scriptures.” According to the Lord Himself, the ultimate goal of all the statements of the scriptures is the Lord:
kālena naṣṭā pralaye vāṇīyaṁ veda-saṁjñitā
mayādau brahmaṇe proktā dharmo yasyāṁ mad-ātmakaḥ
By the influence of time, the transcendental sound of Vedic knowledge was lost at the time of annihilation. Therefore, when the subsequent creation took place, I spoke the Vedic knowledge to Brahmā because I Myself am the religious principles enunciated in the Vedas. SB 11.14.3
Madhusūdana Sarasvatī also gives the same meaning in his commentary on this Bhāgavatam verse.
However, if one takes a meaning other than “cause” for the word artha, such as “goal,” then if bhakti is stated to be simply the goal of karma, there would be clear limitation on the powers of bhakti. With that meaning karma would not be dependent on bhakti since bhakti as the goal of karma does not infer dependence of karma on bhakti. Thus, only two meanings of the word artha are acceptable: cause (of the results given by other processes) and meaning (purport of the scriptures).
Next, japa (verse 85) is defined: Japa is defined as a very soft chanting of mantra.
Purport
Japa
Chanting a mantra or hymn softly and slowly is called japa, and chanting the same mantra loudly is called kīrtana. For example, uttering the mahā-mantra (Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare / Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare) very softly, only for one’s own hearing, is called japa. Chanting the same mantra loudly for being heard by all others is called kīrtana. The mahā-mantra can be used for japa and kīrtana also. When japa is practiced it is for the personal benefit of the chanter, but when kīrtana is performed it is for the benefit of all others who may hear.
Padma Purāṇa illustrates this: Chanting very softly the mantra, “kṛṣṇāya namaḥ”, produces all benefits. O king, Svarga and liberation are bestowed to the devotees who perform japa of this mantra.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement: “For any person who is chanting the holy name either softly or loudly, the paths to liberation and even heavenly happiness are at once open.”
The wise have explained that there are various types of entreaties to Kṛṣṇa, such as prayers, admission of incompetence and expressions of longing.
Purport
It is said there that those who are sober devotees can offer their submission to Kṛṣṇa in the following three ways: (1) samprārthanātmikā, very feelingly offering prayers; (2) dainya-bodhikā, humbly submitting oneself; (3) lālasā-mayī, desiring some perfectional stage. This desiring some perfectional stage in spiritual life is not sense gratification. When one realizes something of his constitutional relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he understands his original position and wants to be reinstated in this position, either as friend, servant, parent or conjugal lover of Kṛṣṇa. That is called lālasā-mayī, or very eagerly desiring to go to one’s natural position. This lālasā-mayī stage of submission comes in the stage of perfect liberation, which is technically called svarūpa-siddhi, when the living entity understands, by perfect spiritual advancement and revelation, his original relationship with the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Samprārthanā (prayers) are statements coming from persons who have not attained the stage of bhāva. Lālasā statements come from persons who have attained bhāva. That is the difference.
[yuvateenaam yathaa yooni yoonaam cha yuvatau yathaa |]
mano ’bhiramate tadvan mano ’bhiramatāṁ tvayi ||153||
[mano ’bhiramate tadvan mano ’bhiramataam tvayi ||153||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra samprārthanātmikā, yathā pādme—
yuvatīnāṁ yathā yūni yūnāṁ ca yuvatau yathā |
mano ’bhiramate tadvan mano ’bhiramatāṁ tvayi ||153||
Prayer (samprārthanātmika-vijñapti) is illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: Just as the minds of young women are attracted to a young man, and the minds of young men are attracted to a young woman, may my mind be attracted to You!
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement of submission in feeling by devotees praying to the Lord: “My Lord, I know that young girls have natural affection for young boys, and that young boys have natural affection for young girls. I am praying at Your lotus feet that my mind may become attracted unto You in the same spontaneous way.” The example is very appropriate. When a young boy or girl sees a member of the opposite sex there is a natural attraction, without the need for any introduction. Without any training there is a natural attraction due to the sex impulse. This is a material example, but the devotee is praying that he may develop a similar spontaneous attachment for the Supreme Lord, free from any desire for profit and without any other cause. This natural attraction for the Lord is the perfectional stage of self-realization.
[mat-tulyo naasti paapaatmaa naaparaadhee cha kashchana |]
parihāre ’pi lajjā me kiṁ brūve puruṣottama ||154||
[parihaare ’pi lajjaa me kim broove purushottama ||154||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dainya-bodhikā, yathā tatraiva—
mat-tulyo nāsti pāpātmā nāparādhī ca kaścana |
parihāre ’pi lajjā me kiṁ brūve puruṣottama ||154||
Admission of worthlessness (dainya-bodhikā-vijñapti), in the Padma Purāṇa: O Supreme Lord! There is no one as sinful as me, no one who has committed so many offenses. What can I say? I am very ashamed to ask You to remove those sins.
Purport
In the same Padma Purāṇa there is a statement about submission in humbleness. It is stated there, “My dear Lord, there is no sinful living entity who is more of a sinner than myself. Nor is there a greater offender than myself. I am so greatly sinful and offensive that when I come to confess my sinful activities before You, I am ashamed.” This is a natural position for a devotee. As far as the conditioned soul is concerned, there is no wonder that he has some sinful activities in his past life, and this should be admitted and confessed before the Lord. As soon as this is done, the Lord excuses the sincere devotee. But that does not mean that one should take advantage of the Lord’s causeless mercy and expect to be excused over and over again, while he commits the same sinful activities. Such a mentality is only for shameless persons. Here it is clearly said, “When I come to confess my sinful activities I become ashamed.” So if a person is not ashamed of his sinful activities and continues to commit the same sinful activities with the knowledge that the Lord will excuse him, that is a most nonsensical proposition. Such an idea is not accepted in any part of the Vedic literature. It is a fact that by chanting the holy name of the Lord one becomes washed clean of all sinful activities from his past life. But that does not mean that after being washed off, one should again begin sinful activities and expect to be washed again. These are nonsensical propositions and are not admitted in devotional service. Someone may think, “For a whole week I may commit sinful activities, and for one day I will go to the temple or church and admit my sinful activities so that I can become washed off and again begin my sinning.” This is most nonsensical and offensive and is not acceptable to the author of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu.
Longing (lālasāmayī-vijñapti) is illustrated in the Nārada-pañcarātra: O master of the universe, when will you, accompanied by Lakṣmī, say with a deep voice to me, eager to serve You with cāmara, “Please come here”?
Purport
In the Nārada Pañcarātra there is a statement of submission accompanied by the desire for perfection. The devotee says, “My dear Lord, when shall that day come when You will ask me to fan Your body, and according to Your pleasure, You will say, ‘You just fan Me in this way’?” The idea in this verse is that the devotee is desiring to personally fan the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That means that he is desiring to become the personal associate of the Supreme Lord. Of course, any devotee in any capacity, either as servant, friend or conjugal lover, always has direct association with the Lord. But according to his different individual taste, a person desires for just one of these relationships. Here the devotee is desiring to become a servant of the Lord and desires to fan the Lord, as does His internal energy, Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune. He also wishes that the Personality of Godhead will be pleased to give him directions as to how to fan. This submission with transcendental desire, or lālasā-mayī vijñapti, is the highest perfectional stage of spiritual realization.
Another example is presented: O lotus-eyed Lord, when will I dance on the bank of the Yamunā with tears in my eyes while singing Your names?
Purport
In the same Nārada Pañcarātra, there is another expression of submission, wherein the devotee says, “My dear Lord, O lotus-eyed one, when will that day come when on the bank of the Yamunā I shall become just like a madman and continue to chant Your holy name while incessant tears flow from my eyes?” This is another perfectional stage. Lord Caitanya also desired that “a moment will appear unto me as twelve years of time, and the whole world will appear to me as vacant on account of not seeing You, my dear Lord.” One should feelingly pray and become eager to render his particular type of service to the Lord. This is the teaching of all great devotees, especially Lord Caitanya.
In other words, one should learn how to cry for the Lord. One should learn this small technique, and he should be very eager and actually cry to become engaged in some particular type of service. This is called laulyam, and such tears are the price for the highest perfection. If one develops this laulyam, or excessive eagerness for meeting and serving the Lord in a particular way, that is the price to enter into the kingdom of God. Otherwise, there is no material calculation for the value of the ticket by which one can enter the kingdom of God. The only price for such entrance is this laulyam lālasā-mayī, or desire and great eagerness.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Superficially, this appears to be a prayer (saṁprārthanā) of someone who has not manifested bhāva (since he is praying for it). Samprārthanā belongs to someone without the appearance of bhāva, whereas lālasā or prayers with intense longing belong to a person who has manifested bhāva. However, when a prayer (saṁprārthanā) is filled with a similar longing (expressing such bhāva, even though not attained) it is also called lālasā. Thus, this example is classed as lālasāmayī. Prayers and longing such as these are given here to illustrate the topic, but actually, they should be understood to be examples of rāgānuga-bhakti.
Reciting compositions of praise (verse 86): The wise consider that the Gītā and the stava-rāja contained in the Gautamīya-tantra are examples of stavas.
Purport
Reciting Notable Prayers
According to great learned scholars, the whole Bhagavad-gītā contains many authorized prayers, especially in the Eleventh Chapter, where Arjuna prays to the universal form of the Lord. Similarly, in the Gautamīya-tantra all the verses are called prayers. Again, in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there are hundreds of prayers to the Lord. So a devotee should select some of these prayers for his recitation.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The Gītā is called stava because its contents glorify the Supreme Lord. Stava-rāja here refers to the stava in the Gautamīya-tantra.
The Skanda Purāṇa says: The perfected sages and the devatās respect those whose tongues are ornamented with the abundance of jewel-like verses of praise of Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
In Skanda Purāṇa the glories of these prayers are stated as follows: “Devotees whose tongues are decorated always with prayers to Lord Kṛṣṇa are always given respect even by the great saintly persons and sages, and such devotees are actually worshipable by the demigods.”
Those who are less intelligent want to worship different demigods for some material gain rather than worship Kṛṣṇa. But here it is stated that a devotee who is always engaged in offering prayers to the Lord is worshipable even by the demigods themselves. The pure devotees have nothing to ask from any demigod; rather, the demigods are anxious to offer prayers to the pure devotees.
In the Narasiṁha Purāṇa it is said: He who praises Madhusūdana with stotras and stavas in front of His deity form is freed from all sins and attains the planet of Viṣṇu.
Purport
In the Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa it is stated, “Any person who comes before the Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa and begins to chant different prayers is immediately relieved from all the reactions of sinful activities and becomes eligible, without any doubt, to enter into the Vaikuṇṭhaloka.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Though stotra and stava are not different, there is some slight distinction. The former is not composed but found in scripture, whereas the latter is self-composed. Stotras, which are not composed by one, are for practicing using one’s speech. The stavas, created by a devotee, express his individual emotions. Nevertheless, here it has been said that the wise consider the Gītā to be a stava (verse 157). This is because the reciter practices speaking of written praises (Gītā in its stotra portion), but with intense personal devotion (its stava portion). Devāgre means “in front of the deity form.”
Tasting the food remnants of the deity (verse 86), from Padma Purāṇa: He, who always eats outside the inner sanctum, the remnants of the Lord’s food sprinkled with water from the Lord’s feet mixed with tulasī, achieves the results of one hundred billion sacrifices.
Purport
Partaking of Prasāda
There is this specific statement in the Padma Purāṇa: “A person who honors the prasāda and regularly eats it, not exactly in front of the Deity, along with caraṇāmṛta [the water offered to the lotus feet of the Lord, which is mixed with seeds of the tulasī tree], immediately can achieve the results of pious activities which are obtained through ten thousand performances of sacrificial rites.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Taking purato murāreḥ to mean “in front of Murāri”, chewing tāmbūla in front of the deity would be forbidden, but regular eating is not forbidden in front of the deity.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The phrase purato murāreḥ means “from the temple (antaḥpuṛam) of the Lord,” with a verb participle missing. The real meaning is, “after going from or avoiding the temple room of the Lord.” Purataḥ murāreḥ also means, “in front of Murāri”, but such a meaning is rejected since eating in front of the deity is an offense.
te ’pi pādodakaṁ pītvā prayānti paramāṁ gatim ||161||
Tasting the foot water of the Lord (verse 86), from Padma Purāṇa: Those who drink the foot water of the Lord achieve the supreme goal, even though they have not performed charity, sacrifices, Vedic study or deity worship.
Purport
Drinking Caraṇāmṛta
Caraṇāmṛta is obtained in the morning while the Lord is being washed before dressing. Scented with perfumes and flowers, the water comes gliding down through His lotus feet and is collected and mixed with yogurt. In this way this caraṇāmṛta not only becomes very tastefully flavored, but also has tremendous spiritual value. As described in the Padma Purāṇa, even a person who has never been able to give in charity, who has never been able to perform a great sacrifice, who has never been able to study the Vedas, who has never been able to worship the Lord—or, in other words, even one who has never done any pious activities—will become eligible to enter into the kingdom of God if he simply drinks the caraṇāmṛta which is kept in the temple. In the temple it is the custom that the caraṇāmṛta be kept in a big pot. The devotees who come to visit and offer respects to the Deity take three drops of caraṇāmṛta very submissively and feel themselves happy in transcendental bliss.
Smelling incense offered to the Lord (verse 86), from Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya: The action of the nose—smelling the incense offered to the Lord—fully destroys the poison of karma inflicted on those bitten by the snake of material existence.
Purport
Smelling the Incense and Flowers Offered to the Deity
In the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya there is a statement about the incense which is offered in the temple: “When the devotees smell the good fragrance of the incense which is offered to the Deity, they thus become cured of the poisonous effects of material contamination, as much as one becomes cured of a snakebite by smelling the prescribed medicinal herbs.” The explanation of this verse is that there is an herb found in the jungles which expert persons know how to use to revive the consciousness of one who is bitten by a snake. Simply by smelling that herb one becomes immediately relieved of the poisonous effects of the snakebite. The same example is applicable: when a person comes to visit the temple and smells the incense offered to the Deity, he is cured at that time from all his material contamination.
Any devotee coming into the temple should always offer something to the Deity—fruit, flowers, incense, etc. If one cannot offer anything in cash, something else must be offered. In India the system is that all the ladies and gentlemen who come in the morning to visit the temple bring so many things. Even one morsel of rice or one morsel of flour can be offered. It is a regulative principle that one should not go to see a saintly person or the Deity in the temple without any offering. The offering may be very humble, or it may be priceless. Even a flower, a little fruit, a little water—whatever is possible—must be offered. So when a devotee comes to offer something to the Deity in the morning, he is sure to smell the good fragrance of the incense, and then at once he will become cleansed of the poisonous effect of material existence.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Smelling the Lord’s incense destroys the poison in persons bitten by the snake of saṁsāra. It is the very form of destroying karma (nasyaṁ karma). Smelling the mahauṣadhi incense with the nose destroys karma.
Smelling the garlands offered to the Lord (verse 86), from a tantra: When the fragrance of the garlands of the Lord enters the nostrils, immediately the bondage created by piles of sin is destroyed.
Purport
It is stated in the Tantra-śāstra, “If the smell of the garland which was offered to the Deity in the temple enters into a person’s nostrils, immediately his bondage to sinful activities becomes cleared. And even if one has no sinful activities, still, by smelling such remnants of flowers, one can advance from Māyāvādī [impersonalist] to devotee.” There are several instances of this, a prime one being the advancement of the four Kumāras. They were impersonalist Māyāvādīs, but after smelling the remnants of flowers and incense in the temple, they turned to become devotees. From the above verse it appears that the Māyāvādīs, or impersonalists, are more or less contaminated. They are not pure.
It is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, “One who has not washed off all reactions of sinful activities cannot be a pure devotee. A pure devotee has no more doubts about the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead, and thus he engages himself in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The phrase pāpa-pañjara-bandhanam means “bondage created by piles of sinful acts.”
From Agastya-saṁhitā: It is said that the nose smelling flowers and gandha offered to the infinite Lord is the cause of complete purification in this world.
Purport
A similar statement is in the Agastya-saṁhitā: just to purify the impurities of our nostrils, we should try to smell the remnants of flowers offered to Kṛṣṇa in the temple.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Anantasya in the verse refers to the infinite Lord and this word is modified by arcitasya (worshipped). Smelling by the senses (āghrāṇaṁ ghrāṇasya) the flowers and scent offered to the infinite Lord (arcitasya anantasya) are said to be causes of purification in this world (iha).
Touching the deity (verse 86), from Viṣṇu-dharmottara: The pure, faithful person who touches the deity of Viṣṇu becomes freed from the bondage of sin and attains all desires.
Purport
Touching the Deity
In the Viṣṇu-dharmottara there is a statement about touching the lotus feet of the Lord. It is said, “Only a person who is initiated as a Vaiṣṇava and is executing devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness has the right to touch the body of the Deity.” In India there was agitation during Gandhi’s political movement because the lowborn classes of men like street-sweepers and caṇḍālas are prohibited, according to the Vedic system, from entering the temple. Due to their unclean habits they are prohibited, but at the same time they are given other facilities so they may be elevated to the highest grade of devotional service by association with pure devotees. A man born in any family is not barred, but he must be cleansed. That cleansing process must be adopted. Gandhi wanted to make them clean simply by stamping them with a fictitious name, harijana (“children of God”), and so there was a great tug-of-war between the temple owners and Gandhi’s followers.
But anyway, the present law is the law of all scripture—that if anyone is purified he can enter into the temple. Actually, that is the position. Only one who is properly initiated, who is properly following the rules and regulations, can enter, and touch the Deity—not all. And one who touches the body of the Deity, following such regulative principles, is immediately delivered from the contamination of material sins, and all of his desires become fulfilled without delay.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This is a glorification of touching the deity for those qualified to do so.
[vrindaavane tu govindam ye pashyanti vasundhare |]
na te yama-puraṁ yānti yānti puṇya-kṛtāṁ gatim ||166||
[na te yama-puram yaanti yaanti punya-kritaam gatim ||166||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
41. atha śrī-mūrter darśanam, yathā vārāhe—
vṛndāvane tu govindaṁ ye paśyanti vasundhare |
na te yama-puraṁ yānti yānti puṇya-kṛtāṁ gatim ||166||
Seeing the deity (verse 86), from Varāha Purāṇa: O Earth! Those who see Govinda in Vṛndāvana do not go to the city of Yama, but achieve pure bhakti, the goal of all puṇya.
Purport
Seeing the Deity
In the Varāha Purāṇa there is a statement praising the seeing of the Deity of Śrī Kṛṣṇa in the temple. A devotee says there, “My dear Vasundharā, any person who goes to Vṛndāvana and sees the Deity of Govindadeva is free from the courthouse of Yamarāja and is allowed to enter into the highest planetary system, in which reside the demigods.” This means that even an ordinary person who goes to Vṛndāvana out of inquisitiveness and by chance sees the temple, especially that of Govindadeva, even if he is not elevated to the spiritual kingdom, is still assured promotion to the higher planetary systems. This means that simply by visiting the Deity of Govinda in Vṛndāvana one becomes highly elevated in pious life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Puṇya-kṛtāṁ gatim, the goal of those who execute pious acts, is a phrase to attract the materialists, glorifying bhakti for material results. The author will later explain that the chief result of bhakti, for those without material desire, is attraction to the Lord in the form of rati (bhāva).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Speaking to all people the glories of seeing the deity, and speaking of all forms of the deities, the author, overcome by ever-increasing devotion, particularly glorifies seeing Govinda, Bhagavān, the most excellent form of the deity. Bhakti is the highest goal of the human being: sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje. (SB 1.2.6) Therefore, the wise consider bhakti to be the goal of all pious actions. Thus, puṇya-krṭāṁ gatim (the goal of those who do puṇyas) actually means, “bhakti, the final goal of all puṇyas, as understood by the wise.”
Seeing the ārātrika of the Lord (verse 87), from Skanda Purāṇa: The face of Viṣṇu lit by the light from the ārātrika lamp burns up ten million sins of killing brāhmaṇas and ten million sins committed in the past and to be committed in the future.
Purport
Observing Ārati and Celebrations of the Lord
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is the following description of the result of seeing ārati (worship) of the Deity: “If someone sees the face of the Lord while ārati is going on, he can be relieved of all sinful reactions coming from many, many thousands and millions of years past. He is even excused from the killing of a brāhmaṇa or similar prohibited activities.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse speaks of seeing the ārātrika of any of the authorized deity forms. Koṭayaḥ is a substitute for koṭīḥ. Mukham is the subject of the sentence.
Seeing the festivals (verse 87), from Bhaviṣyottara: The dog-eaters and other low persons who joyfully see Keśava on His chariot all become associates of the Lord.
Purport
As we have already explained, there are different ceremonies to be observed, such as the birthday of Kṛṣṇa, the birthday of Lord Rāmacandra, the birthday of some prominent Vaiṣṇavas, the ceremony of Jhulana-yātrā with the Lord sitting on a swing, and Dola-yātrā (the Lord’s activities in the month of March). In all festivals the Lord is seated on a car, and the car moves through different streets of the city so that people may take advantage of visiting the Lord. In the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa it is said, “In such a ceremony, if even a caṇḍāla [dog-eater], simply out of curiosity, sees the Lord on the cart, he becomes counted as one of the associates of Viṣṇu.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The chariot (ratha) festival represents all other festivals as well. All those (sarve) who see the Lord on the chariot, and even those who are low born or have bad qualities (śvapacādayaḥ), become associates of the Lord (devatānāṁ gaṇāḥ).
śraddhayā modamānas tu so ’pi yoga-phalaṁ labhet ||169||
[shraddhayaa modamaanas tu so ’pi yoga-phalam labhet ||169||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ādi-śabdena pūjā-darśanaṁ, yathāgneye—
pūjitaṁ pūjyamānaṁ vā yaḥ paśyed bhaktito harim |
śraddhayā modamānas tu so ’pi yoga-phalaṁ labhet ||169||
The word ādi (verse 87) refers to seeing the worship, as illustrated in Agni Purāṇa: He who sees the Lord with devotion, faith and joy, after He is worshipped or while He is being worshipped, attains eternal service to the Lord
Purport
In the Agni Purāṇa it is stated, “Any person who in gladness sees the worship of the Deity in the temple will obtain the results of kriyā-yoga which are described in the Pañcarātra scripture.” Kriyā-yoga is a system of practice much like practical devotional service, but it is especially meant for the mystic yogīs. In other words, by this gradual process the mystic yogīs are eventually elevated to the devotional service of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Pūyamānam means while the worship is being conducted. Yoga means devotion in the form of service to the Lord as described in the Pañcarātra.
Next, hearing (verse 87): Hearing means listening to the name, pastimes and qualities of the Lord.
Purport
NoD 10: Techniques of Hearing and Remembering
Hearing
The beginning of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service is hearing, in Sanskrit called śravaṇam. All people should be given the chance to come and join devotional parties so that they may hear. This hearing is very important for progressing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When one links his ears to give aural reception to the transcendental vibrations, he can quickly become purified and cleansed in the heart. Lord Caitanya has affirmed that this hearing is very important. It cleanses the heart of the contaminated soul so that he becomes quickly qualified to enter into devotional service and understand Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Hearing the name of the Lord (verse 87), from Garuḍa Purāṇa: Hearing the Vaiṣṇava mantra ‘Kṛṣṇa’, which is the only effective medicine to counteract the bite of the snake of saṁsāra, a man becomes liberated.
Purport
In the Garuḍa Purāṇa the stress on hearing is expressed very nicely. It is said there, “The state of conditioned life in the material world is just like that of a man lying unconscious, having been bitten by a snake. This is because both such unconscious states can be ended by the sound of a mantra.” When a man is snake-bitten he does not die immediately, but first becomes unconscious and remains in a comatose condition. Anyone who is in the material world is also sleeping, as he is ignorant of his actual self or his actual duty and his relationship with God. So materialistic life means that one is bitten by the snake of māyā, illusion, and thus, without any Kṛṣṇa consciousness, is almost dead. Now, the so-called dead man bitten by a snake can be brought back to life by the chanting of some mantra. There are expert chanters of these mantras who can perform this feat. Similarly, one can be brought back into Kṛṣṇa consciousness from the deadly unconscious state of material life by hearing of the mahā-mantra: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare / Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
tān na spṛśanty aśana-tṛḍ-bhaya-śoka-mohāḥ ||172||
[taan na sprishanty ashana-trid-bhaya-shoka-mohaah ||172||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
caritra-śravaṇaṁ, yathā caturthe (4.29.40)—
tasmin mahan-mukharitā madhubhic-caritra-
pīyūṣa-śeṣa-saritaḥ paritaḥ sravanti |
tā ye pibanty avitṛṣo nṛpa gāḍha-karṇais
tān na spṛśanty aśana-tṛḍ-bhaya-śoka-mohāḥ ||172||
Hearing the pastimes (verse 87), from Fourth Canto: In that assembly, excellent streams of nectar of the pastimes of the Lord emanating from the mouths of the saintly devotees flow everywhere. Those who drink that nectar with eager ears, with constant thirst, O King, will forget the necessities of life — namely hunger and thirst — and become immune to all kinds of fear, lamentation and illusion. SB 4.29.40
Purport
In the Fourth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Twenty-ninth Chapter, verse 39-40, the importance of hearing of the pastimes of the Lord is stated by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit: “My dear King, one should stay at a place where the great ācāryas [holy teachers] speak about the transcendental activities of the Lord, and one should give aural reception to the nectarean river flowing from the moonlike faces of such great personalities. If someone eagerly continues to hear such transcendental sounds, then certainly he will become freed from all material hunger, thirst, fear and lamentation, as well as all illusions of material existence.”
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu also recommended this process of hearing as a means of self-realization in the present Age of Kali. In this age it is very difficult to follow thoroughly the regulative principles and studies of the Vedas which were formerly recommended. However, if one gives aural reception to the sound vibrated by great devotees and ācāryas, that alone will give him relief from all material contamination. Therefore it is the recommendation of Caitanya Mahāprabhu that one should simply hear from authorities who are actually devotees of the Lord. Hearing from professional men will not help. If we hear from those who are actually self-realized, then the nectarean rivers, like those which are flowing on the moon planet, will flow into our ears. This is the metaphor used in the above verse.
As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, “A materialistic person can give up his material hankerings only by becoming situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.” Unless one finds a superior engagement, he will not be able to give up his inferior engagement. In the material world everyone is engaged in the illusory activities of the inferior energy, but when one is given the opportunity to relish the activities of the superior energy performed by Kṛṣṇa, then he forgets all his lesser pleasures. When Kṛṣṇa speaks on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra, to the materialistic person it appears that this is simply talk between two friends, but actually it is a river of nectar flowing down from the mouth of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Arjuna gave aural reception to such vibrations, and thus he became freed from all the illusions of material problems.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The profuse (śeṣa) rivers (saritaḥ) of pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, which are loudly spoken by the devotee in the assembly of devotees (tasmin), flow everywhere. Hunger, thirst (tṛt), fear, lamentation and illusion do not touch those who drink that nectar with constant thirst, through attentive ears.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The profuse (śeṣa) rivers (saritaḥ) of pastimes of Kṛṣṇa transformed into words (mukharitāḥ) and emanating from the devotees’ mouths, in the assembly (tasmin) of devotees, flow everywhere. Mukharitāḥ means “transformed into sound or words.” The sentence suggests that the pastimes have spontaneously turned themselves into words with their proper meanings (since they flow like rivers). Śesa here means excellent.
Hearing the qualities of the Lord (verse 87), from the Twelfth Canto: The person who desires pure devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa should hear the narrations of Lord Uttamaḥśloka’s glorious qualities, the constant chanting of which destroys everything inauspicious. The devotee should engage in such listening in regular daily assemblies and should continue his hearing throughout the day. SB 12.3.15
Purport
In the Twelfth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Third Chapter, verse 15, it is stated, “A person who desires unalloyed devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is praised by transcendental sound vibrations, should always hear about His glorification and transcendental qualities. This will surely kill all kinds of inauspiciousness in the heart.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
One should hear every day (nityam), constantly (abhīkṣṇam), descriptions of the qualities of the avatāras of the Lord and His devotees (uttamaḥśloka) which are sung by the great devotees. This means that one should do that with great enthusiasm. The result of such hearing is then stated: pure bhakti to Kṛṣṇa. One who desires pure bhakti to Kṛṣṇa should hear in this way. Here Kṛṣṇa means particularly the Lord in the form of a cowherd boy, since the Bhāgavatam denotes this form of the Lord as Bhagavān Svayam.
Expecting the Lord’s mercy (verse 87), from the Tenth Canto: My dear Lord, one who earnestly waits for You to bestow Your causeless mercy upon him, all the while patiently suffering the reactions of his past misdeeds and offering You respectful obeisances with his heart, words and body, is surely eligible for You, the shelter of liberation, for that is his rightful claim. SB 10.14.8
Purport
Expecting the Lord's Mercy
In the Tenth Canto, Fourteenth Chapter, verse 8, it is said, “My dear Lord, any person who is constantly awaiting Your causeless mercy to be bestowed upon him, and who goes on suffering the resultant actions of his past misdeeds, offering You respectful obeisances from the core of his heart, is surely eligible to become liberated, for it has become his rightful claim.”
This statement of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam should be the guide of all devotees. A devotee should not expect immediate relief from the reactions of his past misdeeds. No conditioned soul is free from such reactionary experiences, because material existence means continued suffering or enjoying of past activities. If one has finished his material activities then there is no more birth. This is possible only when one begins Kṛṣṇa conscious activities, because such activities do not produce reaction. Therefore, as soon as one becomes perfect in Kṛṣṇa conscious activities, he is not going to take birth again in this material world. A devotee who is not perfectly freed from the resultant actions should therefore continue to act in Kṛṣṇa consciousness seriously, even though there may be so many impediments. When such impediments arise he should simply think of Kṛṣṇa and expect His mercy. That is the only solace. If the devotee passes his days in that spirit, it is certain that he is going to be promoted to the abode of the Lord. By such activities, he earns his claim to enter into the kingdom of God. The exact word used in this verse is dāya-bhāk. Dāya-bhāk refers to a son’s becoming the lawful inheritor of the property of the father. In a similar way, a pure devotee who is prepared to undergo all kinds of tribulations in executing Kṛṣṇa conscious duties becomes lawfully qualified to enter into the transcendental abode.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Understanding the meaning of this topic, having given up all other practices and performing only bhakti, one will attain You. However, in what manner should a person do this? In expectation of such a question, this verse is quoted. Tat here means “therefore”, indicating that because of the glories of the Lord mentioned in the previous Bhāgavatam verse (SB 10.14.7), the devotee acts in this way. Ātma-kṛtam vipākam means happiness and suffering that occur during performance of bhakti.
dharmasya hy āpavargyasya nārtho ’rthāyopakalpate
nārthasya dharmaikāntasya kāmo lābhāya hi smṛtaḥ
All occupational engagements are certainly meant for ultimate liberation. They should never be performed for material gain. Furthermore, according to sages, one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational service should never use material gain to cultivate sense gratification. SB 1.2.9
A secondary, unsought result of bhakti is happiness. The results of aparādhas are suffering. Experiencing both of these results from his bhakti (ātma-kṛtam vipākam), the devotee sees this (susamīkṣamānaḥ) clearly (su for suṣṭhu) and accurately (sam for samyak) as Your mercy. He knows that the happiness and distress that he is experiencing stems from the Lord’s mercy alone. It is just like a father who sometimes makes his son drink milk, and sometimes, bitter juice made from nimba leaves. “I do not know, but the Lord, like a father, knows what is good and bad for me, and thus sometimes He embraces and kisses me and sometimes slaps me. I, His devotee, have no power at all over karma and time. He, alone, by his mercy makes me experience happiness and distress and makes me serve Him.” The devotee considers his situation in this way, in the manner of King Pṛthu:
tvan-māyayāddhā jana īśa khaṇḍito
yad anyad āśāsta ṛtātmano ’budhaḥ
yathā cared bāla-hitaṁ pitā svayaṁ
tathā tvam evārhasi naḥ samīhitum
My Lord, due to Your illusory energy, all living beings in this material world have forgotten their real constitutional position, and out of ignorance they are always desirous of material happiness in the form of society, friendship and love. Therefore, please do not ask me to take some material benefits from You, but as a father, not waiting for the son’s demand, does everything for the benefit of the son, please bestow upon me whatever You think is best for me. SB 4.20.31
Revealing himself daily to the Lord, offering respects with mind, words and body, passing his life while not being unduly tormented, the devotee becomes the rightful claimant of mukti, or liberation from saṁsāra (secondary effect), and pada or service (primary effect) at the Lord’s lotus feet (dvandva compound considered as one unit mukti-pade). As remaining alive is the cause of a good son receiving his inheritance, so the devotee remaining alive in this world with steadiness on the path of bhakti is the cause of his receiving freedom from saṁsāra and service to the Lord. In a similar manner, it is said:
dṛtaya iva śvasanty asu-bhṛto yadi te ’nuvidhā
Only if they become Your faithful followers are those who breathe actually alive, otherwise their breathing is like that of a bellows. SB 10.87.17
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this verse two different sādhanas—expecting the glance of mercy and offering obeisances—are mentioned together to glorify their exalted positions. They should be both understood to have great results. Mukti-pade means the Lord, the shelter (tenth topic of discussion in Bhāgavatam) of liberation (the ninth topic). [Note: atra sargo visargaś ca sthānaṁ poṣaṇam ūtayaḥ/ manvantareśānukathā nirodho muktir āśrayaḥ SB 2.10.1] Such a person becomes the rightful claimant of the Lord, who is the shelter of liberation. The Lord exists as the property to be apportioned to the devotee.
puruṣaṁ tam ajaṁ nityaṁ vrajāmi śaraṇaṁ harim ||176||
[purusham tam ajam nityam vrajaami sharanam harim ||176||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā viṣṇu-purāṇe—
smṛte sakala-kalyāṇa-bhājanaṁ yatra jāyate |
puruṣaṁ tam ajaṁ nityaṁ vrajāmi śaraṇaṁ harim ||176||
This is illustrated in the Viṣṇu-purāṇa (5.17.17): I surrender to the unborn, eternal person Hari, by remembrance of whom one takes possession of all auspiciousness.
Purport
About this remembrance there is a nice statement in the Viṣṇu Purāṇa, where it is said, “Simply by remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead all living entities become eligible for all kinds of auspiciousness. Therefore let me always remember the Lord, who is unborn and eternal.”
Remembrance is also illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: I offer my respects to the omniscient Lord. Remembrance of His name, while living or dying, immediately destroys heaps of sins committed by men.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa the same remembrance is explained as follows: “Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa, because if someone remembers Him, either at the time of death or during his span of life, he becomes freed from all sinful reactions.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Prayāṇe means “at the stage of dying.” Aprayāṇe means “while living.’’ In the Gītā this is also stated: prayāṇa-kāle manasācalena. (BG 8.10)
Meditation (verse 87): Meditation [Note: Meditation is absorption, skilful contemplation. Smṛti (verse 175) is thinking of the Lord somehow or other.] Meditation is absorption, skilful contemplation. Smṛti (verse 175) is thinking of the Lord somehow or other.] means to contemplate with absorption on the Lord’s form, qualities, pastimes and service.
Purport
Meditation
To meditate means to engage the mind in thinking of the form of the Lord, the qualities of the Lord, the activities of the Lord and the service of the Lord. Meditation does not mean anything impersonal or void. According to Vedic literature, meditation is always on the form of Viṣṇu.
Meditation on the form, from Narasiṁha Purāṇa: Meditation on the two feet of the Lord is considered the means of attaining freedom from the dualities of this world. Even a sinner who casually meditates attains the highest benefit.
Purport
In the Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa there is a statement about meditation on the form of the Lord. It is said there, “Meditation focusing on the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has been accepted as transcendental and beyond the experience of material pain and pleasure. By such meditation, even one who is grossly miscreant can be delivered from the sinful reactions of his life.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Nirdvandvam here means “surpassing the sorrow consisting of dualities such as cold and heat.” Īritam means “it is said in the scriptures to be auspicious.’’ It is so auspicious that even the sinner by casual meditation attains the most excellent benefit.
prakṣīṇa-kaluṣaughās te praviśanti hareḥ padam ||180||
[praksheena-kalushaughaas te pravishanti hareh padam ||180||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
guṇa-dhyānaṁ, yathā viṣṇudharme—
ye kurvanti sadā bhaktyā guṇānusmaraṇaṁ hareḥ |
prakṣīṇa-kaluṣaughās te praviśanti hareḥ padam ||180||
Meditation on the qualities of the Lord, from Viṣṇu-dharma: Those who constantly meditate on the qualities of the Lord with devotion, having destroyed all contaminations, enter the abode of the Lord.
Purport
In the Viṣṇu-dharma there is a statement about meditation on the transcendental qualities of the Lord. It is said, “Persons who are constantly engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and who remember the transcendental qualities of the Lord, become free from all reactions to sinful activities, and after being so cleansed they become fit to enter into the kingdom of God.” In other words, no one can enter into the kingdom of God without being freed from all sinful reactions. One can avoid sinful reactions simply by remembering the Lord’s form, qualities, pastimes, etc.
Meditation on the pastimes of the Lord, from the Padma Purāṇa: He who meditates on the sweetest, most astonishing, charming pastimes of the Lord attains liberation.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement about remembering the activities of the Lord: “A person who is always engaged in meditation on the sweet pastimes and wonderful activities of the Lord surely becomes freed from all material contamination.”
pare vāṅ-manasā ’gamyaṁ taṁ sākṣāt pratipedire ||182||
[pare vaan-manasaa ’gamyam tam saakshaat pratipedire ||182||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sevā-dhyānaṁ, yathā purāṇāntare—
mānasenopacārena paricarya hariṁ sadā |
pare vāṅ-manasā ’gamyaṁ taṁ sākṣāt pratipedire ||182||
Meditation on one’s service, from another purāṇa: Constantly serving the Lord with items produced in the mind, some devotees have directly attained the Lord, who is not approachable for others by words or mind.
Purport
In some of the Purāṇas the evidence is given that if someone is simply meditating on devotional activities, he has achieved the desired result and has seen face to face the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this connection, there is a story in the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa that in the city of Pratiṣṭhānapura in South India there was once a brāhmaṇa who was not very well-to-do, but who was nevertheless satisfied in himself, thinking that it was because of his past misdeeds and by the desire of Kṛṣṇa that he did not get sufficient money and opulence. So he was not at all sorry for his poor material position, and he used to live very peacefully. He was very openhearted, and sometimes he went to hear some lectures delivered by great realized souls. At one such meeting, while he was very faithfully hearing about Vaiṣṇava activities, he was informed that these activities can be performed even by meditation. In other words, if a person is unable to actually perform Vaiṣṇava activities physically, he can meditate upon the Vaiṣṇava activities and thereby acquire all of the same results. Because the brāhmaṇa was not very well-to-do financially, he decided that he would simply meditate on grand, royal devotional activities, and he began this business thus:
Sometimes he would take his bath in the river Godāvarī. After taking his bath he would sit in a secluded place on the bank of the river, and by practicing the yoga exercises of prāṇāyāma, the usual breathing exercises, he would concentrate his mind. These breathing exercises are meant to mechanically fix the mind upon a particular subject. That is the result of the breathing exercises and also of the different sitting postures of yoga. Formerly, even quite ordinary persons used to know how to fix the mind upon the remembrance of the Lord, and so the brāhmaṇa was doing this. When he had fixed the form of the Lord in his mind, he began to imagine in his meditations that he was dressing the Lord very nicely in costly clothing, with ornaments, helmets and other paraphernalia. Then he offered his respectful obeisances by bowing down before the Lord. After finishing the dressing, he began to imagine that he was cleaning the temple very nicely. After cleansing the temple, he imagined that he had many water jugs made of gold and silver, and he took all those jugs to the river and filled them with the holy water. Not only did he collect water from the Godāvarī, but he collected from the Ganges, Yamunā, Narmadā and Kāverī. Generally a Vaiṣṇava, while worshiping the Lord, collects water from all these rivers by mantra chanting. This brāhmaṇa, instead of chanting some mantra, imagined that he was physically securing water from all these rivers in golden and silver waterpots. Then he collected all kinds of paraphernalia for worship—flowers, fruits, incense and sandalwood pulp. He collected everything to place before the Deity. All these waters, flowers and scented articles were then very nicely offered to the Deities to Their satisfaction. Then he offered ārati, and with the regulative principles he finished all these activities in the correct worshiping method.
He would daily execute similar performances as his routine work, and he continued to do so for many, many years. Then one day the brāhmaṇa imagined in his meditations that he had prepared some sweet rice with milk and sugar and offered the preparation to the Deity. However, he was not very satisfied with the offering because the sweet rice had been prepared recently and it was still very hot. (This preparation, sweet rice, should not be taken hot. The cooler the sweet rice, the better its taste.) So because the sweet rice had been prepared by the brāhmaṇa very recently, he wanted to touch it so that he could know whether it was fit for eating by the Lord. As soon as he touched the sweet rice pot with his finger, he immediately was burnt by the heat of the pot. In this way, his meditation broke. Now, when he looked at his finger, he saw that it was burnt, and he was wondering in astonishment how this could have happened. Because he was simply meditating on touching the hot sweet rice, he never thought that his finger would actually become burnt.
While he was thinking like this, in Vaikuṇṭha Lord Nārāyaṇa, seated with the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, began to smile humorously. On seeing this smiling of the Lord, all the goddesses of fortune attending the Lord became very curious and asked Lord Nārāyaṇa why He was smiling. The Lord, however, did not reply to their inquisitiveness, but instead immediately sent for the brāhmaṇa. An airplane sent from Vaikuṇṭha immediately brought the brāhmaṇa into Lord Nārāyaṇa’s presence. When the brāhmaṇa was thus present before the Lord and the goddesses of fortune, the Lord explained the whole story. The brāhmaṇa was then fortunate enough to get an eternal place in Vaikuṇṭha in the association of the Lord and His Lakṣmīs. This shows how the Lord is all-pervading, in spite of His being locally situated in His abode. Although the Lord was present in Vaikuṇṭha, He was present also in the heart of the brāhmaṇa when he was meditating on the worshiping process. Thus, we can understand that things offered by the devotees even in meditation are accepted by the Lord, and they help one achieve the desired result.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
There is a story related in the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa. There once lived a brāhmaṇa in the city of Pratiṣṭhāna. Though he was poor, he was peaceful, considering that he was reaping his karma. Being of sincere mind, one time he heard about Vaiṣṇava practices in an assembly of brāhmaṇas. Hearing that these processes could bring perfection just by engaging the mind, the impoverished man began to practice this. Finishing his daily rituals after
taking bath in the Godāvarī, becoming peaceful in mind, he would sit down in a solitary place and perform the preliminaries of worship such as prāṇāyāma. Becoming steady in mind, he would mentally establish the deity form of his dear Lord. Mentally putting on a fine cloth, he would offer the Lord his respects, pull up his cloth and begin cleaning the Lord’s temple. Offering respects again, he would then bring water in gold and silver pots from all the tīrthas headed by the Gaṅgā, and gather various materials for serving the Lord. After bathing the Lord, he would perform ārātrika and offer items befitting a king to the deity in his mind. After completing that worship, he would experience great happiness, which would last the whole day. After practicing for some time in this way, he once prepared in his mind some milk rice sprinkled with ghee and put it in a gold pot for the Lord to eat. In doing this, his two thumbs happened to enter into the preparation that was bubbling from the heat. Realizing what had happened, he exclaimed, “How unfortunate! This offering has been spoiled!” With sorrow, he rejected the offering. His samādhi then broke, and he felt great pain because of his burned thumbs. Understanding this, the Lord seated in Vaikuṇṭha laughed. Lakṣmī and others asked Him the cause of His laughter. Then the Lord brought him in an airplane to His side and showed Lakṣmī his burnt thumbs. He then fixed the brāhmaṇa permanently by His side because of his qualifications.
dāsyaṁ karmārpaṇaṁ tasya kaiṅkaryam api sarvathā ||183||
[daasyam karmaarpanam tasya kainkaryam api sarvathaa ||183||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
47. atha dāsyam—
dāsyaṁ karmārpaṇaṁ tasya kaiṅkaryam api sarvathā ||183||
Acting as a servant (verse 87): Dāsyam is defined as offering the results of prescribed duties and acting as a menial servant of the Lord. [Note: This dāsya is distinct from the dāsya-sthāyi-bhāva and dāsya-rasa that appear after sādhana-bhakti, though related.]
Purport
NoD 11: Aspects of Transcendental Service
Servitorship
In the opinion of the karmīs (fruitive workers), offering the results of karma is called servitorship. But according to Vaiṣṇava ācāryas like Rūpa Gosvāmī, servitorship means constant engagement in some kind of service to the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Offering the results of prescribed varṇāśrama actions (karmārpaṇam) is considered by some to be dāsyam. However, Rūpa Gosvāmī’s opinion is that only kaiṅkaryam, acting as the menial servant of the Lord is considered dāsyam. One should identify oneself as the servant of the Lord. It is said in Itihāsa-samucchaya:
janmāntara-sahasreṣu yasya syād buddhir īdṛśī |
dāso ’haṁ vāsudevasya sarvān lokān sa uddharet ||
One who has the attitude of being the servant of Vāsudeva for thousands of births can deliver all people.
Śrīdāma Vipra also states it in the Bhāgavatam:
tasyaiva me sauhṛda-sakhya-maitrī-dāsyaṁ punar-janmani syād
Life after life may I have love, friendship, sympathy and service (dāsyam). SB 10.81.36
The dāsyam mentioned by Śrīdāma means “being in the position of a servant” according to Śrīdhara Svāmī. This service as kaiṅkaryam means to perform actions of service with respect for the authority of the Lord. There is no real difference between this dāsya and paricaryā (service, another aṅga) in its pure form.
bhaved bhāgavato dharmas tat-karma kim utārpitam ||184||
[bhaved bhaagavato dharmas tat-karma kim utaarpitam ||184||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra ādyaṁ yathā skānde—
tasmin samarpitaṁ karma svābhāvikam apīśvare |
bhaved bhāgavato dharmas tat-karma kim utārpitam ||184||
The first type (offering prescribed duties) is described in the Skanda Purāṇa: Prescribed duties, according to one’s nature, offered to that Lord become bhāgavata-dharma. What to speak then of actions of bhakti dedicated to the Lord alone?
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa it is said that those who are attached to ritualistic activities, the four orders of social life and the four orders of spiritual life, are considered devotees. But when devotees are actually engaged in offering service to the Lord directly, these must be bhāgavatas, or pure devotees.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Even varnāśrama actions (karma-svābhāvikam) offered to that Lord (tasmin īśvare) become bhāgavata-dharma. What to speak then of actions for the Lord (tat-karma) such as hearing and chanting?
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This is an example of offering prescribed actions being a type of dāsya.
There are two categories of this varṇāśrama-dāsyam offered by the Vaiṣṇavas to Kṛṣṇa: offering the auspicious among the prescribed actions according to one’s nature and offering only actions such as japa, meditation and deity worship.
Purport
Those who are engaged in fruitive activities, or prescribed duties according to the four orders of social and spiritual life, are not actually pure devotees. But still, because they are offering the result to the Lord, they are accepted as devotees. When one has no such desire, but acts spontaneously out of love of God, such a person must be accepted as a pure devotee. The conditioned souls who have come into contact with the material world are all more or less desirous of lording it over material nature. The system of varṇāśrama and the prescribed duties under this system are so designed that the conditioned soul may enjoy in the material world according to his desire for sense gratification and at the same time gradually become elevated to spiritual understanding. Under these prescribed duties of varṇa and āśrama there are many activities which belong to devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Those devotees who are householders accept Vedic ritualistic performances as well as the prescribed duties of devotional service, because both are meant for satisfying Kṛṣṇa. When householder devotees perform some Vedic ritualistic duties, they do so to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. As we have previously discussed, any activity aiming at satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead is considered devotional service.
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī describes one who is fit for becoming engaged in devotional service. He says that persons who are neophytes and who have developed a little love of Godhead are not interested in the activities of sense gratification, in proportion to their devotion. But if there is still some attraction for sense gratifying activities, then the result of such activities should be offered to Kṛṣṇa. This is also called engagement in the service of the Lord, with the Lord as the master and the worker as the servant.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
There are two types of offering obligatory actions in varṇāśrama. Svābhāvikam here means those impressions attained from previous lives which give one a particular identity in the varṇāśrama system. Among those actions prescribed by that identity, only those that are auspicious are offered to the Lord, and not others (such as cleaning oneself with earth after passing nature). As well, japa and other spiritual actions (which are part of varṇāśrama activities) are offered. If the Vaiṣṇava offers these two types of actions to Kṛṣṇa, they are called dāsyam.
Some persons say that this offering of duties by a person with weak faith in bhakti and a slight qualification for prescribed duties is called dāsya.
Purport
Those who are engaged in fruitive activities, or prescribed duties according to the four orders of social and spiritual life, are not actually pure devotees. But still, because they are offering the result to the Lord, they are accepted as devotees. When one has no such desire, but acts spontaneously out of love of God, such a person must be accepted as a pure devotee. The conditioned souls who have come into contact with the material world are all more or less desirous of lording it over material nature. The system of varṇāśrama and the prescribed duties under this system are so designed that the conditioned soul may enjoy in the material world according to his desire for sense gratification and at the same time gradually become elevated to spiritual understanding. Under these prescribed duties of varṇa and āśrama there are many activities which belong to devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Those devotees who are householders accept Vedic ritualistic performances as well as the prescribed duties of devotional service, because both are meant for satisfying Kṛṣṇa. When householder devotees perform some Vedic ritualistic duties, they do so to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. As we have previously discussed, any activity aiming at satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead is considered devotional service.
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī describes one who is fit for becoming engaged in devotional service. He says that persons who are neophytes and who have developed a little love of Godhead are not interested in the activities of sense gratification, in proportion to their devotion. But if there is still some attraction for sense gratifying activities, then the result of such activities should be offered to Kṛṣṇa. This is also called engagement in the service of the Lord, with the Lord as the master and the worker as the servant.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
…Since it has already been stated that pure bhakti should not be covered by jñāna or karma, this type of dāsya cannot be accepted in uttama-bhakti. This type of person has weak faith. That means the person lacks firm faith that by bhakti to the Lord alone everything is accomplished.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Actually, japa and meditation are considered aṅgas of pure bhakti even without offering them (after performance). However, offering the auspicious items among the prescribed duties are not aṅgas of bhakti. Therefore, the author does not approve the first type of offering mentioned in the previous verse. That is stated in this verse. Some people call this offering with weak faith dāsyam. This is a summary description of the first type of offering mentioned in verse 185. However, this is very different from the offerings of real dāsya mentioned in the following verse:
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam
arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā
kriyeta bhagavaty addhā tan manye ’dhītam uttamam
Hearing and chanting about the transcendental holy name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and pastimes of Lord Viṣṇu; remembering them; serving the lotus feet of the Lord; offering the Lord respectful worship with sixteen types of paraphernalia; offering prayers to the Lord; becoming His servant; considering the Lord as one’s best friend; and surrendering everything unto Him (in other words, serving Him with the body, mind and words) — these nine processes offered to the Lord by a person are accepted as pure devotional service. One who has dedicated his life to the service of Kṛṣṇa through these nine methods should be understood to be the most learned person, for he has acquired complete knowledge. SB 7.5.23-24
nikhilāsv apy avasthāsu jīvan-muktaḥ sa ucyate ||187||
[nikhilaasv apy avasthaasu jeevan-muktah sa uchyate ||187||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dvitiyaṁ, yathā nāradīye—
īhā yasya harer dāsye karmaṇā manasā girā |
nikhilāsv apy avasthāsu jīvan-muktaḥ sa ucyate ||187||
The second type of dāsyam is illustrated in the Nāradīya Purāṇa: He who has the desire to serve the Lord with actions, mind and words in this world is called a liberated jīva in all circumstances.
Purport
In the Nāradīya Purāṇa there is a statement of how this servitorship is transcendental. It is said there that a person who is constantly engaged in devotional service by his body, mind and words, or even a person who is not practically engaged but is simply desiring to be so, is considered to be liberated.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The author indicates his own opinion with a glorification of this type of dāsyam. Īhā dāsye here means “having the desire for servitude” One should have the desire “I am Your servant.”
viśvāso mitra-vṛttiś ca sakhyaṁ dvividham īritam ||188||
[vishvaaso mitra-vrittish cha sakhyam dvividham eeritam ||188||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
48. atha sakhyam—
viśvāso mitra-vṛttiś ca sakhyaṁ dvividham īritam ||188||
Friendship (verse 87): There are two types of sakhyam: trust and being friendly.
Purport
Devotional Service in Friendship
Devotional service in friendship can be divided into two categories: the first is to act as the confidential servant of the Lord, and the other is to act as the well-wisher of the Lord. The devotee who has confidence in devotional service to the Lord systematically follows the rules and regulations, with the faith that he will achieve the platform of transcendental life. The second type of devotional friendship is to become a well-wisher of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In Bhagavad-gītā it is said that the Lord accepts a preacher as the most dear servant. Anyone who is preaching the confidential message of the Gītā to the people in general is so dear to Kṛṣṇa that no one can be equal to him in human society.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The first type is the opinion of others, and the second is the opinion of the author. Mitra here means friendship in general (rather than the sakhya-sthāyi-bhāva that appears only in bhāva and prema). Such a tendency is described in the Bhāgavatam:
aho bhāgyam aho bhāgyaṁ nanda-gopa-vrajaukasām
yan-mitraṁ paramānandaṁ pūrṇaṁ brahma sanātanam
How greatly fortunate are Nanda Mahārāja, the cowherd men and all the other inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi! There is no limit to their good fortune, because the Absolute Truth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal Supreme Brahman, has become their friend (mitra). SB 10.14.32
To identify with such a position of friendship is called sakhyam.
The first type, trust, is described in Mahābhārata: O Govinda, remembering again and again Your promise that Your devotee will never perish, I maintain my life.
Purport
In the Mahābhārata, Draupadī says, “My dear Govinda, Your promise is that Your devotee can never be vanquished. I believe in that statement, and therefore in all kinds of tribulations I simply remember Your promise, and thus I live.” The purport is that Draupadī and her five husbands, the Pāṇḍavas, were put into severe tribulations by their cousin-brother Duryodhana, as well as by others. The tribulations were so severe that even Bhīṣmadeva, who was both a lifelong brahmacārī and a great warrior, would sometimes shed tears thinking of them. He was always surprised that although the Pāṇḍavas were so righteous and Draupadī was practically the goddess of fortune, and although Kṛṣṇa was their friend, still they had to undergo such severe tribulations. Though their tribulations were not ordinary, Draupadī was not discouraged. She knew that because Kṛṣṇa was their friend, ultimately they would be saved.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This is the statement of Draupadī. It will be shown later that since she is an associate of the Lord on the level of high prema, the statement is the result of elevated prema, not sādhana. Still, it may be used as an example of sādhana since even those on the level of highest prema will sometimes act on the level of sādhana. The next verse (verse 190), which is taken from the section of Bhāgavatam describing the uttama devotees (who are beyond sādhana), should also be understood in a similar way. Later, this section in the Bhāgavatam concludes with the words praṇaya-rasanayā dhṛtāṅghri-padma: one who has thus captured the Supreme Lord within his heart is to be known as bhāgavata-pradhāna, the most exalted devotee of the Lord. [Note: Here praṇaya is mentioned, which indicates that the uttamādhikārī is at the high level of prema, not sādhana. Nevertheless, verse 190 quotes this as an example of viśvāsa in sādhana-bhakti, for the same reason explained in the present commentary.] (SB 11.2.55)
[lava-nimishaardham api yah sa vaishnavaagryah ||190||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā ekādaśe (11.2.53) ca—
tri-bhuvana-vibhava-hetave’py akuṇṭha-
smṛtir ajitātma-surādibhir vimṛgyāt |
na calati bhagavat-padāravindāl
lava-nimiṣārdham api yaḥ sa vaiṣṇavāgryaḥ ||190||
Trust in the Lord is also illustrated in the Eleventh Canto: The lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are sought even by the greatest of demigods, such as Brahmā and Śiva, who have all accepted the Supreme Personality of Godhead as their life and soul. A pure devotee of the Lord can never forget those lotus feet in any circumstance. He will not give up his shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord even for a single moment — indeed, not even for half a moment — even in exchange for the benediction of ruling the entire universe or taking the post of a devatā. Such a devotee of the Lord is to be considered the best of the Vaiṣṇavas. SB 11.2.53
Purport
A similar statement is there in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Second Chapter, verse 53, where Havis, the son of King Ṛṣabha, addresses Mahārāja Nimi: “My dear King, a person who never deviates even for a moment from engagement in service at the lotus feet of the Supreme Person (engagement which is sought even by great demigods like Indra), with firm conviction that there is nothing more worshipable or desirable than this, is called the first-class devotee.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The statement of the siddha devotee Draupadī is not that of sādhana-bhakti and the statement of this verse, an expression of a siddha-bhakta on the uttama-bhakti level, is also not sādhana-bhakti. The siddha-bhaktas also partake of the aṅgas of sakhya and ātma-nivedana. These aṅgas are not exclusive to sādhana-bhakti. It will be said:
duṣkaratvena virale dve sakhyātma-nivedane |
keṣāṁcid eva dhīrāṇāṁ labhate sādhanārhatām ||
Friendship and offering the self and body are rare because of the difficulty in performance in sādhana. However, some wise men have considered that these two qualify as part of sādhana. BRS 1.2.198
Thus, it should be understood that only some rare persons performing sādhana who are almost siddhas are qualified for these aṅgas, and not all sādhakas. Tribhuvana-vibhava-hetave akuṇṭha-smṛti means that the devotee is not disturbed in his remembrance of the Lord even after hearing, “Give up remembering the Lord for a second, and I will give you the dominion of the three worlds.” Therefore, this best of the Vaiṣṇavas does not waver from the lotus feet of the Lord, which are sought but not attained by the devatās who cannot control their senses (ajitāmā).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Tri-bhuvana-vibhava-hetave (domination of the three worlds and causes of that domination) is used instead of tri-bhuvana-vibhavāya (domination of the three worlds) for emphasis. The meaning is “the devotee does not deviate from his remembrance of the Lord for the domination in the three worlds and even for the posts of those who bestow such powers.” The singular form is used (instead of tribhuvana-vibhava-hetubhyām) according to the rule that dvandva compound with a collective meaning can alternatively be used in the singular case.
[angatvam asya vishvaasa-visheshasya tu keshave ||191||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śraddhā-mātrasya tad-bhaktāv adhikāritva-hetutā |
aṅgatvam asya viśvāsa-viśeṣasya tu keśave ||191||
The cause of qualification for bhakti is śraddhā alone. The particular element viśvāsa to Keśava may be considered an aṅga of that.
Purport
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī says that a neophyte devotee who has simply developed a slight love of Godhead is certainly a prospective candidate for devotional service. When he becomes firmly fixed in such devotional service, that assured status becomes a confidential part of his devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Though the terms śraddhā and viśvāsa are synonyms, since there is an abundant use of the words in a different context — śraddhā referring to the first stage and viśvāsa to a later stage — they are used with separate meanings here. The word mātra, indicating exclusiveness, is used with śraddhā to acknowledge it as the best and necessary means for producing results in bhakti as a whole. The word viśeṣa, meaning “particular” or “excellent” is used with viśvāsa, to acknowledge viśvāsa as the practice for bringing about a particular result of śraddhā and also being the topmost result of śraddhā. Because śraddhā and viśvāsa have been mentioned in this verse, the two previous quotations (verses 189-190) illustrate śraddhā and viśvāsa in that order.
[paricharyaa paraah kechit praasaadeshu cha sherate |]
manuṣyam iva taṁ draṣṭuṁ vyāvahartuṁ ca bandhuvat ||192||
[manushyam iva tam drashtum vyaavahartum cha bandhuvat ||192||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dvitīyaṁ, yathā agastya-saṁhitāyām—
paricaryā parāḥ kecit prāsādeṣu ca śerate |
manuṣyam iva taṁ draṣṭuṁ vyāvahartuṁ ca bandhuvat ||192||
The second type of friendship is illustrated in the Agastya-saṁhitā: A person who is dedicated to serving the Lord, and out of friendship sees and treats Him as a human, lies down in the Lord’s temple.
Purport
Sometimes it is found that a pure devotee lies down in the temple of the Lord in order to serve Him as a confidential friend.
The last example should be classed as rāgānuga-sādhana, because of disregard for vaidhi-sādhana. However, attraction for feelings of friendship is cultivated in both rāgānuga-sādhana and vaidhi-sādhana.
Purport
Such friendly behavior of a devotee may be accepted as rāgānugā, or spontaneous. Although, according to regulative principles, no one can lie down in the temple of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, this spontaneous love of Godhead may be grouped under devotional service in friendship.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The sakhya in the form of friendliness (mitra) should be classed as rāgānuga. Though all the previous aṅgas can also be performed as rāgānuga by disregarding the emphasis on rules, it should be understood that the mitra aspect of sakhya reveals mainly the path of rāga. However, on both paths, vaidhi and rāgānuga, feelings of friendliness arising as part of sādhana can produce sakhya-rati.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Even though verse 192 is certainly classed as an aṅga of rāgānuga, which will be discussed later, the verse is quoted to show that there are examples of sakhya within vaidhi-bhakti, which follow after the mood of rāgānuga (predominantly vaidhi-bhakti, with a tinge of informality). [Note: This could be represented by a person who starts out practicing vaidhi-bhakti for Vraja Kṛṣṇa, and by association gradually incorporates to some degree rāgānuga-sādhana in his worship of Vraja Kṛṣṇa. Probably he would advance to pure rāgānuga later. Others may incorporate sakhya for Kṛṣṇa in Dvārakā in their worship, similar to Arjuna’s relationship, but it would not be classed as rāgānuga, since rāgānuga by definition refers only to worship of Vraja Kṛṣṇa.] Sakhya-rati here means attraction for the mood of friendship (rather than the sakhya-rati in relation to Kṛṣṇa developed from rāgānuga-bhakti.)
Offering the self (verse 87), illustrated in the Eleventh Canto: A person who gives up all prescribed activities and offers himself entirely unto Me, becomes the object of My special desires. He achieves liberation from birth and death and is promoted to the status of sharing My own opulences. SB 11.29.34
Purport
Surrendering Everything to the Lord
Regarding complete self-surrender, there is a nice description in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Twenty-ninth Chapter, verse 34, where the Lord says, “A person who has completely surrendered unto Me and has completely given up all other activities is protected by Me personally, both in this life and in the next. In other words, I wish to help him become more and more advanced in spiritual life. Such a person is to be understood as having already achieved sārṣṭi [having equal opulences with the Supreme].” It is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā that as soon as a person surrenders unto the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa takes charge of him and gives him a guarantee of protection from all sinful reactions. He also instructs from within, so that the devotee may very quickly make advancement toward spiritual perfection.
This self-surrender is called ātma-nivedana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Because he has offered his body to the Lord, he gives up all activities for pleasure in this life and the next, which nourish his body and things related to that body. The Lord then thinks “I desire to make him special. He then attains freedom from death (amṛtatvam) and attains similarity to Me (ātmabhūyāya).” This means that he attains liberation in the form of attaining his svarūpa and sārṣṭi (powers) like those of the Lord’s. [Note: This is not an exclusive statement indicating that all who practice ātma-nivedana achieve only sārṣṭi and sārūpya and not dāsya. A person who practices ātma-nivedana with pure bhakti will attain bhāva and prema with rasa.]
The learned say that ātmā (mentioned in verse 194) has two meanings: some say ātmā refers to the soul having the identity of “I”, while others say that ātmā refers to the body, since it belongs to the soul.
Purport
According to different authorities, self is differently defined. Self is sometimes considered to refer to the spirit self, or soul, and self is sometimes considered to refer to the mind or to the body. Full self-surrender, therefore, means not only surrendering one’s self as spirit soul, but also surrendering one’s mind and body to the service of the Lord. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has sung a nice song in this connection. While offering himself as a fully surrendered soul, he said, “My mind, my household affairs, my body, whatever is in my possession, my dear Lord, I offer to You for Your service. Now You can do with them as You like. You are the supreme possessor of everything, so if You like You can kill me, or if You like You can give me protection. All authority belongs to You. I have nothing to claim as my own.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Ahantāṣpadaṁ dehī (the possessor the body with a sense of “I”) means the jīva.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Dehaḥ kaiścit (others say it means the body) means “This is an alternative meaning.”
Offering the soul is illustrated in a stotra of Yāmunācārya: Whoever I may be, either a soul inhabiting the body and other material elements, or a deva or a human body made of the guṇas, today I offer that ”I” to Your lotus feet.
Purport
Śrī Yāmunācārya, in his prayers to the Lord, has expressed a similar idea in the following words: “My dear Lord, I may be living within some body as a human being or as a demigod, but whatever mode of life, I do not mind, because these bodies are simply by-products of the three modes of material nature, and I, who am in possession of these bodies, am surrendering myself unto You.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
By the word vā the first phrase (vapur ādiṣu yo ’pi ko ’pi) indicates his svarūpa whereas the second phrase indicates the material forms of deva and human (yathā tathā-vidhaḥ). Asāni is the imperative first person of as (to be) — “may I be.” This indicates freely following one’s desires. From grammatical analysis, tad ayam should actually be asau ayam. This phrase, meaning “that and this,” connected with aham indicates the “I” who is the soul and the “I” who is the body. This may be more commonly expressed as so’ ham.
cintāṁ kuryān na rakṣāyai vikrītasya yathā paśoḥ |
[chintaam kuryaan na rakshaayai vikreetasya yathaa pashoh |]
tathārpayan harau dehaṁ viramed asya rakṣanāt ||197||
[tathaarpayan harau deham viramed asya rakshanaat ||197||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
deho, yathā bhakti-viveke—
cintāṁ kuryān na rakṣāyai vikrītasya yathā paśoḥ |
tathārpayan harau dehaṁ viramed asya rakṣanāt ||197||
Offering the body as ātmā is illustrated in Bhakti-viveka: Just as one does not worry about an animal that has been sold, one should offer this body to the Lord and be disinterested in its maintenance.
Purport
In the Hari-bhakti-viveka, there is a statement regarding how one can offer his body in self-surrender. There the devotee says, “My dear Lord, as a sold animal has no need to think about his maintenance and sustenance, so, because I have given up my body and soul unto You, I am no longer concerned with my maintenance and sustenance.” In other words, one should not bother about his personal or family maintenance or sustenance. If one is actually surrendered in body and soul, he should always remember that his only concern is to be engaged in the service of the Lord.
keṣāṁcid eva dhīrāṇāṁ labhate sādhanārhatām ||198||
[keshaamchid eva dheeraanaam labhate saadhanaarhataam ||198||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
duṣkaratvena virale dve sakhyātma-nivedane |
keṣāṁcid eva dhīrāṇāṁ labhate sādhanārhatām ||198||
Friendship and offering the self and body are rare because of the difficulty of execution during the state of sādhana. However, some wise men have considered that these two qualify as part of sādhana.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī says that devotional service in friendship and devotional service in self-surrender are two difficult processes. Therefore such relationships with the Lord can very rarely be seen. Only for the advanced devotees are these two processes easily executed. The purport is that it is very rare to see surrender which is mixed with sincere ecstatic devotion. One must give himself completely to the will of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Ātma-nivedanam in its pure form is rare because of the difficulty in execution, not because of having an elevated status, since it may be executed even without bhāva. Sakhya is rare because of the difficulty in execution and its extremely elevated status, since sakhya in its pure form possesses the most elevated bhāva. However, if ātma-nivedanam becomes mixed with emotional relationships, it will become rare because of its elevated status as well. Pure ātma-nivedanam is seen in Bali Mahārāja when he gave himself to the Lord. Śaraṇāpatti is acceptance of the Lord as one’s protector (as the predominant factor) but ātma-nivedanam is making oneself the possession of the Lord. That is the distinction between the two.
Ātma-nivedanam mixed with the emotions of dāsya is seen in Ambarīṣa. This is stated in Bhāgavatam starting with sa vai manaḥ kṛṣṇa-padāravindayoḥ and ending with kāmaṁ ca dāsye na tu kāma-kāmyayā. (SB 9.4.18-20) This mixed ātma-nivedana is also stated later in the Eleventh Canto with dāsyenātma-nivedanam: one should give oneself to Me as a servant. (SB 11.11.35) The bhāva of a dear lover mixed with ātma-nivedanam is seen in Rukmiṇī:
tan me bhavān khalu vṛtaḥ patir aṅgajāyām ātmārpitaś ca bhavato ’tra vibho vidhehi
Therefore, my dear Lord, I have chosen You as my husband, and I surrender myself to You (ātmārpitaḥ). Please come swiftly, O almighty one, and make me Your wife. SB 10.52.39
In addition, it should be understood that sakhya and other rasas could also mix with ātma-nivedana.
tat tan nivedayen mahyaṁ tad ānantyāya kalpate ||199||
Offering articles dear to oneself (verse 88), illustrated in Eleventh Canto: Whatever is most desired by one within this material world, and whatever is most dear to oneself (and also dear to Me) — one should offer that very thing to Me. Such an offering qualifies one for eternal life. SB 11.11.41
Purport
Offering a Favorite Article
In the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Eleventh Chapter, verse 41, Lord Kṛṣṇa tells Uddhava, “My dear friend, if someone offers Me the best thing in his possession, or anything which is very pleasing to him, he will be eternally benefited.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The particle ca indicates that one should also offer what is dear to the Lord.
Making full efforts for the Lord (verse 88), illustrated in the Pañcarātra: O sage! Among all the Vedic and routine actions that are performed, the person desiring bhakti should perform those which are favorable for service to the Lord.
Purport
Performing All Endeavors for Kṛṣṇa
In the Nārada Pañcarātra there is a statement of how one can act in all spheres of life for the satisfaction of the Lord. It is stated there that a person who is actually in devotional service must be engaged in all kinds of activities—those prescribed in the revealed scriptures and also those which are accepted for livelihood. In other words, not only should a devotee engage himself in the prescribed duties of devotional service which are mentioned in the revealed scriptures, but he should also perform the duties of his practical life in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. For example, a devotee who has a great establishment or factory may offer the fruits of such a material possession for the service of the Lord.
Accepting the Lord’s protection (śaraṇāpatti, verse 88), illustrated from Hari-bhakti-vilāsa: He who, while saying “I am Yours,” accepts the protection of the Lord, feels bliss. Hari bhakti vilāsa 11.677
Purport
Being a Surrendered Soul
In the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa there is the following statement about self-surrender: “My dear Lord, a person who has surrendered himself unto You, who is in firm conviction that he is Yours, and who actually acts in that way by his body, mind and words, can actually relish transcendental bliss.”
Also, it is said in the Narasiṁha Purāṇa: I deliver from suffering that person who takes shelter of Me saying, “Lord of lords, exciter of all beings, I have taken You as my protector.”
Purport
In the Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva says, “Anyone who prays unto Me and takes shelter of Me becomes My ward, and I protect him always from all sorts of calamities.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Śaraṇaṁ prapanno ’smi here means, “I accept You as my protector.” Śaraṇam prāptaḥ means, “Having attained the Lord as shelter.” Thus, śaraṇam has these two meanings: protection and shelter.
Service to things related to the Lord (verse 88), service to tulasī (verse 89), from Skanda Purāṇa: Seeing tulasī destroys all sins. Touching her purifies the body. Bowing to her destroys all sufferings. Sprinkling her with water delivers one from death. Planting her bestows attachment of the mind to Lord Kṛṣṇa. Offering her to Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet bestows special liberation in the form of prema. I offer my respects to tulasī.
Purport
Serving Trees Such as the Tulasī
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is a statement praising the tulasī tree as follows: “Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the tulasī tree, which can immediately vanquish volumes of sinful activities. Simply by seeing or touching this tree one can become relieved from all distresses and diseases. Simply by offering obeisances to and pouring water on the tulasī tree, one can become freed from the fear of being sent to the court of Yamarāja [the King of death, who punishes the sinful]. If someone sows a tulasī tree somewhere, certainly he becomes devoted to Lord Kṛṣṇa. And when the tulasī leaves are offered in devotion at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, there is the full development of love of Godhead.”
In India all Hindus, even those not belonging to the Vaiṣṇava group, take special care of the tulasī tree. Even in great cities where it is very difficult to keep a tulasī tree, people are to be found very carefully keeping this plant. They water it and offer obeisances to it, because worship of the tulasī tree is very important in devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Vapuḥ-pāvanī (purifying the body) means purifying a person of his bad birth or other karmas. Rogāṇām (destroying all sickness) indicates destroying all types of suffering. Pratyāsatti means attachment of the mind. Vimukti, special liberation, means prema-bhakti.
[navadhaa tulaseem deveem ye bhajanti dine dine |]
yuga-koṭi-sahasrāṇi te vasanti harer gṛhe ||205||
[yuga-koti-sahasraani te vasanti harer grihe ||205||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā ca tatraiva—
dṛṣtā spṛṣṭā tathā dhyātā kīrtitā namitā stutā |
ropitā sevitā nityaṁ pūjitā tulasī śubhā ||204||
navadhā tulasīṁ devīṁ ye bhajanti dine dine |
yuga-koṭi-sahasrāṇi te vasanti harer gṛhe ||205||
Also from the Skanda Purāṇa: Those who worship auspicious tulasī daily by nine processes — namely, seeing, touching, meditating, glorifying, offering obeisances, praising, planting, serving, and worshipping her — live in the Lord’s house for ten billion yugas.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is another statement about tulasī, as follows: “Tulasī is auspicious in all respects. Simply by seeing, simply by touching, simply by remembering, simply by praying to, simply by bowing before, simply by hearing about or simply by sowing this tree, there is always auspiciousness. Anyone who comes in touch with the tulasī tree in the above-mentioned ways lives eternally in the Vaikuṇṭha world.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Ropitā comes from the root ruh whose meaning (dhātvartha) is sprouting seeds (planting) and making them visible (growing). The causative form is ropayati and the participle is ropita. Thus, the meaning is that every day one should handle the tulasī in such a way that there will be leaves and buds available every day, not that one should plant them every day.
[navadhaa tulaseem deveem ye bhajanti dine dine |]
yuga-koṭi-sahasrāṇi te vasanti harer gṛhe ||205||
[yuga-koti-sahasraani te vasanti harer grihe ||205||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā ca tatraiva—
dṛṣtā spṛṣṭā tathā dhyātā kīrtitā namitā stutā |
ropitā sevitā nityaṁ pūjitā tulasī śubhā ||204||
navadhā tulasīṁ devīṁ ye bhajanti dine dine |
yuga-koṭi-sahasrāṇi te vasanti harer gṛhe ||205||
Also from the Skanda Purāṇa: Those who worship auspicious tulasī daily by nine processes — namely, seeing, touching, meditating, glorifying, offering obeisances, praising, planting, serving, and worshipping her — live in the Lord’s house for ten billion yugas.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is another statement about tulasī, as follows: “Tulasī is auspicious in all respects. Simply by seeing, simply by touching, simply by remembering, simply by praying to, simply by bowing before, simply by hearing about or simply by sowing this tree, there is always auspiciousness. Anyone who comes in touch with the tulasī tree in the above-mentioned ways lives eternally in the Vaikuṇṭha world.”
śāstram atra samākhyātaṁ yad bhakti-pratipādakam ||206||
[shaastram atra samaakhyaatam yad bhakti-pratipaadakam ||206||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
54. atha śāstrasya—
śāstram atra samākhyātaṁ yad bhakti-pratipādakam ||206||
Service to the scriptures (verse 89): Scripture here refers to those scriptures which present bhakti.
Purport
NoD 12: Further Aspects of Transcendental Service
Hearing the Revealed Scriptures
According to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, any book which gives enlightenment in the matter of advancing in devotional service is considered to be revealed scripture. Śrīla Madhvācārya has also defined revealed scriptures as referring to books such as the Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata, Purāṇas, Upaniṣads, Vedānta—and any other literature written in pursuance of such revealed scriptures.
From Skanda Purāṇa: O Nārada, fortunate are those people in this world who hear and read the Vaiṣṇava scriptures. Kṛṣṇa is pleased with them. Those who worship the Vaiṣṇava scriptures in their houses become free of all sins and are praised by the devatās. The Supreme Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself lives in the house where the written Vaiṣṇava scriptures have appeared.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is this statement: “A person who is constantly engaged in reading literature enunciating the cultivation of Vaiṣṇava devotional service is always glorious in human society, and certainly Lord Kṛṣṇa becomes pleased with him. A person who very carefully keeps such literature at home and offers respectful obeisances to it becomes freed from all sinful reactions and ultimately becomes worshipable by the demigods.”
It is also said to Nārada Muni, “My dear Nārada, a person who writes Vaiṣṇava literature and keeps such literature at home has Lord Nārāyaṇa always residing in his house.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Tiṣṭhate, in the ātmanepada, means to express or manifest oneself. [Note: Pāṇini 1.3.23] Thus the meaning is, “Nārāyaṇa lives in the house where the written Vaiṣṇava scriptures have spontaneously appeared.”
From Skanda Purāṇa: O Nārada, fortunate are those people in this world who hear and read the Vaiṣṇava scriptures. Kṛṣṇa is pleased with them. Those who worship the Vaiṣṇava scriptures in their houses become free of all sins and are praised by the devatās. The Supreme Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself lives in the house where the written Vaiṣṇava scriptures have appeared.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is this statement: “A person who is constantly engaged in reading literature enunciating the cultivation of Vaiṣṇava devotional service is always glorious in human society, and certainly Lord Kṛṣṇa becomes pleased with him. A person who very carefully keeps such literature at home and offers respectful obeisances to it becomes freed from all sinful reactions and ultimately becomes worshipable by the demigods.”
It is also said to Nārada Muni, “My dear Nārada, a person who writes Vaiṣṇava literature and keeps such literature at home has Lord Nārāyaṇa always residing in his house.”
From Skanda Purāṇa: O Nārada, fortunate are those people in this world who hear and read the Vaiṣṇava scriptures. Kṛṣṇa is pleased with them. Those who worship the Vaiṣṇava scriptures in their houses become free of all sins and are praised by the devatās. The Supreme Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself lives in the house where the written Vaiṣṇava scriptures have appeared.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is this statement: “A person who is constantly engaged in reading literature enunciating the cultivation of Vaiṣṇava devotional service is always glorious in human society, and certainly Lord Kṛṣṇa becomes pleased with him. A person who very carefully keeps such literature at home and offers respectful obeisances to it becomes freed from all sinful reactions and ultimately becomes worshipable by the demigods.”
It is also said to Nārada Muni, “My dear Nārada, a person who writes Vaiṣṇava literature and keeps such literature at home has Lord Nārāyaṇa always residing in his house.”
Also in the Twelfth Canto, service to the scriptures is illustrated: Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is declared as the essence of all Vedānta philosophy. One who has felt satisfaction from its nectarean mellow will never be attracted to any other literature. SB 12.13.15
Purport
In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Twelfth Canto, Thirteenth Chapter, verse 15, it is stated, “Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the essence of all Vedānta philosophy. Any person who has become attached in some way or other to the reading of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam cannot have any taste for reading any other literature. In other words, a person who has relished the transcendental bliss of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam cannot be satisfied with mundane writings.”
[mathuraam cha parityajya yo ’nyatra kurute ratim |]
mūḍho bhramati saṁsāre mohitā mama māyayā ||211||
[moodho bhramati samsaare mohitaa mama maayayaa ||211||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
55. atha mathurāyāḥ, yathā ādi-vārāhe—
mathurāṁ ca parityajya yo ’nyatra kurute ratim |
mūḍho bhramati saṁsāre mohitā mama māyayā ||211||
Serving Mathurā and other holy places (verse 89), illustrated in the Varāha Purāṇa: The fool who gives up Mathurā and develops attraction for some other place wanders in the material world birth after birth, bewildered by My māyā.
Purport
Residing in Mathurā
In the Varāha Purāṇa there is a statement praising the residential quarters of Mathurā. Lord Varāha tells the men of earth, “Any person who becomes attracted to places other than Mathurā will certainly be captivated by the illusory energy.”
This is also illustrated in the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa: The bliss at the stage of prema, which is rarely obtained even by serving all the holy places in the three worlds, is available just by touching Mathurā
Purport
In the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa it is said that all the results of traveling on all the pilgrimages within the three worlds can be achieved simply by touching the holy land of Mathurā.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Parānanda-mayī (composed of the highest bliss) here indicates one of the symptoms of prema.
[shrutaa smritaa keertitaa cha vaanchitaa prekshitaa gataa |]
spṛṣṭā śritā sevitā ca mathurābhīṣṭa-dā nṛṇām |
[sprishtaa shritaa sevitaa cha mathuraabheeshta-daa nrinaam |]
iti khyātaṁ purāṇeṣu na vistāra-bhiyocyate ||213||
[iti khyaatam puraaneshu na vistaara-bhiyochyate ||213||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrutā smṛtā kīrtitā ca vāñchitā prekṣitā gatā |
spṛṣṭā śritā sevitā ca mathurābhīṣṭa-dā nṛṇām |
iti khyātaṁ purāṇeṣu na vistāra-bhiyocyate ||213||
Hearing about, remembering, glorifying, desiring, seeing, visiting, touching, taking shelter, and serving Mathurā fulfills all the desires of human beings. This has been described in all the Purāṇas. I have not elaborated this here for fear of increasing the volume of the book.
Purport
In many śāstras (scriptures) it is said that simply by hearing, remembering, glorifying, desiring, seeing or touching the land of Mathurā, one can achieve all desires.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The meaning of prekśitā (seen) is “to be seen from a distance, going close by, though not contacting directly.” Śritā means “accepting as one’s shelter.” Sevita means “being served with activities such as cleaning the place.” The items in this list fulfill the desires of all beings with successively increasing power. Thus, serving is the most powerful.
Service to Vaiṣṇavas (verse 89), from Padma Purāṇa (6.253.176): Of all types of worship, worship of Viṣṇu is supreme. O Devī, worship of His devotees, however, is even superior to that.
Purport
Rendering Service to Devotees
In the Padma Purāṇa, there is a nice statement praising the service of the Vaiṣṇavas, or devotees. In that scripture Lord Śiva tells Pārvatī, “My dear Pārvatī, there are different methods of worship, and out of all such methods the worship of the Supreme Person is considered to be the highest. But even higher than the worship of the Lord is the worship of the Lord’s devotees.”
In the Third Canto, it is said: By serving the devotee, one will develop a fixed manifestation of bhāva for the feet of the Personality of Godhead, possessed of an eternal form, the enemy of the Madhu demon. That bhāva vanquishes one’s material distresses. SB 3.7.19
Purport
A similar statement is in the Third Canto, Seventh Chapter, verse 19, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: “Let me become a sincere servant of the devotees, because by serving them one can achieve unalloyed devotional service unto the lotus feet of the Lord. The service of devotees diminishes all miserable material conditions and develops within one a deep devotional love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
According to the Amara-kośa, kūṭa-stha means, “That which is everlasting with one form.” By service to the devotee, there will be a fixed (tīvraḥ) manifestation (rāsaḥ) of rati (bhāva) for the feet of the killer of the Madhu demon.
gopī-candana-liptāṅgo dṛṣtaś cet tad-aghaṁ kutaḥ ||216||
[gopee-chandana-liptaango drishtash chet tad-agham kutah ||216||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
skānde ca—
śaṅkha-cakrāṅkita-tanuḥ śirasā mañjarī-dharaḥ |
gopī-candana-liptāṅgo dṛṣtaś cet tad-aghaṁ kutaḥ ||216||
Also, the Skanda Purāṇa says: Where sin is for the person who has seen a Vaiṣṇava whose body is marked with conch and disk, who has tulasī mañjarīs on his head and whose limbs are smeared with gopī-candana?
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is a similar statement: “Persons whose bodies are marked with tilaka, symbolizing the conchshell, wheel, club and lotus—and who keep the leaves of tulasī on their heads, and whose bodies are always decorated with gopī-candana—even seen once, can help the seer be relieved from all sinful activities.”
The First Canto says: Simply by our remembering You, our houses become instantly sanctified. And what to speak of seeing You, touching You, washing Your holy feet and offering You a seat in our home? SB 1.19.33
Purport
A similar statement is found in the First Canto, Nineteenth Chapter, verse 33, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: “There is no doubt about one’s becoming freed from all reactions to sinful activities after visiting a devotee or touching his lotus feet or giving him a sitting place. Even by remembering the activities of such a Vaiṣṇava, one becomes purified, along with one’s whole family. And what, then, can be said of rendering direct service to him?”
ye me bhakta-janāḥ pārtha na me bhaktāś ca te janāḥ |
[ye me bhakta-janaah paartha na me bhaktaash cha te janaah |]
mad-bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās te me bhaktatamā matāḥ ||218||
[mad-bhaktaanaam cha ye bhaktaas te me bhaktatamaa mataah ||218||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ādī-purāṇe—
ye me bhakta-janāḥ pārtha na me bhaktāś ca te janāḥ |
mad-bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās te me bhaktatamā matāḥ ||218||
Ādī-purāṇa says: Those who claim to be My devotees are not My devotees. Those who are the devotees of My devotees, I consider them to be My best devotees.
Purport
In the Ādi Purāṇa there is the following statement by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself, addressed to Arjuna: “My dear Pārtha, one who claims to be My devotee is not so. Only a person who claims to be the devotee of My devotee is actually My devotee.” No one can approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly [Cc. Madhya 13.80]. One must approach Him through His pure devotees. Therefore, in the system of Vaiṣṇava activities, the first duty is to accept a devotee as spiritual master and then to render service unto him.
prāyas tāvanti tad-bhakta-bhakter api budhā viduḥ ||219||
[praayas taavanti tad-bhakta-bhakter api budhaa viduh ||219||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yāvanti bhagavad-bhakter aṅgāni kathitānīha |
prāyas tāvanti tad-bhakta-bhakter api budhā viduḥ ||219||
All the aṅgas of bhakti described in relation to the Lord are also aṅgas in relation to the devotees of the Lord. This is the conclusion of the wise.
Purport
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī affirms that all the quotations given in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu from different scriptures are accepted by the great ācāryas and devotees of the Lord.
Observing festivals according to one’s wealth (verse 89), illustrated from the Padma Purāṇa: O king, he who performs a festival for the temple of the Lord experiences for eternity a festival in the planet of the Lord.
Purport
Serving the Lord According to One's Position
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement that one should perform the ceremonies for the Lord according to one’s financial position. Everyone should observe the different ceremonies and celebrations of the Lord by all means.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
It should be a festival for the Lord’s temple (harer gehe).
Observing Ūrja-vrata (verse 90), from the Padma Purāṇa: Just as men know that Dāmodara is affectionate to His devotee, the Dāmodara month is also affectionate to the devotee. Even a little service performed during that month yields great results.
Purport
Performing Devotional Service in Kārttika
One of the most important of these ceremonial functions is called Ūrja-vrata. Ūrja-vrata is observed in the month of Kārttika (October-November); especially in Vṛndāvana, there is a specific program for temple worship of the Lord in His Dāmodara form. “Dāmodara” refers to Kṛṣṇa’s being bound with rope by His mother, Yaśodā. It is said that just as Lord Dāmodara is very dear to His devotees, so the month known as Dāmodara or Kārttika is also very dear to them.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Just as Dāmodara is known to be affectionate to the devotees, similarly the month of Dāmodara is affectionate, and yields great results for a little service. Taking the excuse of the little service as some sort of huge debt, the month generously wipes out the debt with great rewards. In the phrase svalpam apy uru-kārakaḥ, the use of accusative case instead of genitive case is poetic license. Where there is a little service, it can produce huge results. The word kārakaḥ can be taken as kāram. With verbs expressing possibility, kāram can have the meaning of an infinitive form (there is a possibility to produce). Thus, the phrase uru-kārakaḥ can mean “is able to produce great benefits.” [Note: Pāṇini 3.4.12] The month of Dāmodara called Kārtika month, being very affectionate to the devotees, is able to produce great benefits even by only a little service.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The month is affectionate just as Dāmodara is affectionate. Thus, a little service to Dāmodara becomes multiplied if performed during that month. Uru-kāraka means a person (in this case the month) who accepts something very small and makes it big, like a person who feels extremely indebted and performs great actions for another person. Similarly, His month, called Kārtika month, gives great benefit. It takes what is meager and makes it significant. Svalpam uru-kārakaḥ means “The month of Dāmodara is a future giver of huge results for a little service.” The formation of svalpam uru-kārakaḥ (instead of svalpasya in genitive case with uru-kārakaḥ) is according to the rule akenor bhaviṣyad-ādhamarṇyayoḥ: genitive case is forbidden for words related to verbal nouns ending in aka (kārakaḥ) or in which denote futurity or indebtedness. (Pāṇini 2.3.70)
bhaktiṁ tu na dadāty eva yato vaśyakarī hareḥ ||222||
sā tv añjasā harer bhaktir labhyate kārttike naraiḥ |
mathurāyāṁ sakṛd api śrī-dāmodara-sevanāt ||223||
Respecting the Dāmodara-vrata in Mathurā is glorified in the Padma Purāṇa: The Lord, being worshipped elsewhere, awards material enjoyment and liberation to those worshippers. He does not give bhakti because bhakti controls the Lord. However, men can achieve bhakti to the Lord very easily by serving Dāmodara during Kārtika month in Mathurā just once.
Purport
The execution of devotional service during Ūrja-vrata in the month of Kārttika is especially recommended to be performed at Mathurā. This system is still followed by many devotees. They go to Mathurā or Vṛndāvana and stay there during the month of Kārttika specifically to perform devotional services during this period.
In the Padma Purāṇa it is said, “The Lord may offer liberation or material happiness to a devotee, but after some devotional service has been executed, particularly in Mathurā during the month of Kārttika, the devotees want only to attain pure devotional service unto the Lord.” The purport is that the Lord does not award devotional service to ordinary persons who are not serious about it. But even such unserious persons who execute devotional service according to the regulative principles during the month of Kārttika, and within the jurisdiction of Mathurā in India, are very easily awarded the Lord’s personal service.
bhaktiṁ tu na dadāty eva yato vaśyakarī hareḥ ||222||
sā tv añjasā harer bhaktir labhyate kārttike naraiḥ |
mathurāyāṁ sakṛd api śrī-dāmodara-sevanāt ||223||
Respecting the Dāmodara-vrata in Mathurā is glorified in the Padma Purāṇa: The Lord, being worshipped elsewhere, awards material enjoyment and liberation to those worshippers. He does not give bhakti because bhakti controls the Lord. However, men can achieve bhakti to the Lord very easily by serving Dāmodara during Kārtika month in Mathurā just once.
Purport
The execution of devotional service during Ūrja-vrata in the month of Kārttika is especially recommended to be performed at Mathurā. This system is still followed by many devotees. They go to Mathurā or Vṛndāvana and stay there during the month of Kārttika specifically to perform devotional services during this period.
In the Padma Purāṇa it is said, “The Lord may offer liberation or material happiness to a devotee, but after some devotional service has been executed, particularly in Mathurā during the month of Kārttika, the devotees want only to attain pure devotional service unto the Lord.” The purport is that the Lord does not award devotional service to ordinary persons who are not serious about it. But even such unserious persons who execute devotional service according to the regulative principles during the month of Kārttika, and within the jurisdiction of Mathurā in India, are very easily awarded the Lord’s personal service.
tad-dinaṁ brūhi vaikuṇṭha kurmas te tatra cotsavam |
tena samyak-prapannānāṁ prasādaṁ kuru keśavaḥ ||224||
Observing the appearance day of the Lord (verse 90), from the Bhaviṣyottara Purāṇa: O Janārdana, tell us the day that Devakī gave birth to You. O Vaikuṇṭha, we will perform a festival on that day. O Keśava, may You be pleased with that festival performed by those who are completely surrendered to You.
Purport
Observing Festivals Celebrating the Lord's Activities
In the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa there is a statement about observing different ceremonies celebrating the Lord’s appearance (birthday) and other transcendental activities. It is said, “My Lord Janārdana [Kṛṣṇa], please let us know the date when Your mother Devakī-devī gave birth to You. If You kindly inform us about this, then we shall observe a great celebration on this date. O killer of Keśī, we are souls one-hundred-percent surrendered unto Your lotus feet, and we wish only to please You with our ceremonies.”
This statement of the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa gives evidence that by observing different functions in relationship with the Lord one is sure to become pleasing to the Lord.
bhaktis tasmai pradātavyā na tu muktiḥ kadācana ||225||
Attachment to serving the lotus feet of the deity (verse 90), from Ādi Purāṇa: I give bhakti, and never liberation, to the person who is always engaged in chanting My name and serving Me as the goal in his life.
Purport
Serving the Deity with Great Devotion
It is said in the Ādi Purāṇa, “A person who is constantly engaged in chanting the holy name and who feels transcendental pleasure, being engaged in devotional service, is certainly awarded the facilities of devotional service and is never given just mukti [liberation].”
Mukti means liberation from material contamination; when liberated, one does not have to take birth again in the material world. The impersonalists desire to merge into the spiritual existence, to end their individual existence, but according to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, mukti is only the beginning of one’s becoming situated in his normal condition. The normal condition of every living entity is to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. From the statement of the Ādi Purāṇa it appears that a devotee is satisfied simply with being engaged in devotional service. He does not aspire for any liberation from material, conditional life. In other words, anyone who is engaged in devotional service is not in the material condition of life, although he may appear so.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sevā-priyaḥ means to take one’s service to the Lord as one’s goal in life. Mukti means in the context “liberation devoid of bhakti (sāyujya-mukti).”
Relishing Bhāgavatam (verse 91), from the First Canto: O expert and thoughtful men, relish Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the mature fruit of the desire tree of Vedic literatures. It emanated from the lips of Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī. Therefore, this fruit has become even more tasteful, although its nectarean juice was already relishable for all, including liberated souls. SB 1.1.3
Purport
Recitation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam Among Devotees
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the desire tree of Vedic wisdom. Veda itself means “the aggregate of knowledge.” And whatever knowledge is required for human society is perfectly presented in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. There are different branches of knowledge in the Vedic writings, including sociology, politics, medicine and military art. All these and other branches of knowledge are perfectly described in the Vedas. So, as far as spiritual knowledge is concerned, that is also perfectly described there, and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is considered to be the ripened fruit of this desire-fulfilling tree of the Vedas. A tree is honored by the production of its fruit. For example, a mango tree is considered very valuable because it produces the king of all fruits, the mango. When the mango fruit becomes ripened it is the greatest gift of that tree, and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is similarly held to be the ripened fruit of the Vedic tree. And as ripened fruit becomes more relishable when first touched by the beak of a parrot, or śuka, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam has become more relishable by being delivered through the transcendental mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī.
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam should be received in disciplic succession without any breakage. When a ripened fruit comes from the upper part of the tree onto the ground by the process of being handed down from a higher branch to a lower branch by persons in the tree, the fruit does not break. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, when received in the paramparā system, or disciplic succession, will likewise remain unbroken. It is stated in Bhagavad-gītā that the disciplic succession, or paramparā, is the way of receiving transcendental knowledge. Such knowledge must come down through the disciplic succession, through authorized persons who know the real purpose of the śāstra.
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu recommended that one learn Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from the mouth of the self-realized person called bhāgavatam. Bhāgavata means “in relationship with the Personality of Godhead [Bhagavān].” So the devotee is sometimes called bhāgavatam, and the book which is in relationship with devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is also called Bhāgavatam. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu recommended that, in order to relish the real taste of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, one should take instruction from the person bhāgavatam. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is relishable even by a liberated person. Śukadeva Gosvāmī admitted that although he was liberated from within the very womb of his mother, it was only after relishing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam that he became a great devotee. Thus, one who is desirous of advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should relish the purport of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam through the discussions of authorized devotees.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
In the previous verse (1.1.2) of the Bhāgavatam, the powers of Bhāgavatam to capture the Lord in the heart were described. In this verse, the sweetness of Bhāgavatam is described. Nigama refers to the Veda. The Veda is a desire tree because it naturally gives fruit in the form of various puruṣārthas (human goals — artha, dharma, kāma and mokṣa) which are desired by those who resort to it. However, because of its nature as a tree (being magnanimous, fulfilling everyone’s desires), it also gives the fruit known as the Bhāgavatam (since some people desire that). Bhāgavatam also means that which belongs to Bhagavān as the proprietor. This implies that He alone gives the scripture to His devotees, and thus persons other than them do not have rights to it. Galitam means that it falls down of its own accord when ripened on the tree, not by force. Thus, it is completely full of sweetness. Even after falling from a high position in the tree, it does not break, nor does it lose its sweetness. That is because it comes down from the highest position, from Nārāyaṇa, to the branch of Brahmā, then to the lower branch of Nārada, then to Vyāsa, and finally to the mouth of Śuka. Thus without being injured, it is endowed with liquid sweetness like honey. The parrot, Śuka, has even made an opening in the fruit with his beak for bringing out the sweetness. Moreover, having been tasted by him, that fruit becomes even sweeter. Moreover, it remains unbroken, coming down step-by-step from the branch of Sūta and others. What is implied here is that without the guru-paramparā, one cannot drink Bhāgavatam in its unbroken form just by trying to taste it through use of one’s limited intelligence.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
O paths to the highest bliss (bhāvukāḥ)! O men who appreciate the love of the Supreme Lord (rasikāḥ)! You, situated on this earth (bhuvi), please relish and internalize (pibata) the fruit called the Bhāgavatam, the very form of rasa (rasam ālayam), which has dropped down (galitam) to this earth, coming from the tree of the Vedas, which grows in Vaikuṇṭha and gives all types of fruits on its branches and twigs. Ah, you have attained that which cannot be easily attained (aho).
By using the word rasa as a modifier, the Bhāgavatam is described as having sweetness, but the real intention is to proclaim that Bhāgavatam is completely sweetness. It is sweetness alone and nothing else. The scripture called the Bhāgavatam is indeed tasty or rasavat, but is designated by the word rasa to indicate that it is solely composed of rasa or sweet taste. Moreover, by the word Bhāgavatam (that which is related to Bhagavān, the Lord) it is indicated that sweetness or rasa also belongs to the Lord. Since the Bhāgavatam is the tadīya of the Lord (dear object related to the Lord), rasa also is the tadīya of the Lord.
Bhāgavatam means “related to the Lord.” Thus, the words bhāgavatam rasam can also mean “rasa or sweetness related to the Lord.” The definition of rasa is indeed a relationship of pure affection for the Lord. This is understood from the statement of results described from reading the Bhāgavatam.
yasyāṁ vai śrūyamāṇāyāṁ kṛṣṇe parama-pūruṣe
bhaktir utpadyate puṁsaḥ śoka-moha-bhayāpahā
Simply by giving aural reception to this Vedic literature, the feeling for loving devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, sprouts up at once to extinguish the fire of lamentation, illusion and fearfulness. SB 1.7.7
The word rasa is also employed in the śruti to indicate directly Bhagavān, since He is composed completely of rasa. The śruti says raso vai saḥ: He is rasa. (Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.7.1) This rasa is also the highest objective. Rasaṁ hy evāyaṁ labdhvānandī bhavati: attaining that rasa (Bhagavān), the jīva becomes blissful. And thus the word rasikāḥ used in this verse indicates that realization of this rasa belongs to those persons who have become accomplished in rasa only through long impressions in past and present lives (since one has to realize the Lord to realize rasa).
The word galitam (fallen down and also liquid and dripping) indicates the extremely ripened state of a fruit, and concerning scriptures, it indicates its very relishable nature as well as its success at bringing out the meaning of scripture in the most skillful manner. The word rasam (juice), used in describing a fruit, indicates that the fruit is totally without skin, seed or other defects. Concerning scriptures, it indicates that this scripture is without any inferior parts. Stating that the Bhāgavatam is the supreme fruit of the tree of the Vedas indicates that the Bhāgavatam is the highest goal of human endeavor.
Though the completely sweet fruit is excellent by its nature, in order to convey its supreme position, another excellence is then described. In describing the fruit, an analogy is given. Because of living in the tree, the parrot astonishingly develops a very sweet mouth. The fruit touched by that parrot’s sweet mouth becomes additionally sweet. In the same way, the descriptions of the Lord touched by the mouth of highly elevated devotees become even sweeter. Then, how much more sweet the Bhāgavatam will become when it emanates from the mouth of Śukadeva, the great king of all the greatest devotees! Having attained the culmination of the highest taste, naturally a person can have no satisfaction in anything else. Therefore, drink this, since this sweet fruit includes even the bliss of liberation within it (ā means “including” and laya means “liberation”). Later Śukadeva will say:
pariniṣṭhito ’pi nairguṇya uttama-śloka-līlayā
gṛhīta-cetā rājarṣe ākhyānaṁ yad adhītavān
O saintly King, I was certainly situated perfectly in transcendence (liberation), yet I was still attracted by the delineation of the pastimes of the Lord, who is described by enlightened verses. SB 2.1.9
By mentioning liberation (which is eternal and inexhaustible), it is thus indicated that the taste intrinsic to the Bhāgavatam will not diminish either with the passage of time or by an increase in the number of people who relish it.
Alternatively, there is another meaning of ālayam. (Thus ālayam can mean “leading up to prema and including the stage of complete prema.”) [Note: Laya can mean “great attachment” and the sāttvika-bhāva of fainting or pralaya which arises from attachment in prema. Bhāgavatam has topics leading up to prema, and topics which are prema—the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa.] This is because in the Bhāgavatam there are two types of rasa, though both are filled with affection for the Lord —that which is useful for leading up to the topmost taste and, that, which is fully developed in taste for the Lord. Thus, it is said in the Twelfth Canto:
kathā imās te kathitā mahīyasāṁ
vitāya lokeṣu yaśaḥ pareyuṣām |
vijñāna-vairāgya-vivakṣayā vibho
vaco-vibhūtīr na tu pāramārthyam ||
yat tūttamaḥ-śloka-guṇānuvādaḥ
saṅgīyate ’bhīkṣṇam amaṅgala-ghnaḥ |
tam eva nityaṁ śṛṇuyād abhīkṣṇaṁ
kṛṣṇe’malāṁ bhaktim abhīpsamānaḥ ||
O mighty Parīkṣit, I have related to you the narrations of all these great kings, who spread their fame throughout the world and then departed. My real purpose was to teach transcendental knowledge and renunciation. Stories of kings lend power and opulence to these narrations but, in themselves, do not constitute the ultimate aspect of knowledge. SB 12.3.14
The person who desires pure devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa should hear the narrations of Lord Uttamaḥśloka’s glorious qualities, the constant chanting of which destroys everything inauspicious. The devotee should engage in such listening in regular daily assemblies and should continue his hearing throughout the day. [Note: Verse 14 illustrates the first type of rasa, that which is useful for leading up to the topmost taste, and verse 15 illustrates the second type, that which is fully developed.] SB 12.3.15
The verse, having described that Bhāgavatam has the general nature of rasa, then indicates the more particular nature of that rasa with the word amṛtam. Amṛta refers to sweetness or rasa of the Lord’s pastimes. In the Twelfth Canto, this specialty of the Bhāgavatam is mentioned:
ādi-madhyāvasāneṣu vairāgyākhyāna-saṁyutam
hari-līlā-kathā-vrātā-mṛtānandita-sat-suram
From beginning to end, the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is full of narrations that encourage renunciation of material life, as well as nectarean accounts of Lord Hari’s transcendental pastimes, which give ecstasy to the ātmārāmas who relish nectar. SB 12.13.11
The word sat refers to the ātmārāmas. The same meaning is found in other places such as itthaṁ satāṁ brahma-sukhānubhūtyā: He is the source of the brahman effulgence for jñānīs (satām) desiring to merge into that effulgence. (SB 10.12.11) These ātmārāmas are also called surāḥ in the verse (sat-surāḥ), because they taste only nectar (as the devatās do). Furthermore, one should equate the real sweetness of Bhāgavatam with Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes (rasa=līlā) as indicated in the following quotation.
saṁsāra-sindhum ati-dustaram uttitīrṣor
nānyaḥ plavo bhagavataḥ puruṣottamasya
līlā-kathā-rasa-niṣevaṇam antareṇa
puṁso bhaved vividha-duḥkha-davārditasya
For a person who is suffering in the fire of countless miseries and who desires to cross the insurmountable ocean of material existence, there is no suitable boat except that of cultivating devotion to the transcendental taste for the narrations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead’s pastimes (līlā-kathā-rasa-niṣevaṇam.) SB 12.4.40
However, by using the word drava (liquid, juice, essence) with amṛta, the Bhāgavatam is described as having the very essence of sweet pastimes. This should be explained as follows. Though the rasa composed of prīti is the best, there is some distinction in this. There are two types of experiencer of that rasa: those who are taught about rasa (they are ordered to drink the nectar of Bhāgavatam) and those who are natural experiencers, being participants in the pastimes of the Lord. Those who are participants in the pastimes experience the rasa of the pastimes and realize directly the essence of the rasa because they are participating in those very pastimes. Those who are taught about rasa experience rasa only to some degree, because of being outside the pastimes. This being so, they should then drink (hear) that essence of rasa — the pastimes filled with the experiences of direct participants, identifying those experiences with their own realization of rasa. That will have effect because the rasa of Bhāgavatam flows like a stream (galitam) from the mouth of Śukadeva (as if he is a direct experiencer) because he similarly identified with the experiences of the direct participants in the pastimes.
In this way, the highest state of rasa in devotion to the Lord is expressed in the words of this verse. This is also stated elsewhere:
sarva-vedānta-sāraṁ hi śrī-bhāgavatam iṣyate
tad-rasāmṛta-tṛptasya nānyatra syād ratiḥ kvacit
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is declared to be the essence of all Vedānta philosophy. One who has felt satisfaction from its nectarean mellow will never be attracted to any other literature. SB 12.13.15
To indicate this, the word bhāvukāḥ is explained as rasa-viśeṣa-bhāvanā-caturā (those skillful at experiencing the most excellent rasa) [Note: This is because the word bhāvuka means “having a good taste” as well as “being auspicious.”] in the commentary of Śrīdhara Svāmī. Such persons are described in the Bhāgavatam:
na vai jano jātu kathañcanāvrajen
mukunda-sevy anyavad aṅga saṁsṛtim
smaran mukundāṅghry-upagūhanaṁ punar
vihātum icchen na rasa-graho janaḥ
My dear Vyāsa, even though a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa sometimes falls down somehow or other, he certainly does not undergo material existence like others [fruitive workers, etc.] because a person who has once relished the taste of the lotus feet of the Lord (rasa-grahaḥ) can do nothing but remember that ecstasy again and again. SB 1.5.19
gṛhita-cetā rājarṣe ākhyānaṁ yad adhītavān ||227||
[grihita-chetaa raajarshe aakhyaanam yad adheetavaan ||227||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā dvitīye ca—
pariniṣṭhito ’pi nairguṇye uttamaḥśloka-līlayā |
gṛhita-cetā rājarṣe ākhyānaṁ yad adhītavān ||227||
In a similar way, it is said in the Second Canto: O saintly King, I was certainly situated perfectly in transcendence, yet I was still attracted by the delineation of the pastimes of the Lord, who is described by enlightened verses. SB 2.1.9
Purport
In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Second Canto, First Chapter, verse 9, Śukadeva Gosvāmī admits that although he was very much attracted by the impersonal Brahman, when he heard the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead from the mouth of his father, Vyāsadeva, he became more attracted to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The idea is that Vyāsadeva was also a self-realized soul, and his mature contribution of transcendental knowledge was delivered directly to Śukadeva Gosvāmī in the manner indicated.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
“You are the famous Śukadeva. Being fixed in realization of brahman from birth, you left the house and wandered about. You could not even learn anything from your father. Why is it that you speak now?” This verse answers: “Though fixed in brahman, my heart was attracted by the pastimes of the Lord. I am the proof that the pastimes of the Lord are sweeter than realization of brahman.”
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Nirguṇa becomes nairguṇya, indicating self-interest. It refers to absorption in the impersonal brahman.
bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅgasya martyānāṁ kim utāśiṣaḥ ||228||
Association with like-minded, affectionate devotees (verse 91), illustrated in the First Canto: The value of a moment’s association with the devotee of the Lord cannot be compared even to the attainment of heavenly planets or liberation from matter. What, then, to speak of worldly benedictions in the form of material prosperity, which are meant for those who are destined to die. SB 1.18.13
Purport
Associating with Advanced Devotees
The importance of discussing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the society of pure devotees was explained by Śaunaka Muni during the meeting at Naimiṣāraṇya, in the presence of Sūta Gosvāmī. Sūta Gosvāmī confirmed that if someone is fortunate enough to associate with a pure devotee of the Lord even for a moment, that particular moment is so valuable that even those pious activities which can promote one to the heavenly planets or give liberation from material miseries cannot compare to it. In other words, those who are attached to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam do not care for any kind of benefit derived from elevation to the higher planetary kingdoms, or for the liberation which is conceived of by the impersonalists. As such, the association of pure devotees is so transcendentally valuable that no kind of material happiness can compare to it.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
This verse explains how much we should speak of the glories of the great ocean of association with such great devotees who have become visible in front of us. We should not compare a moment’s association with devotees who are attached to the Lord, with Svarga, the result of karma, or liberation, the result of jñāna. We cannot compare at all that association with the worldly blessings of men in this world, such as a kingdom. That is because by the association of devotees, the sprout of bhakti, which is very rare, appears. We should not even compare the complete results of karma or jñāna with a moment’s association with a devotee or with a small particle of sādhana-bhakti. What then to speak of devotee association of long duration, or even more, what to speak of the bhakti which results from that association! Even more, what can we say about attaining prema which is the result of bhakti? These comparisons are suggested in the verse. The imperative form of the verb is used for supposition. Since it is used in the negative, the meaning is that we should not even imagine a comparison between devotee association and the other items, just as one could never compare Mount Meru to a mustard seed. The verb is in the plural number, in order to suggest that it is not possible for anyone to disprove this statement, since it is the opinion of many. The importance of association with the devotees who are attached to the Lord may be explained in terms of the following verse:
na tathāsya bhaven moho bandhaś cānya-prasaṅgataḥ
yoṣit-saṅgād yathā puṁso yathā tat-saṅgi-saṅgataḥ
The infatuation and bondage, which accrue to a man from attachment to any other object, is not as complete as that resulting from attachment to a woman and even more from attachment to the fellowship of men who are fond of women. SB 3.31.35
Just as those who associate with persons attached to women are criticized more than those who associate with a woman, association with a person attached to the Lord is praised more and is more desirable than association with the Lord Himself.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅga means association with persons who are attached to the Lord. Saṅga means attachment, and he who constantly has that attachment to the Lord is called saṅgi. Even a moment’s association with such a person cannot be compared to attaining the heavenly planets. In praising association of devotees, the sages at Naimiṣāraṇya show that they have also a similar desire for the association of devotees. The verse is used here as an example since it acts as a good instruction for others. The affectionate nature of devotees (snigdha) should be implied from the verse. One should also see a similar verse in the Fourth Canto:
kṣaṇārdhenāpi tulaye na svargaṁ nāpunar-bhavam
bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅgasya martyānāṁ kim utāśiṣaḥ
If one, by chance, associates with a devotee, even for a fraction of a moment, he no longer has any attraction for the results of karma or jñāna. What interest, then, can he have in the benedictions of the demigods, who are subject to the laws of birth and death? SB 4.24.57
yasya yat-saṅgatiḥ puṁso maṇivat syāt sa tad-guṇaḥ |
[yasya yat-sangatih pumso manivat syaat sa tad-gunah |]
sva-kula-rddhyai tato dhīmān sva-yūthān eva saṁśrayet ||229||
[sva-kula-rddhyai tato dheemaan sva-yoothaan eva samshrayet ||229||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
hari-bhakti-sudhodaye ca—
yasya yat-saṅgatiḥ puṁso maṇivat syāt sa tad-guṇaḥ |
sva-kula-rddhyai tato dhīmān sva-yūthān eva saṁśrayet ||229||
It is also said in the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya: A man will attain the qualities of the person with whom he associates, just as a crystal takes up the color of the object next to it. Therefore, the wise man will take shelter of those who have qualities like his own for the prosperity of his family.
Purport
In the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya there is a conversation between Prahlāda Mahārāja and his father, Hiraṇyakaśipu, in which Hiraṇyakaśipu addresses Prahlāda in this way: “My dear son, association is very important. It acts just like a crystal stone, which will reflect anything which is put before it.” Similarly, if we associate with the flowerlike devotees of the Lord, and if our hearts are crystal clear, then certainly the same action will be there. Another example given in this connection is that if a man is potent and if a woman is not diseased, then by their conjugation there will be conception. In the same way, if the recipient of spiritual knowledge and the deliverer of spiritual knowledge are sincere and bona fide, there will be good results.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse makes clear the power of association with like-minded persons using an example. This is a statement of Hiraṇyakaśipu to Prahlāda. Though the demon’s intention was otherwise, because it is a general statement, it is possible to use the verse according to one’s own intentions. This is the aim of the author. Maṇivat means “like a crystal.” It is used here as an example to illustrate taking up the qualities of an object in proximity, though it also has the quality of being completely unsteady, taking up any color of any nearby object. Sva-yūthān here indicates sajātīyān, like-minded.
Chanting the name of the Lord (verse 92), from the Second Canto: O King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways of the great authorities is the doubtless and fearless way of success for all, including those who are free from all material desires, those who are desirous of all material enjoyment, and also those who are self-satisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge. SB 2.1.11
Purport
Chanting the Holy Name of the Lord
The importance of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare / Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare is very strongly stressed in the Second Canto, First Chapter, verse 11, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the following way. Śukadeva Gosvāmī tells Mahārāja Parīkṣit, “My dear King, if one is spontaneously attached to the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, it is to be understood that he has attained the highest perfectional stage.” It is specifically mentioned that the karmīs who are aspiring after the fruitive results of their activities, the salvationists who are aspiring to become one with the Supreme Person, and the yogīs who are aspiring after mystic perfections can achieve the results of all perfectional stages simply by chanting the mahā-mantra. Śukadeva uses the word nirṇītam, which means “it has already been decided.” He was a liberated soul and therefore could not accept anything which was not conclusive. So Śukadeva Gosvāmī especially stresses that it has already been concluded that one who has come to the stage of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra with determination and steadiness must be considered to have already passed the trials of fruitive activities, mental speculation and mystic yoga.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
“It is understood from this scripture that bhakti is the method. Among the aṅgas of bhakti, is one of them ascertained as the king?” This verse answers. Chanting the name of the Lord is the principal method. Among all the aṅgas of bhakti, the chief ones are hearing, chanting and remembering, as mentioned in the verse:
tasmād bhārata sarvātmā bhagavān īśvaro hariḥ
śrotavyaḥ kīrtitavyaś ca smartavyaś cecchatābhayam
O descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all miseries must hear about, glorify and, also, remember the Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all miseries. SB 2.1.5
Among those three, chanting is the chief. Among the different types of chanting — glorifying the names, pastimes and qualities of the Lord — chanting the name of the Lord is supreme. The phrase nāmānukīrtanam means, either chanting the name according to one’s bhakti, or chanting the name continuously, since anu means both “according to” and “continuously.” This has been ascertained (nirṇītam) by the previous ācāryas, not just by me in the present time. And, because of this, one need not ask for further proof. That is the meaning of nirṇītam. What is this chanting of the name? It is without fear at all. What else can be said about chanting the name of the Lord, since there are no reservations arising from considerations of pure or impure time, place, candidate or ingredients (akutobhayam)? Even the lowest of humanity who cannot tolerate service to the Lord are not opposed to this process of chanting.
“Then it is not the highest process for both sādhakas and siddhas.” The answer is given. It fulfills everyone’s desires. Nirvidyamānānām means those who are free from all desires, even from the desire for liberation. Thus, it refers to the devotees. Icchatām means those who have desires for Svarga or mokṣa. Yoginām refers to the ātmārāmas who are liberated. This is the process for the devotees, for those desiring material benefits and liberation and for those who have been liberated. This process has been ascertained as suitable for both the sādhaka and siddha, being both the means and the goal.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Icchatām refers to those desiring material satisfaction. Nirvidyamānānām refers to those desiring liberation. Yoginām refers to liberated persons. Nāma-kīrtana has no fear attached to it [Note: It is not given up at a certain stage for another practice which must be learned with extra endeavor and time, such as karma followed by jñāna, followed by yoga and followed by bhakti.] (it is beneficial for all), since it acts both as the sādhana and the sādhya.
[geetvaa cha mama naamaani vicharen mama sannidhau |]
iti bravīmi te satyaṁ krīto ’haṁ tasya cārjuna ||231||
[iti braveemi te satyam kreeto ’ham tasya chaarjuna ||231||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ādi-purāṇe ca—
gītvā ca mama nāmāni vicaren mama sannidhau |
iti bravīmi te satyaṁ krīto ’haṁ tasya cārjuna ||231||
In the Ādi Purāṇa it is said: By singing My names, a person will attain a position close to Me. I make this promise. That person, O Arjuna, purchases me.
Purport
The same thing is confirmed in the Ādi Purāṇa by Kṛṣṇa. While addressing Arjuna He says, “Anyone who is engaged in chanting My transcendental name must be considered to be always associating with Me. And I may tell you frankly that for such a devotee I become easily purchased.”
In the Padma Purāṇa, it is said: The names of the Lord remain constantly in the mouth of that person who serves Vāsudeva for a thousand births.
Purport
In the Padma Purāṇa also it is stated, “The chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is present only on the lips of a person who has for many births worshiped Vāsudeva.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In order to increase that person’s eagerness for devotion, the Lord, by His own will, will make that person take repeated birth.
It is also said in the Padma Purāṇa: The name of the Lord fulfills all desires like cintāmaṇi. It is the very form of Kṛṣṇa. It is full of consciousness and rasa. It is complete, pure, and eternally liberated. This is because of the non-difference of the name and Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
It is further said in the Padma Purāṇa, “There is no difference between the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself. As such, the holy name is as perfect as the Lord Himself in fullness, purity and eternity. The holy name is not a material sound vibration, nor has it any material contamination.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The name is called cintāmaṇi because it bestows all things a person may desire. This is so, because it is the svarūpa of Kṛṣṇa. The other words describe Kṛṣṇa. The name is the same as Kṛṣṇa because it is non-different from Him. The meaning here is that the one tattva of eternity, knowledge, bliss and rasa appears in two forms (rūpa and nāma). If one is particularly inquisitive, one can consult the chapter on Bhagavān in the Bhagavat-sandarbha.
ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyaṁ indriyaiḥ |
[atah shree-krishna-naamaadi na bhaved graahyam indriyaih |]
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ ||234||
[sevonmukhe hi jihvaadau svayam eva sphuraty adah ||234||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā tatraiva—
ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyaṁ indriyaiḥ |
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ ||234||
Also from the Padma Purāṇa: Kṛṣṇa and His names cannot be grasped by the material senses, but when a person develops the tendency to accept the Lord’s name and form, Kṛṣṇa then spontaneously appears on the tongue and in the other senses.
Purport
The holy name cannot, therefore, be chanted offenselessly by one who has failed to purify his senses. In other words, materialistic senses cannot properly chant the holy names of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. But by adopting this chanting process, one is given a chance to actually purify himself, so that he may very soon chant offenselessly.
Caitanya Mahāprabhu has recommended that everyone chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra just to cleanse the dust from the heart. If the dust of the heart is cleansed away, then one can actually understand the importance of the holy name. For persons who are not inclined to clean the dust from their hearts and who want to keep things as they are, it is not possible to derive the transcendental result of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. One should, therefore, be encouraged to develop his service attitude toward the Lord, because this will help him to chant without any offense. And so, under the guidance of a spiritual master, the disciple is trained to render service and at the same time chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. As soon as one develops his spontaneous service attitude, he can immediately understand the transcendental nature of the holy names of the mahā-mantra.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sevonmukhe means “inclined to accept the Lord’s name and form.” Hi indicates accomplishment. There is a description of Bharata as he gave up the body of a deer. This illustrates this spontaneous appearance of the Lord’s name.
nārāyaṇāya haraye nama ity udāraṁ
hāsyan mṛgatvam api yaḥ samudājahāra
He gave up his body of the deer while smiling broadly saying, “All respects to Nārāyaṇa, the Lord.” (SB 5.14.45)
There is also the case of Gajendra:
evaṁ vyavasito buddhyā samādhāya mano hṛdi
jajāpa paramaṁ jāpyaṁ prāg-janmany anuśikṣitam
Thereafter, the King of the elephants, Gajendra, fixed his mind in his heart with perfect intelligence and chanted a mantra which he had learned in his previous birth as Indradyumna and which he remembered by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. SB 8.3.1
Residing in Mathurā (verse 92), illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: Liberation is the greatest result that can be obtained at other holy places, but devotion to the Lord, which is desired by the liberated souls, can be attained at Mathurā. Mathurā bestows dharma, artha, kāma to those who have material desires. It awards liberation to those desiring liberation. It awards bhakti to those desiring bhakti. What intelligent person will not take shelter of Mathurā? Oh, Mathurā is most auspicious, and greater than Vaikuṇṭha (Goloka)! [Note: It will be explained later in the commentary on 1.2.303 that Vaikuṇṭha means Goloka, a part of Vraja filled with aiśvarya. Mathurā here means Gokula.] By staying only one day in Mathurā, bhakti to the Lord appears.
Purport
Living in Mathurā
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement about the importance of living at holy places like Mathurā or Dvārakā. It is stated there, “To travel to different places of pilgrimage means to attain emancipation from material bondage. This emancipation, however, is not the highest perfectional stage. After attaining this liberated stage, one has to become engaged in devotional service to the Lord. After attainment of the brahma-bhūta [SB 4.30.20] [liberation] stage, one can further advance to engagement in devotional service. So this attainment of transcendental loving devotional service to the Lord is the goal of life, and it can be achieved very easily for one who lives in Mathurā-maṇḍala even for a few seconds.”
It is further said, “Who is that person who will not agree to worship the land of Mathurā? Mathurā can deliver all the desires and ambitions of the fruitive workers and of the salvationists, who desire to become one with the Supreme Brahman. Certainly Mathurā will deliver the desires of the devotees, who simply aspire to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.” In the Vedic literature it is also stated, “How wonderful it is that simply by residing in Mathurā even for one day, one can achieve a transcendental loving attitude toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead! This land of Mathurā must be more glorious than Vaikuṇṭha-dhāma, the kingdom of God!”
Residing in Mathurā (verse 92), illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: Liberation is the greatest result that can be obtained at other holy places, but devotion to the Lord, which is desired by the liberated souls, can be attained at Mathurā. Mathurā bestows dharma, artha, kāma to those who have material desires. It awards liberation to those desiring liberation. It awards bhakti to those desiring bhakti. What intelligent person will not take shelter of Mathurā? Oh, Mathurā is most auspicious, and greater than Vaikuṇṭha (Goloka)! [Note: It will be explained later in the commentary on 1.2.303 that Vaikuṇṭha means Goloka, a part of Vraja filled with aiśvarya. Mathurā here means Gokula.] By staying only one day in Mathurā, bhakti to the Lord appears.
Purport
Living in Mathurā
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement about the importance of living at holy places like Mathurā or Dvārakā. It is stated there, “To travel to different places of pilgrimage means to attain emancipation from material bondage. This emancipation, however, is not the highest perfectional stage. After attaining this liberated stage, one has to become engaged in devotional service to the Lord. After attainment of the brahma-bhūta [SB 4.30.20] [liberation] stage, one can further advance to engagement in devotional service. So this attainment of transcendental loving devotional service to the Lord is the goal of life, and it can be achieved very easily for one who lives in Mathurā-maṇḍala even for a few seconds.”
It is further said, “Who is that person who will not agree to worship the land of Mathurā? Mathurā can deliver all the desires and ambitions of the fruitive workers and of the salvationists, who desire to become one with the Supreme Brahman. Certainly Mathurā will deliver the desires of the devotees, who simply aspire to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.” In the Vedic literature it is also stated, “How wonderful it is that simply by residing in Mathurā even for one day, one can achieve a transcendental loving attitude toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead! This land of Mathurā must be more glorious than Vaikuṇṭha-dhāma, the kingdom of God!”
Residing in Mathurā (verse 92), illustrated in the Padma Purāṇa: Liberation is the greatest result that can be obtained at other holy places, but devotion to the Lord, which is desired by the liberated souls, can be attained at Mathurā. Mathurā bestows dharma, artha, kāma to those who have material desires. It awards liberation to those desiring liberation. It awards bhakti to those desiring bhakti. What intelligent person will not take shelter of Mathurā? Oh, Mathurā is most auspicious, and greater than Vaikuṇṭha (Goloka)! [Note: It will be explained later in the commentary on 1.2.303 that Vaikuṇṭha means Goloka, a part of Vraja filled with aiśvarya. Mathurā here means Gokula.] By staying only one day in Mathurā, bhakti to the Lord appears.
Purport
Living in Mathurā
In the Padma Purāṇa there is a statement about the importance of living at holy places like Mathurā or Dvārakā. It is stated there, “To travel to different places of pilgrimage means to attain emancipation from material bondage. This emancipation, however, is not the highest perfectional stage. After attaining this liberated stage, one has to become engaged in devotional service to the Lord. After attainment of the brahma-bhūta [SB 4.30.20] [liberation] stage, one can further advance to engagement in devotional service. So this attainment of transcendental loving devotional service to the Lord is the goal of life, and it can be achieved very easily for one who lives in Mathurā-maṇḍala even for a few seconds.”
It is further said, “Who is that person who will not agree to worship the land of Mathurā? Mathurā can deliver all the desires and ambitions of the fruitive workers and of the salvationists, who desire to become one with the Supreme Brahman. Certainly Mathurā will deliver the desires of the devotees, who simply aspire to be engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.” In the Vedic literature it is also stated, “How wonderful it is that simply by residing in Mathurā even for one day, one can achieve a transcendental loving attitude toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead! This land of Mathurā must be more glorious than Vaikuṇṭha-dhāma, the kingdom of God!”
The last five items (verses 90-92) have inconceivable and astonishing power. What to speak of having faith in these items, if there is just a little relationship with these items, persons who are devoid of offenses can attain the level of bhāva.
Purport
NoD 13: Five Potent Forms of Devotional Service
Rūpa Gosvāmī has stated that five kinds of devotional activities—namely residing in Mathurā, worshiping the Deity of the Lord, reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, serving a devotee and chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra—are so potent that a small attachment for any one of these five items can arouse devotional ecstasy even in a neophyte.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sad-dhiyām here means those persons without an offensive mentality.
The power of serving the deity: O my friend, if you desire to enjoy with your friends and relatives, then do not look upon the form of the Lord called Govinda wandering near Keśī-tīrtha on the bank of the Yamunā river, with a slight smile on His lips, posed with three bends in His body, eyes glancing everywhere in a crooked fashion, flute placed on His red lower lip like a tender bud, and shining gloriously with a peacock feather.
Purport
Regarding worship of the form of the Lord, or Deity, Rūpa Gosvāmī has written the following verse: “My dear friend, if you still have any desire to enjoy the company of your friends within this material world, then don’t look upon the form of Kṛṣṇa, who is standing on the bank of Keśī-ghāṭa [a bathing place in Vṛndāvana]. He is known as Govinda, and His eyes are very enchanting. He is playing upon His flute, and on His head there is a peacock feather. And His whole body is illuminated by the moonlight in the sky.”
The purport of this verse is that if someone becomes attached to the śrī-mūrti, or Deity of Kṛṣṇa, by worshiping at home, then he will forget his relationships of so-called friendship, love and society. Thus it is the duty of every householder to install Deities of the Lord at home and to begin the process of worshiping along with all of his family members. This will save everyone from such unwanted activities as going to clubs, cinemas and dancing parties, and smoking, drinking, etc. All such nonsense will be forgotten if one stresses the worship of the Deities at home.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Using his own sweet words, the author, in five verses that follow, expresses his ecstasy about the five items that he had mentioned in verses 90-92. By saying, “Do not look” the author actually means that one must look at Kṛṣṇa. “By experiencing the sweetness of the Lord’s form, you will consider everything else to be insignificant. Therefore, look at that form of Kṛṣṇa!” This is the intention of the prohibition.
yad garhantaḥ sukhamayam amī mokṣam apy ākṣipanti ||240||
The power of hearing Bhāgavatam: O idiots, how unfortunate you are! I think that you must have been hearing all the syllables, one by one, of the verses of the Tenth Canto of Bhāgavatam, because your ears are now denouncing the most auspicious goals of dharma, artha and kāma, and even decrying the fourth goal of liberation which is most blissful.
Purport
Rūpa Gosvāmī further writes, “My dear foolish friend, I think that you have already heard some of the auspicious Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which decries seeking the results of fruitive activities, economic development and liberation. I think that now it is certain that gradually the verses of the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, describing the pastimes of the Lord, will enter your ears and go into your heart.”
In the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said that unless one has the ability to throw out, just like garbage, the fruitive results of ritualistic ceremonies, economic development and becoming one with the Supreme (or salvation), one cannot understand Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The Bhāgavatam deals exclusively with devotional service. Only one who studies Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the spirit of renunciation can understand the pastimes of the Lord which are described in the Tenth Canto. In other words, one should not try to understand the topics of the Tenth Canto, such as the rāsa-līlā (love dance), unless he has spontaneous attraction for Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. One must be situated in pure devotional service before he can relish Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as it is.
In the above two verses of Rūpa Gosvāmī there are some metaphorical analogies that indirectly condemn the association of materialistic society, friendship and love. People are generally attracted to society, friendship and love, and they make elaborate arrangements and strong endeavors to develop these material contaminations. But to see the śrī-mūrtis of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa is to forget such endeavors for material association. Rūpa Gosvāmī composed his verse in such a way that he was seemingly praising the material association of friendship and love and was condemning the audience of śrī-mūrti or Govinda. This metaphorical analogy is constructed in such a way that things which seem to be praised are condemned, and things which are to be condemned are praised. The actual import of the verse is that one must see the form of Govinda if one at all wants to forget the nonsense of material friendship, love and society.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Varṇā eva karṇādhvani pathikatāṁ nītā means “the syllables of the Bhāgavatam have become travelers on the pathways belonging to the ears.” The implication is that the foolish persons have not understood the meaning of what they have heard (just hearing syllables). “O idiots! (ḍimbhā) You must have been hearing, because from hearing those syllables, those ears are now criticizing dharma, artha and kāma, and deriding even liberation.” By extreme criticism in the two verses, one can understand that the author is praising the subjects in the two verses. This is the ornament called vyāja-stuti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This is a praise of the Bhāgavatam using the device of criticism. This and the previous verse are examples of the literary ornament called aprastuta-praśaṁsā, conveying the subject by something that is not the subject.
kārye nimitte sāmanye viśeṣe prastute sati |
tad anyasya vacas tulye tulyasyeti ca pañcadhā ||
When irrelevant topics are introduced in reference to the topic at hand, it is called aprastuta-praśaṁsā. There are five types: stating the effect when the cause is the subject, stating the cause when the effect is the subject, stating the general when the particular is the subject, stating the particular when the general is the subject, and stating similarity. Kāvya-prakāśa 10.99
Instead of the general topic, details of the topic are introduced. The general topics are serving the deity and hearing the Bhāgavatam, but details are introduced as the focus. The aim is actually to become aware of the greatness of the general topic.
Moreover, in the previous verse, because the intention is to praise the form of the Lord, the literal statement — that forbids one from seeing Govinda — is not the real meaning. Similarly, in the present verse, the real meaning is not contempt for hearing Bhāgavatam, expressed by saying ‘O fools!’ (haṁho ḍimbā), because the auspiciousness of dharma, artha, kāma and the happiness achieved through liberation are actually surpassed by the supreme bliss attained by bhāva induced through the hearing of the Tenth Canto of Bhāgavatam. In these two verses, the subjects are praised by the use of extreme criticism. To praise an object by criticizing it is the ornament called vyāja-stuti, indirect eulogy.
skhalann antaḥ-phullo dadhad atipṛthuṁ vepathum api |
[skhalann antah-phullo dadhad atiprithum vepathum api |]
dṛśoḥ kakṣāṁ yāvan mama sa puruṣaḥ ko ’py upayayau
[drishoh kakshaam yaavan mama sa purushah ko ’py upayayau]
na jāne kiṁ tāvan matir iha gṛhe nābhiramate ||241||
[na jaane kim taavan matir iha grihe naabhiramate ||241||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṛṣṇa-bhakto yathā—
dṛg-ambhobhir dhautaḥ pulaka-patalī maṇḍita-tanuḥ
skhalann antaḥ-phullo dadhad atipṛthuṁ vepathum api |
dṛśoḥ kakṣāṁ yāvan mama sa puruṣaḥ ko ’py upayayau
na jāne kiṁ tāvan matir iha gṛhe nābhiramate ||241||
The power of association with the devotee of Kṛṣṇa: Ever since I saw a certain person whose body was washed with his own tears, whose hairs were standing on end, and who stumbled around with a joyous heart, while quivering to the extreme, my mind has for some reason become so attached to the form of Kṛṣṇa that I have no attachment to my family.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has similarly described the transcendental nature of relishing topics which concern Kṛṣṇa. A devotee once said, “It is very astonishing that since I have seen this Personality of Godhead, who is washed by the tears of my eyes, there is shivering of my body, and He has made me a failure in executing my material duties. Since seeing Him, I cannot remain silently at home. I wish to go out to Him always.” The purport of this statement is that as soon as one is fortunate enough to contact a pure devotee, one must be anxious immediately to hear about Kṛṣṇa, to learn about Kṛṣṇa, or, in other words, to become fully Kṛṣṇa conscious.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The meaning here is — “My consciousness (mama matiḥ) dwells on (abhiramate) the indescribable Śyāmasundara who has appeared in my heart (iha), and thus my mind does not dwell (na abhiramate) on my family and house (gṛhe).”
The power of chanting the name of the Lord: Ever since I have heard Nārada singing the names of Kṛṣṇa, which pacify the ears, my heart has become completely blissful, fixed in an unprecedented state of prema.
Purport
Similarly, there is a statement about hearing and chanting the mahā-mantra: “It is said that saints have been able to hear the vibrating strings of the vīṇā in the hands of Nārada, who is always singing the glories of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Now this same sound vibration has entered my ears, and I am always feeling the presence of the Supreme Personality. Gradually I am becoming bereft of all attachment for material enjoyment.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Śītā (cool) here refers to the cooling effect of hearing Nārada chant the names of the Lord. Material existence has a burning effect with its pain. Hearing the chanting of the names relieves a person of material suffering. Vaiṇika refers to Nārada, who plays a vīṇā. By not naming him directly, all devotees of a similar nature are indicated. The extraordinary state (kām avasthām) is actually prema. Iva is simply ornamental. Śāmyati means that the mind, giving up all external objects, becomes completely blissful. [Note: Nāma-kīrtana is not only blissful for the singer, but produces bliss in others as well. This example is thus also an example of hearing the names of the Lord.]
[manasi kam api bhaavam kaanana-shrees tanoti ||243||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī mathurā-maṇḍalaṁ yathā—
taṭa-bhuvi kṛta-kāntiḥ śyāmalā yās taṭinyāḥ
sphuṭita-nava-kadambālambi-kūjad-dvirephā |
niravadhi-madhurimṇā maṇḍiteyaṁ kathaṁ me
manasi kam api bhāvaṁ kānana-śrīs tanoti ||243||
The power of residing in the district of Mathurā: The splendor of Mathurā’s forest [Note: Mathurā refers to Vraja as well as the city of Mathurā.] made beautiful by being situated on the bank of the Yamunā, where buzzing bees take shelter of newly blooming kadamba trees, ornamented with unlimited sweetness, produces an extraordinary state of bhāva in my mind.
Purport
Again, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has described Mathurā-maṇḍala: “I remember the Lord standing by the banks of the Yamunā River, so beautiful amid the kadamba trees, where many birds are chirping in the gardens. And these impressions are always giving me transcendental realization of beauty and bliss.” This feeling about Mathurā-maṇḍala and Vṛndāvana described by Rūpa Gosvāmī can actually be felt even by nondevotees. The places in the 168-square-mile district of Mathurā are so beautifully situated on the banks of the river Yamunā that anyone who goes there will never want to return to this material world. These statements by Rūpa Gosvāmī are factually realized descriptions of Mathurā and Vṛndāvana. All these qualities prove that Mathurā and Vṛndāvana are situated transcendentally. Otherwise, there would be no possibility of invoking our transcendental sentiments in these places. Such transcendental feelings are aroused immediately and without fail after one arrives in Mathurā or Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The ecstasy or bhāva mentioned in this verse is directed to Śyāmasundara.
The inconceivable power of these extraordinary five aṅgas is such that it will manifest the state of bhāva and its object, Kṛṣṇa, at the same time.
Purport
In these statements about devotional service, sometimes it may appear that the results have been overestimated, but actually there is no overestimation. Some devotees, as revealed scriptures give evidence, have had immediate results by such association, although this is not possible for all. For example, the Kumāras immediately became devotees simply by smelling the incense in the temple. Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura simply heard about Kṛṣṇa and then immediately gave up his beautiful girlfriend and started out for Mathurā and Vṛndāvana, where he became a perfect Vaiṣṇava. So these statements are not overestimations, nor are they stories. They are actual facts, but are true for certain devotees and do not necessarily apply to all. These descriptions, even if considered overestimations, must be taken as they are, in order to divert our attention from the fleeting material beauty to the eternal beauty of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And for a person who is already in contact with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the described results are not unusual.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
....Bhāva and the viṣaya of bhāva, Kṛṣṇa (tad-viṣayam), appear at the same time (saha eva).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
From the text, one can understand that these five aṅgas are extraordinary. This is confirmed by other verses as well. Concerning the form of the deity, it is said:
sakṛd yad-aṅga-pratimāntar-āhitā
manomayī bhāgavatīṁ dadau gatim
sa eva nityātma-sukhānubhūty-abhi-
vyudasta-māyo ’ntar-gato hi kiṁ punaḥ
If even only once, or even by force, one brings the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead into one’s mind, one can attain the supreme salvation by the mercy of Kṛṣṇa, as Aghāsura did. What then is to be said of those in whose hearts the Supreme Personality of Godhead enters when He appears as an incarnation, or those who always think of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the source of transcendental bliss for all living entities and by whom all illusion is completely removed? SB 10.12.39
Concerning the Bhāgavatam, it is said:
dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satāṁ
vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu śivadaṁ tāpa-trayonmūlanam
śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-muni-kṛte kiṁ vā parair īśvaraḥ
sadyo hṛdy avarudhyate ’tra kṛtibhiḥ śuśrūṣubhis tat-kṣaṇāt
Completely rejecting all religious activities that are materially motivated, this Bhāgavata Purāṇa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are fully pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold misery. This beautiful Bhāgavatam, compiled by the great sage Vyāsadeva [in his maturity], is sufficient in itself for God realization. What is the need of any other scripture? As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of Bhāgavatam, by this culture of knowledge, the Supreme Lord is established within his heart. SB 1.1.2
Concerning association with the devotee of the Lord, it is said:
bhavāpavargo bhramato yadā bhavej
janasya tarhy acyuta sat-samāgamaḥ
sat-saṅgamo yarhi tadaiva sad-gatau
parāvareśe tvayi jāyate matiḥ
When the material life of a wandering soul has ceased, O Acyuta, he may attain the association of Your devotees. Moreover, when he associates with them, there awakens in him devotion unto You, who are the goal of the devotees and the Lord of all causes and their effects. SB 10.51.53
Concerning chanting the name of the Lord, it is said:
sarveṣām apy aghavatām idam eva suniṣkṛtam
nāma-vyāharaṇaṁ viṣṇor yatas tad-viṣayā matiḥ
The chanting of the holy name of Lord Viṣṇu is the best process of atonement. Simply by chanting the holy name of Lord Viṣṇu, such sinful persons may attract the attention of the Supreme Lord, who therefore considers, “Because this man has chanted My holy name, My duty is to give him protection.” SB 6.2.10
Concerning residing in Mathurā district it has been said:
parānanda-mayī siddhir mathurā-sparṣa-mātrataḥ
One achieves the highest bliss just by touching Mathurā. (Verse 212 of this chapter, quoted from Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa)
In some of the verses quoted from the scriptures, material results are attributed to the aṅgas for attracting persons possessing material consciousness. However, the main result of these aṅgas is rati (bhāva).
Purport
In these statements about devotional service, sometimes it may appear that the results have been overestimated, but actually there is no overestimation. Some devotees, as revealed scriptures give evidence, have had immediate results by such association, although this is not possible for all. For example, the Kumāras immediately became devotees simply by smelling the incense in the temple. Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura simply heard about Kṛṣṇa and then immediately gave up his beautiful girlfriend and started out for Mathurā and Vṛndāvana, where he became a perfect Vaiṣṇava. So these statements are not overestimations, nor are they stories. They are actual facts, but are true for certain devotees and do not necessarily apply to all. These descriptions, even if considered overestimations, must be taken as they are, in order to divert our attention from the fleeting material beauty to the eternal beauty of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And for a person who is already in contact with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the described results are not unusual.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The main result can be understood from the following verses.
akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ
tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param
Whether one is without desire [the condition of the devotees], or is desirous of all fruitive results, or is after liberation, one should with all efforts try to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead with intense devotion (bhāva). SB 2.3.10
satyaṁ diśaty arthitam arthito nṛṇāṁ
naivārthado yat punar arthitā yataḥ
svayaṁ vidhatte bhajatām anicchatām
icchāpidhānaṁ nija-pāda-pallavam
The Supreme Personality of Godhead fulfills the material desires of a devotee who approaches Him with such motives, but He does not bestow benedictions upon the devotee that will cause him to demand more benedictions again. However, the Lord willingly gives the devotee shelter at His own lotus feet, even though such a person does not aspire for it, and that shelter satisfies all his desires. That is the Supreme Personality’s special mercy. SB 5.19.27
kāmaṁ ca dāsye na tu kāma-kāmyayā
yathottamaśloka-janāśrayā ratiḥ
Indeed, Mahārāja Ambarīṣa never desired anything for his own sense gratification. He engaged all his senses in devotional service, in various engagements related to the Lord. This is the way to increase attachment for the Lord and be completely free from all material desires. SB 9.4.20
However, for those persons with material inclinations, material results are mentioned. For the real devotees, rati is the result, because rati is produced simply by hearing about the qualities of the Lord. Even though this worship is easy, it produces results that cannot be attained by other processes. Therefore, bhāva or rati is the main result of practicing the aṅgas of bhakti. Though the result of sādhana-bhakti is bhāva, that bhava or rati also has many varieties according to which of the many forms of the aṁśī, Kṛṣṇa, the person is worshipping.
saṁmataṁ bhakti-vijñānāṁ bhakty-aṅgatvaṁ na karmaṇām ||246||
[sammatam bhakti-vijnaanaam bhakty-angatvam na karmanaam ||246||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
saṁmataṁ bhakti-vijñānāṁ bhakty-aṅgatvaṁ na karmaṇām ||246||
The consensus of those knowledgeable of bhakti is that karma (varṇāśrama duties) is not an aṅga of bhakti.
Purport
Some scholars argue that simply by following the principles of varṇa and āśrama one can gradually rise to the perfections reached by practicing devotional service, but this argument is not accepted by the great authorities. Lord Caitanya also condemned this idea while He was talking with Rāmānanda Rāya about the gradual development of devotional service. He rejected the idea of the importance of varṇāśrama-dharma when it was put forward by Rāmānanda Rāya. He said that this advancement of varṇa and āśrama is merely external. There is a higher principle. In Bhagavad-gītā also the Lord says that one has to give up all other principles of elevation and take simply to the method of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That will help one in achieving the highest perfection of life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Someone may argue as follows. “True, there is a glorification of all the aṅgas of pure bhakti (above all other processes), but Parāśara has glorified karma as well:
varṇāśramācaravatā puruṣeṇa paraḥ pumān |
viṣṇur ārādhyate panthā nānyat tat-toṣa-kāraṇam ||
The Supreme Lord Viṣṇu is to be worshipped by man through the duties of varṇāśrama. There is no other path for satisfying the Lord. Viṣṇu Purāṇa 3.8.9
This Viṣṇu Purāṇa verse substantiates that karma is an aṅga of bhakti, for in that verse there is evident approval for worshipping Viṣṇu in combination with varṇāśrama activities.”
However, the author states that the consensus (sammatam) of those thoroughly experienced in bhakti, the pure devotees, including even Parāśara, is otherwise. Parāśara has also said:
yajñeśācyuta govinda mādhavānanta keśava |
kṛṣṇa viṣṇo hṛṣīkeśety āha rājā sa kevalam |
nānyad jagāda maitreya kiñcit svapnāntareṣv api ||
O Maitreya, King Bharata simply said, “O master of sacrifice, O Acyuta, Govinda, Mādhava, Ananta, Keśava, Kṛṣṇa, Viṣṇu, Hṛśīkeśa!” He said nothing else, even in his dreams. Viṣṇu Purāṇa 2.13.10
Thus, the statement quoted from Viṣṇu Purāṇa that approves varṇāśrama as bhakti, has been spoken only to encourage those persons who are not qualified for pure bhakti.
[taavat karmaani kurveeta na nirvidyeta yaavataa |]
mat-kathā-śravaṇādau vā śraddhā yāvan na jāyate ||247||
[mat-kathaa-shravanaadau vaa shraddhaa yaavan na jaayate ||247||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yatha caikādaśe—
tāvat karmāṇi kurvīta na nirvidyeta yāvatā |
mat-kathā-śravaṇādau vā śraddhā yāvan na jāyate ||247||
In the Eleventh Canto it is explained: One should continue to perform the daily and periodic varṇāśrama activities until one actually becomes detached from material sense gratification and develops faith for hearing and chanting about Me. SB 11.20.9
Purport
In the Eleventh Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verse 9, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the Lord Himself says, “One should execute the prescribed duties of varṇa and āśrama as long as he has not developed spontaneous attachment for hearing about My pastimes and activities.” In other words, the prescribed forms of varṇa and āśrama are ritualistic ceremonies of religion intended for economic development, sense gratification or salvation. All of these things are recommended for persons who have not developed Kṛṣṇa consciousness; in fact, all such activities are recommended in the revealed scriptures only to bring one to the point of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. But one who has already developed spontaneous attachment for Kṛṣṇa does not require to execute the duties prescribed in the scriptures.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The commentary says karmāṇi means daily and periodic duties of varṇāśrama. The scriptures say:
śruti-smṛtī mamaivājñe yas te ullaṅghya vartate |
ājñā-cchedī mama dveṣī mad-bhakto’pi na vaiṣṇavaḥ ||
Whoever disregards the śruti and smṛti scriptures that are mine and breaks the rules is a breaker of My order, a hater of Me. Even if he is My devotee he is not a Vaiṣṇava.
However, this does not apply to the devotee because the devotee is following another order. He breaks the first order, to perform varṇāśrama, only because he is following another order of the Lord which is based on detachment from material enjoyment and faith in bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse explains the circumstances in which the performance of varṇāśrama is applicable. Because one should perform varṇāśrama duties until one reaches detachment from enjoyment and develops faith in bhakti, directions are given to engage in varṇāśrama.
The verse spoken by Parāśara thus means that because Viṣṇu is worshipped by a person who follows varṇāśrama duties, that path and no other is satisfying to Viṣṇu (This, of course, refers to a person with no faith in bhakti). But Parāśara also says:
sā hānis tan mahac chidraṁ sa mohaḥ sa ca vibhramaḥ |
yan muhūrtaṁ kṣaṇaṁ vāpi vāsudevaṁ na kīrtayet ||
If even for a moment the remembrance of Vāsudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is missed, it is the greatest loss. It is the greatest fault, the greatest illusion, and the greatest anomaly. Viṣṇu-dharma 1.16
Jñāna and vairāgya are suitable for entering bhakti, being somewhat useful in the beginning of bhakti, but they are not considered aṅgas of bhakti.
Purport
NoD 14: Devotional Qualifications
Some scholars recommend that knowledge and renunciation are important factors for elevating oneself to devotional service. But actually that is not a fact. Actually, the cultivation of knowledge or renunciation, which are favorable for achieving a footing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, may be accepted in the beginning, but ultimately they may also come to be rejected, for devotional service is dependent on nothing other than the sentiment or desire for such service. It requires nothing more than sincerity.
It is the opinion of expert devotees that mental speculation and the artificial austerities of yoga practice may be favorable for becoming liberated from material contamination, but they will also make one’s heart harder and harder. They will not help at all in the progress of devotional service. These processes are therefore not favorable for entering into the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Actually, Kṛṣṇa consciousness—devotional service itself—is the only way of advancing in devotional life. Devotional service is absolute; it is both the cause and the effect. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause and effect of all that be, and to approach Him, the Absolute, the process of devotional service—which is also absolute—has to be adopted.
This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā by the Lord Himself: “One can understand Me only through devotional service.” In beginning His teaching of the Gītā, the Lord said to Arjuna, “Because you are My devotee, I shall teach these secrets to you.” Vedic knowledge means ultimately to understand the Supreme Lord, and the process of entering into His kingdom is devotional service. That is accepted by all authentic scriptures. Mental speculators neglect the process of devotional service, and by simply trying to defeat others in philosophical research they fail to develop the ecstasy of devotion.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Jñāna here refers to realization of tvam-padārtha (jīva), tat-padārtha (brahman) and finally realization of their oneness (tat tvam asi). This is called brahman-jñāna consisting of three stages. The word īśat (somewhat) means that the knowledge of jīva and brahman are useful but realization of oneness should be rejected. Vairāgya in the verse means the type of renunciation that is useful only for brahma-jñāna. That part of vairāgya, which is contrary to bhakti, should also be rejected. That is the meaning of īśat in relation to vairāgya. Jñāna and vairāgya are somewhat useful only in the beginning of bhakti. That means that they are suitable only at the stage of giving up attachment to other objects. When attachments have been given up and a person begins practicing bhakti, jñāna and vairāgya become insignificant. Also, after beginning bhakti, thinking of these processes will distract a person from bhakti. Thus, they are useful only in the very beginning of bhakti.
Because jñāna and vairāgya generally make the heart harsh, the authoritative devotees have concluded that bhakti alone, whose nature is very tender, is the cause of entering into bhakti.
Purport
NoD 14: Devotional Qualifications
Some scholars recommend that knowledge and renunciation are important factors for elevating oneself to devotional service. But actually that is not a fact. Actually, the cultivation of knowledge or renunciation, which are favorable for achieving a footing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, may be accepted in the beginning, but ultimately they may also come to be rejected, for devotional service is dependent on nothing other than the sentiment or desire for such service. It requires nothing more than sincerity.
It is the opinion of expert devotees that mental speculation and the artificial austerities of yoga practice may be favorable for becoming liberated from material contamination, but they will also make one’s heart harder and harder. They will not help at all in the progress of devotional service. These processes are therefore not favorable for entering into the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Actually, Kṛṣṇa consciousness—devotional service itself—is the only way of advancing in devotional life. Devotional service is absolute; it is both the cause and the effect. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the cause and effect of all that be, and to approach Him, the Absolute, the process of devotional service—which is also absolute—has to be adopted.
This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā by the Lord Himself: “One can understand Me only through devotional service.” In beginning His teaching of the Gītā, the Lord said to Arjuna, “Because you are My devotee, I shall teach these secrets to you.” Vedic knowledge means ultimately to understand the Supreme Lord, and the process of entering into His kingdom is devotional service. That is accepted by all authentic scriptures. Mental speculators neglect the process of devotional service, and by simply trying to defeat others in philosophical research they fail to develop the ecstasy of devotion.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse speaks of another fault in being attached to jñāna and vairāgya. They cause hardness in the heart. In jñāna, one must deliberate on the truth by defeating a variety of other philosophies, and in vairāgya, one must renounce enjoyment by repeated toleration of suffering. The very nature of these practices is harsh or unpleasant, and thus the heart becomes similarly harsh. (This is the opposite of sweetness and softness of the heart).
“But how can a person enter into higher and higher stages of bhakti without some sort of assistance?” The answer is given. Bhakti is said to be the cause of entering bhakti, and previous acts of bhakti alone are the cause of entering into higher stages of bhakti.
“But bhakti also will become a cause of hardening of the heart, since perfection can be reached only by effort.” The answer is given. This bhakti by its very nature is extremely tender, because it consists solely of thinking of the Lord’s sweet form, qualities and pastimes. Therefore, the conclusion is that bhakti should be performed with the desire to make the heart melt in relation to the Lord. The distinguished devotee Prahlāda has stated with emphasis:
naite guṇā na guṇino mahad-ādayo ye
sarve manaḥ-prabhṛtayaḥ saha-deva-martyāḥ |
ādy-antavanta urugāya vidanti hi tvām
evaṁ vimṛśya sudhiyo viramanti śabdāt ||
tat te ’rhattama namaḥ stuti-karma-pūjāḥ
karma-smṛtiś caraṇayoḥ śravaṇaṁ kathāyām |
saṁsevayā tvayi vineti ṣaḍ-aṅgayā kiṁ
bhaktiṁ janaḥ paramahaṁsa-gatau labheta ||
Neither the three modes of material nature, nor the predominating deities controlling these three modes, nor the five gross elements, nor the mind, nor the demigods nor the human beings can understand Your Lordship, for they are all subjected to birth and annihilation. Considering this, the spiritually advanced have taken to devotional service. Such wise men hardly bother with Vedic study. Instead, they engage themselves in practical devotional service. SB 7.9.49
Therefore, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all persons to whom prayers are offered, without rendering six kinds of devotional service unto You — offering obeisances to You, prayers, menial service, deity worship, remembering Your pastimes and hearing about Your glories — who can achieve devotion to You, the goal of the paramahaṁsas? SB 7.9.50
In the second verse quoted, the word karma (namaḥ stuti-karma-pūjāḥ) refers to paricaryā, treating the Lord as a king. Karma-smṛtiḥ caraṇayoḥ means remembrance of the pastimes of the lotus feet of the Lord. Caranayoḥ is related to all the six items in the list and indicates the devotion of the speaker. Without these six types of service (saṁsevayā vinā iti) how can a person attain bhakti? Vairāgya and jñāna are not mentioned at all in this statement.
tasmān mad-bhakti-yuktasya yogino vai mad-ātmanaḥ |
[tasmaan mad-bhakti-yuktasya yogino vai mad-aatmanah |]
na jñānaṁ na ca vairāgyaṁ prāyaḥ śreyo bhaved iha ||250||
[na jnaanam na cha vairaagyam praayah shreyo bhaved iha ||250||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā tatraiva—
tasmān mad-bhakti-yuktasya yogino vai mad-ātmanaḥ |
na jñānaṁ na ca vairāgyaṁ prāyaḥ śreyo bhaved iha ||250||
In the Bhāgavatam, it is also said: Therefore, for a devotee engaged in My loving service, with mind fixed on Me, the cultivation of knowledge (impersonal) and renunciation is generally not the means of achieving the highest perfection within this world. SB 11.20.31
Purport
In the Eleventh Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verse 31, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Kṛṣṇa says, “My dear Uddhava, for persons who are seriously engaged in My service, the cultivation of philosophical speculation and artificial renunciation are not very favorable.
However, the goals of jñāna, vairāgya and other processes are achieved by bhakti alone.
Purport
“When a person becomes My devotee he automatically attains the fruits of the renunciation of material enjoyment, and he gets sufficient knowledge to understand the Absolute Truth.” That is the test of advancement in devotional service. A devotee cannot be in darkness, because the Lord shows him special favor and enlightens him from within.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The goal of jñāna is liberation. The goal of vairāgya is jñāna. These are indeed achieved by bhakti alone.
Thus, it is said in Bhāgavatam: Everything that can be achieved by fruitive activities, penance, knowledge, detachment, mystic yoga, charity, religious duties and all other means of perfecting life is easily achieved by My devotee through loving service unto Me. If somehow or other My devotee desires promotion to heaven, liberation, or residence in My abode (for service), he easily achieves such benedictions. SB 11.20.32-33
Purport
In the Eleventh Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verses 32 and 33, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the Lord further instructs Uddhava, “My dear friend, the profits derived from fruitive activities, austerities, the culture of philosophical knowledge, renunciation, the practice of mystic yoga, charity and all similar auspicious activities are automatically achieved by My devotees—those who are simply attached to Me by loving service. These devotees have everything at their disposal, but they desire nothing outside of My devotional service. If ever a devotee should desire some material profit, like promotion to the heavenly planets, or some spiritual profit—to go to the Vaikuṇṭhas—by My causeless mercy his desires are very easily fulfilled.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Itaraiḥ śreyobhiḥ (by other processes that aim at the highest goal) means “by bhakti mixed with desires for sālokya etc.” Kathañcid yadi vāñchati means “if a person desires things which are useful for serving in devotion.” Examples are Citraketu enjoying in his airplane given by the Lord, Śukadeva desiring to reject māyā and Prahlāda desiring to live near the Lord.
Thus, it is said in the Sixth Canto reme vidyādhara-strībhir gāpayan harim īśvaram: Citraketu enjoyed life with the women of Vidyādhara-loka by chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord, Hari. (SB 6.17.3)
In the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa Śukadeva prays to the Lord:
tvaṁ brūhi mādhava jagan-nigaḍopameyā
māyākhilasya na vilaṅghyatamā tvadīyā |
badhnāti māṁ na yadi garbham imaṁ vihāya
tad yāmi samprati muhuḥ pratibhūs tvam atra ||
O Mādhava, Your māyā, like chains binding the whole universe, is most difficult to overcome by all beings. If that māyā will not bind me, I will give up this womb and enter the world right now. You are the constant assurance for this. Please tell me.
In the Seventh Canto Prahlāda says:
trasto ’smy ahaṁ kṛpaṇa-vatsala duḥsahogra-
saṁsāra-cakra-kadanād grasatāṁ praṇītaḥ |
baddhaḥ sva-karmabhir uśattama te ’ṅghri-mūlaṁ
prīto ’pavarga-śaraṇaṁ hvayase kadā nu ||
O most desirable object, who are kind to the fallen souls, I have been put into the association of demons as a result of my activities, and therefore I am very much afraid of my condition of life within this material world. When will that moment come when You will call me to the shelter of Your lotus feet, which are the ultimate goal for liberation from conditional life? SB 7.9.16
I am afraid of the terrible suffering (kadanād) of the wheel of saṁsāra, because it is difficult to endure. I have been thrown (praṇītaḥ) to the devouring demons. O most desirable object (uśattama), being pleased with me, when will You call me to the eternal position at Your lotus feet (te aṅghri-mūlam), to Vaikuṇṭha?
Thus, it is said in Bhāgavatam: Everything that can be achieved by fruitive activities, penance, knowledge, detachment, mystic yoga, charity, religious duties and all other means of perfecting life is easily achieved by My devotee through loving service unto Me. If somehow or other My devotee desires promotion to heaven, liberation, or residence in My abode (for service), he easily achieves such benedictions. SB 11.20.32-33
Purport
In the Eleventh Canto, Twentieth Chapter, verses 32 and 33, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the Lord further instructs Uddhava, “My dear friend, the profits derived from fruitive activities, austerities, the culture of philosophical knowledge, renunciation, the practice of mystic yoga, charity and all similar auspicious activities are automatically achieved by My devotees—those who are simply attached to Me by loving service. These devotees have everything at their disposal, but they desire nothing outside of My devotional service. If ever a devotee should desire some material profit, like promotion to the heavenly planets, or some spiritual profit—to go to the Vaikuṇṭhas—by My causeless mercy his desires are very easily fulfilled.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
Itaraiḥ śreyobhiḥ (by other processes that aim at the highest goal) means “by bhakti mixed with desires for sālokya etc.” Kathañcid yadi vāñchati means “if a person desires things which are useful for serving in devotion.” Examples are Citraketu enjoying in his airplane given by the Lord, Śukadeva desiring to reject māyā and Prahlāda desiring to live near the Lord.
Thus, it is said in the Sixth Canto reme vidyādhara-strībhir gāpayan harim īśvaram: Citraketu enjoyed life with the women of Vidyādhara-loka by chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord, Hari. (SB 6.17.3)
In the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa Śukadeva prays to the Lord:
tvaṁ brūhi mādhava jagan-nigaḍopameyā
māyākhilasya na vilaṅghyatamā tvadīyā |
badhnāti māṁ na yadi garbham imaṁ vihāya
tad yāmi samprati muhuḥ pratibhūs tvam atra ||
O Mādhava, Your māyā, like chains binding the whole universe, is most difficult to overcome by all beings. If that māyā will not bind me, I will give up this womb and enter the world right now. You are the constant assurance for this. Please tell me.
In the Seventh Canto Prahlāda says:
trasto ’smy ahaṁ kṛpaṇa-vatsala duḥsahogra-
saṁsāra-cakra-kadanād grasatāṁ praṇītaḥ |
baddhaḥ sva-karmabhir uśattama te ’ṅghri-mūlaṁ
prīto ’pavarga-śaraṇaṁ hvayase kadā nu ||
O most desirable object, who are kind to the fallen souls, I have been put into the association of demons as a result of my activities, and therefore I am very much afraid of my condition of life within this material world. When will that moment come when You will call me to the shelter of Your lotus feet, which are the ultimate goal for liberation from conditional life? SB 7.9.16
I am afraid of the terrible suffering (kadanād) of the wheel of saṁsāra, because it is difficult to endure. I have been thrown (praṇītaḥ) to the devouring demons. O most desirable object (uśattama), being pleased with me, when will You call me to the eternal position at Your lotus feet (te aṅghri-mūlam), to Vaikuṇṭha?
If a person has a taste for worshipping the Lord, even if he has strong material attractions, those attractions will be for the most part destroyed during sādhana without resorting to vairāgya.
Purport
Actually, a person who is developing Kṛṣṇa consciousness and still has some attachment to material enjoyment will soon be freed from such a tendency by regularly discharging devotional service under the instruction of a bona fide spiritual master.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Previously vairāgya was condemned at the beginning of bhakti because it causes the heart to become hard. However, if vairāgya is forbidden, the person practicing bhakti will be filled with material desires, and having such desires is against the scriptures; for it is said:
viṣayāviṣṭa-cittasya kṛṣṇāveśaḥ sudūrataḥ |
vāruṇī-dig-gataṁ vastu vrajan naindrīṁ kim āpnuyāt ||
The person absorbed in material enjoyment is far from being absorbed in Kṛṣṇa. How can a person going east catch an object moving to the west? [Note: According to Bhakti-sandarbha, this is from Viṣṇu Purāṇa.]
To answer this dilemma, the author supplies this verse. Having a taste for bhakti will destroy the attachment to material objects. Thus, the hardness of heart caused by practice of vairāgya will not take place, and still detachment will manifest. At the stage of ruci or taste for bhakti, material attraction will be destroyed for the most part (prāyaḥ). The meaning is that it will be completely destroyed with the maturation of bhakti. It is not mentioned, but understood from this statement that the taste for bhakti not only produces vairāgya but also jñāna.
vāsudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ |
janayaty āśu vairāgyaṁ jñānaṁ ca yad ahaitukam ||
By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, one immediately acquires causeless [Note: According to Viśvanātha’s Bhāgavatam commentary, jñānam ahaitukam means knowledge without material motivation or without a desire for liberation.] knowledge and detachment from the world. SB 1.2.7
The vairāgya of that person who employs objects suitable for devotional development, while remaining detached from them, is said to be suitable for bhakti. The objects should be persistently related to Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, then, recommends that one should not be attached to material sense enjoyment, but should accept everything enjoyable which is in relationship to Kṛṣṇa. For example, eating is necessary, and one wants some palatable dishes to satisfy his sense of taste. So in that case, for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa rather than for the satisfaction of the tongue, some palatable dishes may be prepared and offered to Kṛṣṇa. Then it is renunciation. Let the palatable dishes be prepared, but unless they are offered to Kṛṣṇa one should not accept them for eating. This vow of rejecting anything which is not offered to Kṛṣṇa is actually renunciation. And by such renunciation one is able to satisfy the demands of the senses.
The impersonalists, who try to avoid everything material, may undergo severe austerities, but they miss the opportunity of being engaged in the service of the Lord. Thus their renunciation is not sufficient for perfection. There are many instances where, following such artificial renunciation without any contact with devotional service, the impersonalist again fell down and became attracted to material contamination. There are many supposed renouncers even at the present moment who officially become sannyāsīs, or renouncers, and outwardly claim that spiritual existence is truth and material existence untruth. In this way, artificially they make a show of renunciation of the material world. However, because they cannot reach the point of devotional service, they fail to achieve the goal, and they again come back to material activities, such as philanthropic work and political agitation. There are many examples of so-called sannyāsīs who gave up the world as untruth but again came to the material world, because they were not seeking their real repose at the lotus feet of the Lord.
One should not give up anything which can be utilized in the service of the Lord. That is a secret of devotional service. Anything that can be utilized in advancing Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service should be accepted. For instance, we are using many machines for the advancement of our present Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, machines like typewriters, dictating machines, tape recorders, microphones and airplanes. Sometimes people ask us, “Why are you utilizing material products if you condemn the advancement of material civilization?” But actually we do not condemn. We simply ask people to do whatever they are doing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the same principle on which, in Bhagavad-gītā, Kṛṣṇa advised Arjuna to utilize his fighting abilities in devotional service. Similarly, we are utilizing these machines for Kṛṣṇa’s service. With such sentiment for Kṛṣṇa, or Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we can accept everything. If the typewriter can be utilized for advancing our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, we must accept it. Similarly, the dictating machine or any other machine must be used. Our vision is that Kṛṣṇa is everything. Kṛṣṇa is the cause and effect, and nothing belongs to us. Kṛṣṇa’s things must be used in the service of Kṛṣṇa. That is our vision.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
With this verse, the author shows the type of vairāgyam which is suitable for entering bhakti, and which was previously mentioned. The vairāgya of the person employing (upayuñjataḥ) material objects only to the extent that they are favorable for his devotional development (yathārtham), while being detached from material enjoyment, is suitable (yuktam) for bhakti. In this, there should be persistence (nirbandhaḥ) in relating the objects to Kṛṣṇa.
Rejection of things related to the Lord by persons desiring liberation, who think that these things are simply material objects, is called useless vairāgya.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, then, recommends that one should not be attached to material sense enjoyment, but should accept everything enjoyable which is in relationship to Kṛṣṇa. For example, eating is necessary, and one wants some palatable dishes to satisfy his sense of taste. So in that case, for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa rather than for the satisfaction of the tongue, some palatable dishes may be prepared and offered to Kṛṣṇa. Then it is renunciation. Let the palatable dishes be prepared, but unless they are offered to Kṛṣṇa one should not accept them for eating. This vow of rejecting anything which is not offered to Kṛṣṇa is actually renunciation. And by such renunciation one is able to satisfy the demands of the senses.
The impersonalists, who try to avoid everything material, may undergo severe austerities, but they miss the opportunity of being engaged in the service of the Lord. Thus their renunciation is not sufficient for perfection. There are many instances where, following such artificial renunciation without any contact with devotional service, the impersonalist again fell down and became attracted to material contamination. There are many supposed renouncers even at the present moment who officially become sannyāsīs, or renouncers, and outwardly claim that spiritual existence is truth and material existence untruth. In this way, artificially they make a show of renunciation of the material world. However, because they cannot reach the point of devotional service, they fail to achieve the goal, and they again come back to material activities, such as philanthropic work and political agitation. There are many examples of so-called sannyāsīs who gave up the world as untruth but again came to the material world, because they were not seeking their real repose at the lotus feet of the Lord.
One should not give up anything which can be utilized in the service of the Lord. That is a secret of devotional service. Anything that can be utilized in advancing Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service should be accepted. For instance, we are using many machines for the advancement of our present Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, machines like typewriters, dictating machines, tape recorders, microphones and airplanes. Sometimes people ask us, “Why are you utilizing material products if you condemn the advancement of material civilization?” But actually we do not condemn. We simply ask people to do whatever they are doing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the same principle on which, in Bhagavad-gītā, Kṛṣṇa advised Arjuna to utilize his fighting abilities in devotional service. Similarly, we are utilizing these machines for Kṛṣṇa’s service. With such sentiment for Kṛṣṇa, or Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we can accept everything. If the typewriter can be utilized for advancing our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, we must accept it. Similarly, the dictating machine or any other machine must be used. Our vision is that Kṛṣṇa is everything. Kṛṣṇa is the cause and effect, and nothing belongs to us. Kṛṣṇa’s things must be used in the service of Kṛṣṇa. That is our vision.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
One should also understand what type of vairāgya is unsuitable or useless (phalgu) for bhakti. The author thus speaks of vairāgya of those opposed to the Lord, which ends in offense. Hari-sambhandhi-vastu (useful in the service of the Lord) refers to things such as the Lord’s food remnants. Rejection of objects related to the Lord is of two types: not asking for those objects related to the Lord, and rejecting them when offered. One should understand that the second type of rejection becomes an offense. This is stated in the Viṣṇu-yāmala:
prasādāgrahaṇaṁ viṣṇor varjayed vaiṣṇavaḥ sadā
The Vaiṣṇava should never refuse the prasāda of Viṣṇu. Quoted in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 2.178
spaṣṭatārthaṁ punar api tad evedaṁ nirākṛtam ||258||
The daily and periodic duties of varṇāśrama and the impersonal aspect of jñāna (the obstructive portions of karma and jñāna) have already been rejected as aṅgas of bhakti by using the stated definition of uttama-bhakti obtained through the bhakti scriptures. However, in order to make the point clear, the false type of vairāgya (the obstructive portion) has been again rejected as an aṅga of bhakti.
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The two verses (257-258) are connected. By using the definition of pure bhakti — jñāna-kārmādy-anāvṛtam — mentioned in this book (proktena lakṣaṇena), karma with its daily and occasional duties and jñāna with impersonalism have already been rejected as aṅgas of bhakti. That definition has been obtained from scriptures concerning bhakti (bhakter adhikṛtasya). Again, in order to make the point about pure bhakti clear, there is another rejection — this time of phalgu-vairāgya. [Note: In the phrase jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam, the commentary explained that ādi referred to vairāgya, yoga, sāṅkhya and other processes.]
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The two verses are grammatically connected. Bhakter adhikṛtasya means “contained within the jurisdiction of bhakti scriptures.” Within vairāgya, that part which is useless (phalgu) has been rejected as an aṅga.
spaṣṭatārthaṁ punar api tad evedaṁ nirākṛtam ||258||
The daily and periodic duties of varṇāśrama and the impersonal aspect of jñāna (the obstructive portions of karma and jñāna) have already been rejected as aṅgas of bhakti by using the stated definition of uttama-bhakti obtained through the bhakti scriptures. However, in order to make the point clear, the false type of vairāgya (the obstructive portion) has been again rejected as an aṅga of bhakti.
Purport
This does not mean, however, that we should give up the principles of discharging devotional service or neglect abiding by the rules and regulations prescribed therein. In the neophyte stage of devotion one must follow all the principles, regulated by the authority of the spiritual master. The acceptance and rejection of things should always be in pursuance of the devotional principles; not that one can independently manufacture some idea of what should be accepted or rejected. The spiritual master as the visible manifestation of Kṛṣṇa is necessary, therefore, to direct the devotee on behalf of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The two verses are grammatically connected. Bhakter adhikṛtasya means “contained within the jurisdiction of bhakti scriptures.” Within vairāgya, that part which is useless (phalgu) has been rejected as an aṅga.
vidūratvād uttamatā-hānyā tasyāś ca nāṅgatā ||259||
[vidooratvaad uttamataa-haanyaa tasyaash cha naangataa ||259||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dhana-śiṣyādibhir dvārair yā bhaktir upapādyate |
vidūratvād uttamatā-hānyā tasyāś ca nāṅgatā ||259||
That bhakti which is accomplished by dependence on wealth, followers or other objects cannot be considered as an aṅga of uttama-bhakti because it destroys the pure nature of that bhakti. It is situated far away from uttama-bhakti.
Purport
The spiritual master must never be carried away by an accumulation of wealth or a large number of followers. A bona fide spiritual master will never become like that. But sometimes, if a spiritual master is not properly authorized and only on his own initiative becomes a spiritual master, he may be carried away by an accumulation of wealth and large numbers of disciples. His is not a very high grade of devotional service. If a person is carried away by such achievements, then his devotional service becomes slackened. One should therefore strictly adhere to the principles of disciplic succession.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
…Among the aṅgas of bhakti, wealth and the other items are generally not needed for hearing and chanting. The excellence of bhakti is destroyed when it depends on wealth and followers. For instance, in deity worship, one person may feel that he cannot perform all the services for the deity at once by himself and thus depend on followers. However, this danger is not present in all aṅgas of bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In the phrase jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam (not covered by jñāna, karma or other things), “other things” includes laxness in execution of bhakti. Bhakti accomplished through wealth and followers indicates this negligence or inattentiveness. Such execution cannot be accepted as an aṅga of uttama-bhakti.
vivekādīny ato ’mīṣām api nāṅgatvam ucyate ||260||
[vivekaadeeny ato ’meeshaam api naangatvam uchyate ||260||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
viśeṣaṇatvam evaiṣāṁ saṁśrayanty adhikāriṇām |
vivekādīny ato ’mīṣām api nāṅgatvam ucyate ||260||
Discrimination and other material qualities cannot be considered as aṅgas of uttama-bhakti, since on their own they take shelter of the excellent condition of persons practicing uttama-bhakti.
Purport
A Kṛṣṇa conscious person, being naturally purified, has no need of developing any other purificatory process of thought or action. On account of his being highly elevated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he has already acquired all the good qualities and is following the rules and regulations prescribed for the mystic yogic process. Such rules are automatically practiced by the devotees. A concrete example is the quality of nonviolence, which is considered a good qualification. A devotee is naturally nonviolent and therefore doesn’t have to practice nonviolence separately. Some people seek purification by joining a vegetarian movement, but a devotee is automatically a vegetarian. He doesn’t need to practice separately in this matter or to join any society for vegetarians. He is automatically a vegetarian.
There are many other instances showing that a devotee needn’t practice anything but Kṛṣṇa consciousness; all the good qualities of the demigods automatically develop within him. Those who are intentionally practicing to be vegetarians or to become nonviolent may have good qualifications by a material estimation, but these qualifications are not sufficient to make them devotees. A vegetarian is not necessarily a devotee, nor is a nonviolent person. But a devotee is automatically both vegetarian and nonviolent. We must conclude, therefore, that vegetarianism or nonviolence is not the cause of devotion.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Discernment and other qualities take shelter of the excellent condition (viśeṣaṇatvam) of the devotees (eṣām adhikāriṇām). Thus, discrimination and other qualities (amīṣām) should not be considered aṅgas.
ity eṣāṁ ca na yuktā syād bhakty-aṅgāntara-pātitā ||261||
Basic rules of conduct (yamāḥ), rules of cleanliness and other actions appear automatically in those who are extremely dedicated to Kṛṣṇa. Thus, they are not included as aṅgas of bhakti.
Purport
A Kṛṣṇa conscious person, being naturally purified, has no need of developing any other purificatory process of thought or action. On account of his being highly elevated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he has already acquired all the good qualities and is following the rules and regulations prescribed for the mystic yogic process. Such rules are automatically practiced by the devotees. A concrete example is the quality of nonviolence, which is considered a good qualification. A devotee is naturally nonviolent and therefore doesn’t have to practice nonviolence separately. Some people seek purification by joining a vegetarian movement, but a devotee is automatically a vegetarian. He doesn’t need to practice separately in this matter or to join any society for vegetarians. He is automatically a vegetarian.
There are many other instances showing that a devotee needn’t practice anything but Kṛṣṇa consciousness; all the good qualities of the demigods automatically develop within him. Those who are intentionally practicing to be vegetarians or to become nonviolent may have good qualifications by a material estimation, but these qualifications are not sufficient to make them devotees. A vegetarian is not necessarily a devotee, nor is a nonviolent person. But a devotee is automatically both vegetarian and nonviolent. We must conclude, therefore, that vegetarianism or nonviolence is not the cause of devotion.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
“Should the devotees in whom the good qualities do not appear on their own be considered to be actually non-devotees?” This verse answers. Kṛṣṇonmukham means “extremely dedicated to Kṛṣṇa (kṛṣṇa-utkṛṣṭa-mukham).” For those persons extremely absorbed in Kṛṣṇa, the good qualities spontaneously appear.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
By stating that yama and śauca automatically appear in the devotee, the author rejects them as aṅgas of bhakti (actions that produce bhakti). The listed qualities end with verse 263. The rules of conduct (yamāḥ) are as follows:
ahiṁsā satyam asteyam asaṅgo hrīr asañcayaḥ
āstikyaṁ brahmacaryaṁ ca maunaṁ sthairyaṁ kṣamābhayam
Nonviolence, truthfulness, not coveting or stealing the property of others, detachment, humility, freedom from possessiveness, trust in the principles of religion, celibacy, silence, steadiness, forgiveness and fearlessness are the twelve primary disciplinary principles. SB 11.19.33
[ete na hy adbhutaa vyaadha tavaahimsaadayo gunaah |]
hari-bhaktau pravṛttā ye na te syuḥ para-tāpinaḥ ||262||
[hari-bhaktau pravrittaa ye na te syuh para-taapinah ||262||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā skānde—
ete na hy adbhutā vyādha tavāhiṁsādayo guṇāḥ |
hari-bhaktau pravṛttā ye na te syuḥ para-tāpinaḥ ||262||
Thus in the Skanda Purāṇa it is said: O hunter! These qualities such as non-violence are not astonishing, because the persons who engage in devotion to the Lord will never cause affliction to others.
Purport
In this connection, there is a story in the Skanda Purāṇa about a hunter who was converted into a great devotee under the instruction of Nārada Muni. When the hunter became a perfect devotee, he was not prepared to kill even an ant. Parvata Muni, a friend of Nārada’s, saw the wonderful transformation of the hunter by devotional service and remarked, “My dear hunter, your unwillingness to kill even an ant is not very astonishing. Any person who develops the devotional attitude has all the good qualities automatically manifested in his person. A devotee is never a cause of distress to anyone.”
Also in the Skanda Purāṇa, it is said: Internal and external purity, austerity (sense control), peacefulness and other qualities take shelter of persons who desire to serve the Lord.
Purport
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī affirms herein that purification of consciousness, purification of bodily activities, austerities, peace of mind, etc., all become automatically manifest in the person who is engaged in devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Abhikāminām means “of those persons who have complete desire for service to the Lord.” These good qualities, on their own, take shelter of the completely dedicated devotees.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The word ādi (in śānty-adayaḥ) refers to qualities such as truthfulness and seeing things with equal vision.
Bhakti, taking shelter of one principal aṅga or many aṅgas according to one’s desire, and practiced with steadiness, brings about the desired result (bhāva and prema).
Purport
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī affirms herein that there are nine different kinds of devotional service, which are listed as hearing, chanting, remembering, serving, worshiping the Deity in the temple, praying, carrying out orders, serving Kṛṣṇa as a friend and sacrificing everything for Him. Each and every one of these processes is so powerful that if anyone follows even one single one of them, he can achieve the desired perfection without fail. For example, if one is attached simply to hearing about the Lord and another is attached to chanting the glories of the name, both will achieve their desired goal in devotional service. In the Caitanya-caritāmṛta this has been explained. One may execute one, two, three or all the different processes of devotional service, and at the ultimate end he will achieve the desired goal of being established in devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
That bhakti in which one aṅga is performed as the principal one among hearing, chanting and other aṅgas, while other aṅgas become secondary, or that bhakti in which many aṅgas are performed, leads to perfection. The choice of one or many aṅgas is according to one’s preference (sva-vāsaṇusārena).
Examples of practicing one aṅga are illustrated in another work: Parīkṣit is an example of hearing about the Lord and Śukadeva is an example of chanting the glories of the Lord. Prahlāda is an example of remembering the Lord and Lakṣmī is an example of serving the lotus feet of the Lord. Pṛthu is an example of performing deity worship of the Lord. Akrūra is an example of attaining perfection by offering prayers to the Lord. Hanumān is an example of service with the attitude of a servant of the Lord. Arjuna is an example of friendship with the Lord. Bali is an example of offering the self to the Lord. They achieved Kṛṣṇa by following principally one aṅga.
Purport
There are concrete examples of how a devotee discharged one of these services and achieved perfection. King Parīkṣit achieved the desired goal of life simply by hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śukadeva Gosvāmī achieved the desired goal of life simply by reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Prahlāda Mahārāja became successful in his devotional service by always remembering the Lord. Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, was successful by engaging herself in massaging the lotus feet of the Lord. King Pṛthu became successful by worshiping in the temple. Akrūra became successful by offering prayers. Hanumān became successful by rendering personal service to Lord Rāmacandra. Arjuna became successful by being a friend of Kṛṣṇa. And Bali Mahārāja became successful simply by offering all of his possessions to Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Tad-aṅghri-bhajane should be tathāṇghri-bhajane. [Note: This is probably stated because śrī-viṣṇoḥ modifies all the aṅgas. Thus, tad would superfluous.]
An example of practicing many aṅgas equally is found in the Ninth Canto: Mahārāja Ambarīṣa always engaged his mind in meditating upon the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, his words in describing the glories of the Lord, his hands in cleansing the Lord’s temple, and his ears in hearing the words spoken by Kṛṣṇa or about Kṛṣṇa. He engaged his eyes in seeing the Deity of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa’s temples and Kṛṣṇa’s places like Mathurā and Vṛndāvana, he engaged his sense of touch in touching the bodies of the Lord’s devotees, he engaged his sense of smell in smelling the fragrance of tulasī offered to the Lord, and he engaged his tongue in tasting the Lord’s prasāda. He engaged his legs in walking to the holy places and temples of the Lord, his head in bowing down before the Lord, and all his desires in serving the Lord, twenty-four hours a day. Indeed, Mahārāja Ambarīṣa never desired anything for his own sense gratification. He engaged all his senses in devotional service, in various engagements related to the Lord. This is the way to increase attachment for the Lord and be completely free from all material desires. SB 9.4.18-20
Purport
There are also examples of devotees who discharged all the different items together. In the Ninth Canto, Fourth Chapter, verses 18, 19 and 20, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, there is a statement about Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, who followed every one of the devotional processes. In these verses, Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, “King Ambarīṣa first of all concentrated his mind on the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa and then engaged his speech in describing the pastimes and activities of the Lord. He engaged his hands in washing the temple of the Lord. He engaged his ears in hearing of the transcendental glories of the Lord. He engaged his eyes in seeing the beautiful Deity in the temple. He engaged his body in associating with the pure devotees of the Lord. [When you associate with someone you have to sit down together, eat together, etc.—and in this way the touch of your body with his body is inevitable. Ambarīṣa Mahārāja made his association only with pure devotees and did not allow his body to be touched by anyone else]. He engaged his nostrils in smelling the flowers and tulasī offered to Kṛṣṇa, and he engaged his tongue in tasting Kṛṣṇa prasāda [food prepared specifically for offering to the Lord, the remnants of which are taken by the devotees]. Mahārāja Ambarīṣa was able to offer very nice prasāda to Kṛṣṇa because he was a king and had no scarcity of finances. He used to offer Kṛṣṇa the most royal dishes and would then taste the remnants as kṛṣṇa-prasāda. There was no scarcity in his royal style, because he had a very beautiful temple wherein the Deity of the Lord was decorated with costly paraphernalia and offered high-grade food. So everything was available, and his engagement was always completely in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.” The idea is that we should follow in the footsteps of great devotees. If we are unable to execute all the different items of devotional service, we must try to execute at least one of them, as exemplified by previous ācāryas. If we are engaged in the execution of all the items of devotional service, as was Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, then the perfection of devotional service is guaranteed from each one of these items. With the first complete engagement, one becomes automatically detached from material contamination, and liberation becomes the maidservant of the devotee. This idea is confirmed by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura. If one develops unalloyed devotion to the Lord, liberation will follow the devotee as his maidservant.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
He engaged his eyes in seeing the forms of Mukunda, the temples of the Lord, the eternal dhāmas such as Mathurā and the Vaiṣṇavas. He engaged his nose in smelling the Lord’s lotus feet with tulasī leaves on them, and in smelling the tulasī that had been offered to the lotus feet of the Lord. This means he had direct contact with the Lord’s feet covered with tulasī. He engaged his tongue (rasanām) in tasting the food offered to the Lord (tad-arpite). He engaged his feet in repeatedly going to the Lord’s holy places (kṣetra) such as Mathurā and to the Lord’s temples (pada). He engaged his head in bowing down to the feet of the Lord and to the feet of the devotees. He did all this in such a way that rati, devoid of material attachments, found in the devotees of the Lord (uttama-śloka-jana) such as Prahlāda would appear. He did not perform the actions with a desire for material objects.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
After offering tulasī leaves to the lotus feet of the Lord, the leaves take on the special fragrance of His feet. Ambarīṣa engaged his nose in smelling that fragrance. In the phrase mukunda-liṅgālaya-darśane, the word liṅga means the deity form of the Lord. Ambarīṣa engaged his feet in walking to the holy places (kṣetra), such as Mathurā, and to the Lord’s temples (pada). He engaged all his senses in these activities in such a way that the devotees of the Lord would be pleased (yathā uttamaḥ-śloka-janāśrayā ratiḥ).
An example of practicing many aṅgas equally is found in the Ninth Canto: Mahārāja Ambarīṣa always engaged his mind in meditating upon the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, his words in describing the glories of the Lord, his hands in cleansing the Lord’s temple, and his ears in hearing the words spoken by Kṛṣṇa or about Kṛṣṇa. He engaged his eyes in seeing the Deity of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa’s temples and Kṛṣṇa’s places like Mathurā and Vṛndāvana, he engaged his sense of touch in touching the bodies of the Lord’s devotees, he engaged his sense of smell in smelling the fragrance of tulasī offered to the Lord, and he engaged his tongue in tasting the Lord’s prasāda. He engaged his legs in walking to the holy places and temples of the Lord, his head in bowing down before the Lord, and all his desires in serving the Lord, twenty-four hours a day. Indeed, Mahārāja Ambarīṣa never desired anything for his own sense gratification. He engaged all his senses in devotional service, in various engagements related to the Lord. This is the way to increase attachment for the Lord and be completely free from all material desires. SB 9.4.18-20
Purport
There are also examples of devotees who discharged all the different items together. In the Ninth Canto, Fourth Chapter, verses 18, 19 and 20, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, there is a statement about Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, who followed every one of the devotional processes. In these verses, Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, “King Ambarīṣa first of all concentrated his mind on the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa and then engaged his speech in describing the pastimes and activities of the Lord. He engaged his hands in washing the temple of the Lord. He engaged his ears in hearing of the transcendental glories of the Lord. He engaged his eyes in seeing the beautiful Deity in the temple. He engaged his body in associating with the pure devotees of the Lord. [When you associate with someone you have to sit down together, eat together, etc.—and in this way the touch of your body with his body is inevitable. Ambarīṣa Mahārāja made his association only with pure devotees and did not allow his body to be touched by anyone else]. He engaged his nostrils in smelling the flowers and tulasī offered to Kṛṣṇa, and he engaged his tongue in tasting Kṛṣṇa prasāda [food prepared specifically for offering to the Lord, the remnants of which are taken by the devotees]. Mahārāja Ambarīṣa was able to offer very nice prasāda to Kṛṣṇa because he was a king and had no scarcity of finances. He used to offer Kṛṣṇa the most royal dishes and would then taste the remnants as kṛṣṇa-prasāda. There was no scarcity in his royal style, because he had a very beautiful temple wherein the Deity of the Lord was decorated with costly paraphernalia and offered high-grade food. So everything was available, and his engagement was always completely in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.” The idea is that we should follow in the footsteps of great devotees. If we are unable to execute all the different items of devotional service, we must try to execute at least one of them, as exemplified by previous ācāryas. If we are engaged in the execution of all the items of devotional service, as was Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, then the perfection of devotional service is guaranteed from each one of these items. With the first complete engagement, one becomes automatically detached from material contamination, and liberation becomes the maidservant of the devotee. This idea is confirmed by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura. If one develops unalloyed devotion to the Lord, liberation will follow the devotee as his maidservant.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
After offering tulasī leaves to the lotus feet of the Lord, the leaves take on the special fragrance of His feet. Ambarīṣa engaged his nose in smelling that fragrance. In the phrase mukunda-liṅgālaya-darśane, the word liṅga means the deity form of the Lord. Ambarīṣa engaged his feet in walking to the holy places (kṣetra), such as Mathurā, and to the Lord’s temples (pada). He engaged all his senses in these activities in such a way that the devotees of the Lord would be pleased (yathā uttamaḥ-śloka-janāśrayā ratiḥ).
An example of practicing many aṅgas equally is found in the Ninth Canto: Mahārāja Ambarīṣa always engaged his mind in meditating upon the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, his words in describing the glories of the Lord, his hands in cleansing the Lord’s temple, and his ears in hearing the words spoken by Kṛṣṇa or about Kṛṣṇa. He engaged his eyes in seeing the Deity of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa’s temples and Kṛṣṇa’s places like Mathurā and Vṛndāvana, he engaged his sense of touch in touching the bodies of the Lord’s devotees, he engaged his sense of smell in smelling the fragrance of tulasī offered to the Lord, and he engaged his tongue in tasting the Lord’s prasāda. He engaged his legs in walking to the holy places and temples of the Lord, his head in bowing down before the Lord, and all his desires in serving the Lord, twenty-four hours a day. Indeed, Mahārāja Ambarīṣa never desired anything for his own sense gratification. He engaged all his senses in devotional service, in various engagements related to the Lord. This is the way to increase attachment for the Lord and be completely free from all material desires. SB 9.4.18-20
Purport
There are also examples of devotees who discharged all the different items together. In the Ninth Canto, Fourth Chapter, verses 18, 19 and 20, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, there is a statement about Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, who followed every one of the devotional processes. In these verses, Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, “King Ambarīṣa first of all concentrated his mind on the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa and then engaged his speech in describing the pastimes and activities of the Lord. He engaged his hands in washing the temple of the Lord. He engaged his ears in hearing of the transcendental glories of the Lord. He engaged his eyes in seeing the beautiful Deity in the temple. He engaged his body in associating with the pure devotees of the Lord. [When you associate with someone you have to sit down together, eat together, etc.—and in this way the touch of your body with his body is inevitable. Ambarīṣa Mahārāja made his association only with pure devotees and did not allow his body to be touched by anyone else]. He engaged his nostrils in smelling the flowers and tulasī offered to Kṛṣṇa, and he engaged his tongue in tasting Kṛṣṇa prasāda [food prepared specifically for offering to the Lord, the remnants of which are taken by the devotees]. Mahārāja Ambarīṣa was able to offer very nice prasāda to Kṛṣṇa because he was a king and had no scarcity of finances. He used to offer Kṛṣṇa the most royal dishes and would then taste the remnants as kṛṣṇa-prasāda. There was no scarcity in his royal style, because he had a very beautiful temple wherein the Deity of the Lord was decorated with costly paraphernalia and offered high-grade food. So everything was available, and his engagement was always completely in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.” The idea is that we should follow in the footsteps of great devotees. If we are unable to execute all the different items of devotional service, we must try to execute at least one of them, as exemplified by previous ācāryas. If we are engaged in the execution of all the items of devotional service, as was Mahārāja Ambarīṣa, then the perfection of devotional service is guaranteed from each one of these items. With the first complete engagement, one becomes automatically detached from material contamination, and liberation becomes the maidservant of the devotee. This idea is confirmed by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura. If one develops unalloyed devotion to the Lord, liberation will follow the devotee as his maidservant.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
After offering tulasī leaves to the lotus feet of the Lord, the leaves take on the special fragrance of His feet. Ambarīṣa engaged his nose in smelling that fragrance. In the phrase mukunda-liṅgālaya-darśane, the word liṅga means the deity form of the Lord. Ambarīṣa engaged his feet in walking to the holy places (kṣetra), such as Mathurā, and to the Lord’s temples (pada). He engaged all his senses in these activities in such a way that the devotees of the Lord would be pleased (yathā uttamaḥ-śloka-janāśrayā ratiḥ).
Some persons call vaidhi-bhakti the path of rules (maryādā-mārga), since it is bound by strong limitation of the rules mentioned in the scriptures.
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī says that the regulative principles of devotional service are sometimes described by authorities as the path of serving the Lord in opulence.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
If the rules spoken in the scriptures are prominent in one’s devotional process, that immediately becomes the cause for performing bhakti. This vaidhi-bhakti, filled with rules (maryāda) is called maryādā-mārga by some people.
[raagaatmikaam anusritaa yaa saa raagaanugochyate ||270||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
atha rāgānugā
virājantīm abhivyaktāṁ vraja-vāsī janādiṣu |
rāgātmikām anusṛtā yā sā rāgānugocyate ||270||
Rāgānuga-bhakti is defined as that bhakti which follows after the rāgātmika-bhakti found distinctively in the inhabitants of Vraja. [Note: Rāgānuga-bhakti topic starts here]
Purport
NoD 15: Spontaneous Devotional Service
Examples of spontaneous devotional service can be easily seen in Kṛṣṇa’s direct associates in Vṛndāvana. The spontaneous dealings of the residents of Vṛndāvana in relationship with Kṛṣṇa are called rāgātmikā. These beings don’t have to learn anything about devotional service; they are already perfect in all regulative principles and have achieved the spontaneous loving service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For example, the cowherd boys who are playing with Kṛṣṇa do not have to learn by austerities or penances or yogic practice how to play with Him. They have passed all tests of regulative principles in their previous lives, and as a result they are now elevated to the position of direct association with Kṛṣṇa as His dear friends. Their spontaneous attitude is called rāgātmikā-bhakti.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
That is called rāgānuga-bhakti which follows after the rāgātmika-bhakti which manifests (virājantīm) distinctively (abhivyaktām) in the inhabitants of Vraja.
In order to define rāgānuga-bhakti first rāgātmika-bhakti should be discussed.
Purport
NoD 15: Spontaneous Devotional Service
Examples of spontaneous devotional service can be easily seen in Kṛṣṇa’s direct associates in Vṛndāvana. The spontaneous dealings of the residents of Vṛndāvana in relationship with Kṛṣṇa are called rāgātmikā. These beings don’t have to learn anything about devotional service; they are already perfect in all regulative principles and have achieved the spontaneous loving service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For example, the cowherd boys who are playing with Kṛṣṇa do not have to learn by austerities or penances or yogic practice how to play with Him. They have passed all tests of regulative principles in their previous lives, and as a result they are now elevated to the position of direct association with Kṛṣṇa as His dear friends. Their spontaneous attitude is called rāgātmikā-bhakti.
Rāga is defined as spontaneous, deep thirst for the object of love. Bhakti that is impelled exclusively by such a thirst is called rāgātmika-bhakti.
Purport
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī has defined rāgātmikā-bhakti as spontaneous attraction for something while completely absorbed in thoughts in it, with an intense desire of love. Devotional service executed with such feelings of spontaneous love is called rāgātmikā-bhakti.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Spontaneous (svārasikī) absorption (paramāviṣṭatā) in one’s object of love (iṣṭe) is called rāga. The word āviṣṭatā (absorption) is the same as its cause. Thus, it infers the love-filled thirst that gives rise to the absorption. That thirst is called rāga. Tan-mayī means “composed only of that,” from the definition tat-prakṛta-vacane mayaṭ: the word mayī means “composed of.” (Pāṇini 5.4.21) Thus the complete meaning of the sentence is “That love-filled thirst, or actions inspired by it, such as stringing garlands for Kṛṣṇa, which generates complete absorption in the object of love, is called rāgātmika-bhakti.” There is no fault in this rāga even though it may not conform to expected rules.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Iṣṭe refers to the person towards whom one has loving sentiments. Svārasikī means natural or spontaneous. Paramāviṣṭatā (extreme engrossment) actually means “thirst intrinsic to prema,” which is the cause of being engrossed. Thus, rāga is defined as “spontaneous, intense thirst for one’s object of love.” The cause — the love thirst—is considered non-different from the effect — deep absorption—because of its extremely strong connection as the cause. It is similar to saying “Life is ghee.” Ghee is the cause of long life, but is spoken of as its equivalent, to show the importance of ghee as a cause. Thus, by mentioning the effect, absorption, one should infer the cause — thirst for the object of love. This fact should be considered in other verses also. Tan-mayī (composed only of that thirst) means “what is impelled only by that thirst.” This follows from the rule tat-prakṛta-vacane mayaṭ: the feminine affix mayī is added after a word in the first case with the meaning of “made of.” (Pāṇini 5.4.21)
There are two types of rāgātmika-bhakti: that impelled by conjugal feelings (kāma-rūpā) and that impelled by other relationships (sambandha-rūpā).
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Kāma-rūpā means that bhakti which is typified (rūpyate) or impelled by conjugal feelings (kāma), a particular type of thirst. Sambandha-rūpā means that bhakti undertaken or impelled by thirst caused by relationship. Though kāma-rūpa-bhakti is a type of relationship, it is labeled separately, since it is the chief relationship. It is similar to saying, “Everyone is coming, and the king is also coming.” Though the word, “everyone,” includes the king, special mention is made of the king because of his importance.
These two types of rāgātmika-bhakti are illustrated in the Seventh Canto: Just as by vaidhi-bhakti one can attain one’s spiritual goals, many persons have attained suitable forms, according to their type of absorption, after absorbing their minds in the Lord out of lust, hatred, fear and affection, and after giving up their sinful mentality (in the case of hatred and fear). SB 7.1.30 My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the gopīs by their conjugal desires, Kaṁsa by his fear, Śiśupāla and other kings by envy, the Vṛṣṇis of Vraja (see footnote 115) by their relationship with Kṛṣṇa, you Pāṇḍavas by your great affection for Kṛṣṇa, and we (Nārada), by our vaidhi-bhakti, have obtained the mercy of Kṛṣṇa. SB 7.1.31
Purport
Devotional service under the heading of rāgātmikā can be further divided into two categories: one category is called “sensual attraction,” and the other is called “relationship.”
In this connection, there is a statement by Nārada Muni to Yudhiṣṭhira in the Seventh Canto, First Chapter, verse 30, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. There Nārada says, “My dear King, there are many devotees who first become attracted to the Personality of Godhead for purposes of sense gratification, from being envious of Him, out of fear of Him or from desiring to associate affectionately with Him. Ultimately these attractions become freed from all material contamination, and gradually the worshiper develops spiritual love and achieves that ultimate goal of life desired by the pure devotee.”
The gopīs may be considered to be examples of spontaneous love in sensual attraction. The gopīs are young girls, and Kṛṣṇa is a young boy. Superficially it seems that the gopīs are attracted to Kṛṣṇa on grounds of sex. Similarly, King Kaṁsa was attracted to Kṛṣṇa because of fear. Kaṁsa was always fearful of Kṛṣṇa, because it had been foretold that his sister’s son, Kṛṣṇa, would kill him. Śiśupāla was also always envious of Kṛṣṇa. And the descendants of King Yadu, due to their family relationship with Kṛṣṇa, were always thinking of Him as one of their members. All of these different kinds of devotees have a spontaneous attraction for Kṛṣṇa, in different categories, and they achieve the same desired goal of life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
One should not say, “How can the nitya-siddha devotees such as the gopīs be described as attaining kāma and other relationships since those relations are eternal.” The intention is to show the state of pūrva-rāga that they experience during Kṛṣṇa’s earthly pastimes. The same applies to the Vṛṣṇis.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Because of the impossibility of regulating the feelings that arise spontaneously according to their own taste, those persons filled with conjugal attraction and other emotions mentioned in the verse, cannot be classed as practitioners of vaidhi-bhakti.
The following statement has been made:
tasmād vairānubandhena nirvaireṇa bhayena vā |
snehāt kāmena vā yuñjyāt kathañcin nekṣate pṛthak ||
Therefore, by constant enmity or by devotional service, by fear, by affection or by lusty desire — by all of these or by any one of them — if a conditioned soul somehow or other happens to concentrate his mind upon the Lord, the result is the same, for the Lord, because of His blissful position, is never affected by enmity or friendship. SB 7.1.26
In this verse the verb yuñjyāt, in the potential mood, indicating possibility (rather than injunction, which belongs to vaidhi-bhakti). The meaning is thus: “it is possible to concentrate on the Lord through enmity, devotion, fear, affection or conjugal love,” rather than, “one should concentrate on the Lord through enmity, devotion, fear, affection or conjugal attraction.” (One cannot order a person to have these emotions) But then in the sequence of verses it is also said:
tasmāt kenāpy upāyena manaḥ kṛṣṇe niveśayet
Therefore, one may become absorbed in Kṛṣṇa by any favorable method. SB 7.1.32
In this statement, the potential mood indicates approval (one may become absorbed in Kṛṣṇa.). Yathā in verse 274 means yathāvat, “correspondingly.” Tad-gatim means “an appropriate form.” Therefore, the meaning of verse 274 is: “Many persons, absorbing their minds in the Lord out of conjugal feelings, hatred, fear, affection and devotion, attained, according to their type of absorption (yathāvat), a suitable form (tad-gatim).” [Note: Those who intensely concentrate on the Lord with hatred or fear can attain liberation, but not prema.] Among those persons, those with hatred or fear gave up their sins or impurity by the power of absorbing their minds in the Lord. This statement however does not apply to those persons with conjugal feelings (kāma). (They have no sin. The kāma mentioned is not material.) The supreme nature of the gopīs’ kāma is shown in the following statement:
dviṣann api hṛṣīkeśaṁ kim utādhokṣaja-priyāḥ
Since even Śiśupāla, who hated Kṛṣṇa, achieved perfection, then what to speak of the Lord’s dear gopīs? SB 10.29.13
This statement praises the kāma of the gopīs, showing how it is superior, even though, in verse 275, it is mentioned alongside fear and hatred exhibited by people opposed to Kṛṣṇa. The gopīs with lust mentioned in verse 275 are understood to be the gopīs in the state of pūrva-rāga, prior to meeting Kṛṣṇa directly (during earthly pastimes). [Note: The love in separation of the two lovers, before they ever meet each other, is called pūrva-rāga. BRS 3.5.26] The same applies to the Vṛṣṇis. [Note: Later it will be explained that the Vṛṣṇis refers to the inhabitants of Vraja, who are rāgātmika-bhaktas having relationships (sambandha) other than kāma rather than the Vṛṣṇis of Dvārakā, who do not have rāgātmika-bhakti. During earthly pastimes, even the Yadus of Mathurā and the Pāṇḍavas experience separation from Kṛṣṇa before He leaves Vraja. Later they meet Him when He leaves Vraja. This state of separation is called utkaṇṭhita in the case of rasas other than madhura-rasa. Thus after meeting Him, they are said to “have attained the Lord.”]
These two types of rāgātmika-bhakti are illustrated in the Seventh Canto: Just as by vaidhi-bhakti one can attain one’s spiritual goals, many persons have attained suitable forms, according to their type of absorption, after absorbing their minds in the Lord out of lust, hatred, fear and affection, and after giving up their sinful mentality (in the case of hatred and fear). SB 7.1.30 My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the gopīs by their conjugal desires, Kaṁsa by his fear, Śiśupāla and other kings by envy, the Vṛṣṇis of Vraja (see footnote 115) by their relationship with Kṛṣṇa, you Pāṇḍavas by your great affection for Kṛṣṇa, and we (Nārada), by our vaidhi-bhakti, have obtained the mercy of Kṛṣṇa. SB 7.1.31
Purport
Devotional service under the heading of rāgātmikā can be further divided into two categories: one category is called “sensual attraction,” and the other is called “relationship.”
In this connection, there is a statement by Nārada Muni to Yudhiṣṭhira in the Seventh Canto, First Chapter, verse 30, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. There Nārada says, “My dear King, there are many devotees who first become attracted to the Personality of Godhead for purposes of sense gratification, from being envious of Him, out of fear of Him or from desiring to associate affectionately with Him. Ultimately these attractions become freed from all material contamination, and gradually the worshiper develops spiritual love and achieves that ultimate goal of life desired by the pure devotee.”
The gopīs may be considered to be examples of spontaneous love in sensual attraction. The gopīs are young girls, and Kṛṣṇa is a young boy. Superficially it seems that the gopīs are attracted to Kṛṣṇa on grounds of sex. Similarly, King Kaṁsa was attracted to Kṛṣṇa because of fear. Kaṁsa was always fearful of Kṛṣṇa, because it had been foretold that his sister’s son, Kṛṣṇa, would kill him. Śiśupāla was also always envious of Kṛṣṇa. And the descendants of King Yadu, due to their family relationship with Kṛṣṇa, were always thinking of Him as one of their members. All of these different kinds of devotees have a spontaneous attraction for Kṛṣṇa, in different categories, and they achieve the same desired goal of life.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
Because of the impossibility of regulating the feelings that arise spontaneously according to their own taste, those persons filled with conjugal attraction and other emotions mentioned in the verse, cannot be classed as practitioners of vaidhi-bhakti.
The following statement has been made:
tasmād vairānubandhena nirvaireṇa bhayena vā |
snehāt kāmena vā yuñjyāt kathañcin nekṣate pṛthak ||
Therefore, by constant enmity or by devotional service, by fear, by affection or by lusty desire — by all of these or by any one of them — if a conditioned soul somehow or other happens to concentrate his mind upon the Lord, the result is the same, for the Lord, because of His blissful position, is never affected by enmity or friendship. SB 7.1.26
In this verse the verb yuñjyāt, in the potential mood, indicating possibility (rather than injunction, which belongs to vaidhi-bhakti). The meaning is thus: “it is possible to concentrate on the Lord through enmity, devotion, fear, affection or conjugal love,” rather than, “one should concentrate on the Lord through enmity, devotion, fear, affection or conjugal attraction.” (One cannot order a person to have these emotions) But then in the sequence of verses it is also said:
tasmāt kenāpy upāyena manaḥ kṛṣṇe niveśayet
Therefore, one may become absorbed in Kṛṣṇa by any favorable method. SB 7.1.32
In this statement, the potential mood indicates approval (one may become absorbed in Kṛṣṇa.). Yathā in verse 274 means yathāvat, “correspondingly.” Tad-gatim means “an appropriate form.” Therefore, the meaning of verse 274 is: “Many persons, absorbing their minds in the Lord out of conjugal feelings, hatred, fear, affection and devotion, attained, according to their type of absorption (yathāvat), a suitable form (tad-gatim).” [Note: Those who intensely concentrate on the Lord with hatred or fear can attain liberation, but not prema.] Among those persons, those with hatred or fear gave up their sins or impurity by the power of absorbing their minds in the Lord. This statement however does not apply to those persons with conjugal feelings (kāma). (They have no sin. The kāma mentioned is not material.) The supreme nature of the gopīs’ kāma is shown in the following statement:
dviṣann api hṛṣīkeśaṁ kim utādhokṣaja-priyāḥ
Since even Śiśupāla, who hated Kṛṣṇa, achieved perfection, then what to speak of the Lord’s dear gopīs? SB 10.29.13
This statement praises the kāma of the gopīs, showing how it is superior, even though, in verse 275, it is mentioned alongside fear and hatred exhibited by people opposed to Kṛṣṇa. The gopīs with lust mentioned in verse 275 are understood to be the gopīs in the state of pūrva-rāga, prior to meeting Kṛṣṇa directly (during earthly pastimes). [Note: The love in separation of the two lovers, before they ever meet each other, is called pūrva-rāga. BRS 3.5.26] The same applies to the Vṛṣṇis. [Note: Later it will be explained that the Vṛṣṇis refers to the inhabitants of Vraja, who are rāgātmika-bhaktas having relationships (sambandha) other than kāma rather than the Vṛṣṇis of Dvārakā, who do not have rāgātmika-bhakti. During earthly pastimes, even the Yadus of Mathurā and the Pāṇḍavas experience separation from Kṛṣṇa before He leaves Vraja. Later they meet Him when He leaves Vraja. This state of separation is called utkaṇṭhita in the case of rasas other than madhura-rasa. Thus after meeting Him, they are said to “have attained the Lord.”]
Because fear and hatred are not favorable, they are rejected as modes of bhakti. Affection (sneha) of the Pāṇḍavas, if it means friendliness (sakhya), belongs to vaidhi-bhakti (because the sakhya is predominated by veneration). If sneha means prema or a stage of prema, it still could not be admitted here, as the topic is sādhana-bhakti. In the phrase “bhaktyā vayam” (and we, the sages (Nārada), attained befitting goals by bhakti), bhakti refers to vaidhi-bhakti.
Purport
The attraction of the gopīs for Kṛṣṇa and the affection of the members of the Yadu dynasty are both accepted as spontaneous, or rāgātmikā. The attraction of Kaṁsa to Kṛṣṇa in fear and the attraction of Śiśupāla in envy are not accepted as devotional service, however, because their attitudes are not favorable. Devotional service should be executed only in a favorable frame of mind. Therefore, according to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, such attractions are not considered to be in devotional service. Again, he analyzes the affection of the Yadus. If it is on the platform of friendship, then it is spontaneous love, but if it is on the platform of regulative principles, then it is not. And only when affection comes to the platform of spontaneous love is it counted in the category of pure devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Though many ways of attaining Kṛṣṇa were mentioned in the Bhāgavatam verse, only two among them — kāma and sambandha — are accepted as causes of rāgātmika- bhakti. This is explained in two verses. Nārada mentions fear and hatred only to express kaimutya — how much more the persons performing real bhakti will attain (and not to class them as bhakti). This is illustrated by the following verse.
vaireṇa yaṁ nṛpatayaḥ śiśupāla-pauṇḍra-
śālvādayo gati-vilāsa-vilokanādyaiḥ |
dhyāyanta ākṛta-dhiyaḥ śayanāsanādau
tat-sāmyam āpur anurakta-dhiyāṁ punaḥ kim ||
Inimical kings like Śiśupāla, Pauṇḍraka and Śālva were always thinking about Lord Kṛṣṇa. Even while they were lying down, sitting or engaging in other activities, they enviously meditated upon the bodily movements of the Lord, His sporting pastimes, His loving glances upon His devotees, and other attractive features displayed by the Lord. Being thus always absorbed in Kṛṣṇa, they achieved spiritual liberation in the Lord’s own abode. What then can be said of the benedictions offered to those who constantly fix their minds on Lord Kṛṣṇa in a favorable, loving mood? SB 11.5.48
This point has also already been explained in the third verse (BRS 1.2.3): sā bhaktiḥ saptama-skandhe bhaṅgyā devarṣiṇoditā: bhakti has been explained by Nārada along with other items which are not bhakti. But still, Nārada has also said:
yathā vairānubandhena martyas tan-mayatām iyāt |
na tathā bhakti-yogena iti me niścitā matiḥ ||
By devotional service one cannot achieve such intense absorption in thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one can through enmity towards Him. That is my opinion. SB 7.1.27
However, he makes this statement only to express the greatly inferior nature of his own vaidhi-bhakti, in comparison to the presence of strong emotions, such as lust or enmity, as a means of attaining complete absorption in the Lord. Among the means of attaining the Lord, which are filled with emotions, the relationship of enmity to the Lord, though condemned, is also considered by him to be better than bhakti filled with rules, because it causes absorption in the Lord. (Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura’s commentary says, how much greater then must be the absorption caused by kāma-rūpa-bhakti.) The phrase tan-mayatā in SB 7.1.27 means “being absorbed in the Lord,” in the same manner that a lusty man, who is absorbed in women, is called strī-maya.
Sneha is explained as follows: some may claim that the sneha or affection of the Pāṇḍavas should be classed as rāgātmika, since it is filled with friendly feelings of sakhya for the Lord, evident in their dealings with Kṛṣṇa. Nevertheless, because that affection is predominated by awareness of the Lord’s powers, that sneha should be considered predominantly on the path of vaidhi (vaidhi-sādhana leads to prema with awareness of the Lord’s powers.) This sneha is, thus, not suitable for pure rāgānuga-sādhana. If the word sneha is taken to mean general prema, it is impossible to follow such prema, since no particular details are given about actions that are unique to such prema. Thus, it would not be fitting for rāgānuga-sādhana, because of the lack of any unique features to support it. If one proposes that sneha means a particular elevated type of prema (not mixed with awareness of the Lord), then it will end up being classed as sambandha-rūpa (relationships of thirst other than kāma). But that is already mentioned in relation to the Vṛṣṇis (actually the inhabitants of Vraja).
The bhakti mentioned in verse 275 (bhaktyā vayaṁ vibho) should be accepted as vaidhi in nature. This is because it is the only type of devotion left, after enumerating rāgātmika (kāma and sambandha), vaidhi mixed with sneha (Pāṇḍavas) and rejecting dveṣa and bhaya as bhakti. It is also understood to be vaidhi-bhakti because the devotion of Nārada was characterized by reverential worship of the Lord in his previous life.
In the first of the two verses quoted (274), five items are mentioned: lust, hatred, fear, affection and bhakti. In the explanation of the author, six items are mentioned (corresponding to items apparently listed in verse 275): lust, hatred, fear, relationship, affection and bhakti. This mention of six items is only in deference to the commentary of Śrīdhara Svāmī on the Bhāgavatam verse. Actually, the meaning of the last line of verse 275 should be, “from sambandha filled with affection, you, Pāṇḍavas, and the Vṛṣṇis achieved the goal.” Thus, there is only one item instead of two for both the parties — the Pāṇḍavas and the Vṛṣṇis. [Note: Though the Pāṇḍavas’ relation is here classed as sambandha because of their affection, the previous cause of ultimate rejection as part of rāgātmika-bhakti still stands. The Pāṇḍavas had awareness of Kṛṣṇa as the Lord with powers.] Sambandha and sneha would then not be distinguished as separate items. This is according to Vopadeva. Thus, the second verse will have five items as in the first verse. This agrees well with the next verse in the Bhāgavatam, where five types are again mentioned:
katamo ’pi na venaḥ syāt pañcānāṁ puruṣaṁ prati
Any of the five types of persons, but not King Vena (who did not concentrate on the Lord), will attain their objectives in relation to the Lord. SB 7.1.32
Purusam here refers to the Lord. The meaning is “any of these five persons will be successful in relation to the Lord.” [Note: Thus, what the Bhāgavatam verses have illustrated is two types of rāgātmika-bhakti: kāma-rūpa and sambandha-rūpa.]
Because fear and hatred are not favorable, they are rejected as modes of bhakti. Affection (sneha) of the Pāṇḍavas, if it means friendliness (sakhya), belongs to vaidhi-bhakti (because the sakhya is predominated by veneration). If sneha means prema or a stage of prema, it still could not be admitted here, as the topic is sādhana-bhakti. In the phrase “bhaktyā vayam” (and we, the sages (Nārada), attained befitting goals by bhakti), bhakti refers to vaidhi-bhakti.
Purport
The attraction of the gopīs for Kṛṣṇa and the affection of the members of the Yadu dynasty are both accepted as spontaneous, or rāgātmikā. The attraction of Kaṁsa to Kṛṣṇa in fear and the attraction of Śiśupāla in envy are not accepted as devotional service, however, because their attitudes are not favorable. Devotional service should be executed only in a favorable frame of mind. Therefore, according to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, such attractions are not considered to be in devotional service. Again, he analyzes the affection of the Yadus. If it is on the platform of friendship, then it is spontaneous love, but if it is on the platform of regulative principles, then it is not. And only when affection comes to the platform of spontaneous love is it counted in the category of pure devotional service.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
Though many ways of attaining Kṛṣṇa were mentioned in the Bhāgavatam verse, only two among them — kāma and sambandha — are accepted as causes of rāgātmika- bhakti. This is explained in two verses. Nārada mentions fear and hatred only to express kaimutya — how much more the persons performing real bhakti will attain (and not to class them as bhakti). This is illustrated by the following verse.
vaireṇa yaṁ nṛpatayaḥ śiśupāla-pauṇḍra-
śālvādayo gati-vilāsa-vilokanādyaiḥ |
dhyāyanta ākṛta-dhiyaḥ śayanāsanādau
tat-sāmyam āpur anurakta-dhiyāṁ punaḥ kim ||
Inimical kings like Śiśupāla, Pauṇḍraka and Śālva were always thinking about Lord Kṛṣṇa. Even while they were lying down, sitting or engaging in other activities, they enviously meditated upon the bodily movements of the Lord, His sporting pastimes, His loving glances upon His devotees, and other attractive features displayed by the Lord. Being thus always absorbed in Kṛṣṇa, they achieved spiritual liberation in the Lord’s own abode. What then can be said of the benedictions offered to those who constantly fix their minds on Lord Kṛṣṇa in a favorable, loving mood? SB 11.5.48
This point has also already been explained in the third verse (BRS 1.2.3): sā bhaktiḥ saptama-skandhe bhaṅgyā devarṣiṇoditā: bhakti has been explained by Nārada along with other items which are not bhakti. But still, Nārada has also said:
yathā vairānubandhena martyas tan-mayatām iyāt |
na tathā bhakti-yogena iti me niścitā matiḥ ||
By devotional service one cannot achieve such intense absorption in thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one can through enmity towards Him. That is my opinion. SB 7.1.27
However, he makes this statement only to express the greatly inferior nature of his own vaidhi-bhakti, in comparison to the presence of strong emotions, such as lust or enmity, as a means of attaining complete absorption in the Lord. Among the means of attaining the Lord, which are filled with emotions, the relationship of enmity to the Lord, though condemned, is also considered by him to be better than bhakti filled with rules, because it causes absorption in the Lord. (Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura’s commentary says, how much greater then must be the absorption caused by kāma-rūpa-bhakti.) The phrase tan-mayatā in SB 7.1.27 means “being absorbed in the Lord,” in the same manner that a lusty man, who is absorbed in women, is called strī-maya.
Sneha is explained as follows: some may claim that the sneha or affection of the Pāṇḍavas should be classed as rāgātmika, since it is filled with friendly feelings of sakhya for the Lord, evident in their dealings with Kṛṣṇa. Nevertheless, because that affection is predominated by awareness of the Lord’s powers, that sneha should be considered predominantly on the path of vaidhi (vaidhi-sādhana leads to prema with awareness of the Lord’s powers.) This sneha is, thus, not suitable for pure rāgānuga-sādhana. If the word sneha is taken to mean general prema, it is impossible to follow such prema, since no particular details are given about actions that are unique to such prema. Thus, it would not be fitting for rāgānuga-sādhana, because of the lack of any unique features to support it. If one proposes that sneha means a particular elevated type of prema (not mixed with awareness of the Lord), then it will end up being classed as sambandha-rūpa (relationships of thirst other than kāma). But that is already mentioned in relation to the Vṛṣṇis (actually the inhabitants of Vraja).
The bhakti mentioned in verse 275 (bhaktyā vayaṁ vibho) should be accepted as vaidhi in nature. This is because it is the only type of devotion left, after enumerating rāgātmika (kāma and sambandha), vaidhi mixed with sneha (Pāṇḍavas) and rejecting dveṣa and bhaya as bhakti. It is also understood to be vaidhi-bhakti because the devotion of Nārada was characterized by reverential worship of the Lord in his previous life.
In the first of the two verses quoted (274), five items are mentioned: lust, hatred, fear, affection and bhakti. In the explanation of the author, six items are mentioned (corresponding to items apparently listed in verse 275): lust, hatred, fear, relationship, affection and bhakti. This mention of six items is only in deference to the commentary of Śrīdhara Svāmī on the Bhāgavatam verse. Actually, the meaning of the last line of verse 275 should be, “from sambandha filled with affection, you, Pāṇḍavas, and the Vṛṣṇis achieved the goal.” Thus, there is only one item instead of two for both the parties — the Pāṇḍavas and the Vṛṣṇis. [Note: Though the Pāṇḍavas’ relation is here classed as sambandha because of their affection, the previous cause of ultimate rejection as part of rāgātmika-bhakti still stands. The Pāṇḍavas had awareness of Kṛṣṇa as the Lord with powers.] Sambandha and sneha would then not be distinguished as separate items. This is according to Vopadeva. Thus, the second verse will have five items as in the first verse. This agrees well with the next verse in the Bhāgavatam, where five types are again mentioned:
katamo ’pi na venaḥ syāt pañcānāṁ puruṣaṁ prati
Any of the five types of persons, but not King Vena (who did not concentrate on the Lord), will attain their objectives in relation to the Lord. SB 7.1.32
Purusam here refers to the Lord. The meaning is “any of these five persons will be successful in relation to the Lord.” [Note: Thus, what the Bhāgavatam verses have illustrated is two types of rāgātmika-bhakti: kāma-rūpa and sambandha-rūpa.]
tad brahma-kṛṣṇayor aikyāt kiraṇārkopamā-juṣoḥ ||278||
When it is said that the enemies and the dear friends of the Lord attained the same end, it means the same end only in the sense that brahman and the personal form of Kṛṣṇa are one entity, in the manner that the rays of the sun and the sun are one.
Purport
There may be some difficulty in understanding that both the gopīs and Kaṁsa achieved the same goal, so this point should be clearly understood, because the attitudes of Kaṁsa and Śiśupāla were different from that of the gopīs. Although in all these cases the focus is on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and all of the devotees are elevated to the spiritual world, there is still a distinction between these two classes of souls. In the First Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said that the Absolute Truth is one and that He is manifested as impersonal Brahman, Paramātmā (Supersoul) and Bhagavān (the Supreme Personality of Godhead). Here is a spiritual distinction. Although Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān are the same-and-one Absolute Truth, devotees like Kaṁsa or Śiśupāla could attain only to the Brahman effulgence. They could not have realization of Paramātmā or Bhagavān. That is the distinction.
An analogy can be given with the sun globe and the sunshine: to remain in the sunshine does not mean one has gone to the sun globe. The temperature of the sun globe is different from the temperature of the sunshine. One who has gone through the sunshine in jet planes or in spaceships has not necessarily gone to the sun globe. Although the sunshine and the sun globe are actually one and the same, still there is a distinction, for one is the energy and one is the energetic source. The Absolute Truth and His bodily effulgence are in the same way simultaneously one and different. Kaṁsa and Śiśupāla attained to the Absolute Truth, but they were not allowed to enter into the Goloka Vṛndāvana abode. Impersonalists and the enemies of the Lord are, because of attraction to God, allowed to enter into His kingdom, but they are not allowed to enter into the Vaikuṇṭha planets or the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet of the Supreme Lord. To enter the kingdom and to enter the king’s palace are not the same thing.
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī is trying here to describe the different achievements of the impersonalists and the personalists. Generally, those who are impersonalists and are inimical to the Supreme Personality of Godhead get entrance only into the impersonal Brahman, when and if they reach spiritual perfection. The impersonalist philosophers are in one sense like the enemies of the Lord, because the out-and-out enemies of the Lord and the impersonalists are both allowed to enter only into the impersonal effulgence of the brahma-jyoti. So it is to be understood that they are of similar classification. And actually the impersonalists are enemies of God, because they cannot tolerate the unparalleled opulence of the Lord. They try always to place themselves on the same level with the Lord. That is due to their envious attitude. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has proclaimed the impersonalists to be offenders of the Lord. The Lord is so kind, however, that even though they are His enemies, they are still allowed to enter into the spiritual kingdom and remain in the impersonal brahma-jyoti, the undifferentiated light of the Absolute.
Sometimes an impersonalist may gradually elevate himself to the personal conception of the Lord. Bhagavad-gītā confirms this: “After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me.” By such surrender, an impersonalist can be elevated to the Vaikuṇṭhaloka (spiritual planet) where, as a surrendered soul, he attains bodily features like those of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
It was stated in verse 274, quoting from the Bhāgavatam, that those with hatred and fear attained the goal (tad-gatiṁ gatāḥ) as did those with conjugal love and affection. The doubt may arise how an enemy of Kṛṣṇa and a friend of Kṛṣṇa can achieve the same goal. This verse clears the doubt.
Priyāṇām refers to the gopīs, Vṛṣṇis, Pāṇḍavas and Nārada. The example of the sun and its rays are given in the Brahma-saṁhitā:
yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi-
koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi vibhūti-bhinnam |
tad brahma niṣkalam anantam aśeṣa-bhūtaṁ
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi || (5.40)
I serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose transcendental bodily effulgence, known as the brahmajyoti, which is unlimited, unfathomed and all pervasive, is the cause of the creation of unlimited numbers of planets, etc., with varieties of climates and specific conditions of life. Brahma-saṁhitā 5.40
Bhagavad-gītā also says brahmaṇo hi pratiṣṭhāham: I am the shelter of the impersonal brahman (BG 14.27). Pratiṣṭhā means shelter. One should also see the commentary of Śrīdhara Svāmī on that verse. That is also suitable. If a person becomes highly qualified, he realizes the condensed form through the appearance of the Lord as Bhagavān with form and qualities. Otherwise, the person realizes the diluted form, through the appearance of the Brahman, with no form and qualities. One should understand that the effulgence could exist only if it has a foundation. Thus, even those satisfied with realization of ātmā, become attracted to the qualities of Bhagavān. If one is very inquisitive, one can consult the Bhagavat-sandarbha.
The enemies of the Lord generally merge into the impersonal brahman. Some of them, even though they attain semblance of a form similar to the Lord’s (sārūpyābhāsam), remain absorbed in the happiness of brahman.
Purport
There may be some difficulty in understanding that both the gopīs and Kaṁsa achieved the same goal, so this point should be clearly understood, because the attitudes of Kaṁsa and Śiśupāla were different from that of the gopīs. Although in all these cases the focus is on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and all of the devotees are elevated to the spiritual world, there is still a distinction between these two classes of souls. In the First Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said that the Absolute Truth is one and that He is manifested as impersonal Brahman, Paramātmā (Supersoul) and Bhagavān (the Supreme Personality of Godhead). Here is a spiritual distinction. Although Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān are the same-and-one Absolute Truth, devotees like Kaṁsa or Śiśupāla could attain only to the Brahman effulgence. They could not have realization of Paramātmā or Bhagavān. That is the distinction.
An analogy can be given with the sun globe and the sunshine: to remain in the sunshine does not mean one has gone to the sun globe. The temperature of the sun globe is different from the temperature of the sunshine. One who has gone through the sunshine in jet planes or in spaceships has not necessarily gone to the sun globe. Although the sunshine and the sun globe are actually one and the same, still there is a distinction, for one is the energy and one is the energetic source. The Absolute Truth and His bodily effulgence are in the same way simultaneously one and different. Kaṁsa and Śiśupāla attained to the Absolute Truth, but they were not allowed to enter into the Goloka Vṛndāvana abode. Impersonalists and the enemies of the Lord are, because of attraction to God, allowed to enter into His kingdom, but they are not allowed to enter into the Vaikuṇṭha planets or the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet of the Supreme Lord. To enter the kingdom and to enter the king’s palace are not the same thing.
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī is trying here to describe the different achievements of the impersonalists and the personalists. Generally, those who are impersonalists and are inimical to the Supreme Personality of Godhead get entrance only into the impersonal Brahman, when and if they reach spiritual perfection. The impersonalist philosophers are in one sense like the enemies of the Lord, because the out-and-out enemies of the Lord and the impersonalists are both allowed to enter only into the impersonal effulgence of the brahma-jyoti. So it is to be understood that they are of similar classification. And actually the impersonalists are enemies of God, because they cannot tolerate the unparalleled opulence of the Lord. They try always to place themselves on the same level with the Lord. That is due to their envious attitude. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has proclaimed the impersonalists to be offenders of the Lord. The Lord is so kind, however, that even though they are His enemies, they are still allowed to enter into the spiritual kingdom and remain in the impersonal brahma-jyoti, the undifferentiated light of the Absolute.
Sometimes an impersonalist may gradually elevate himself to the personal conception of the Lord. Bhagavad-gītā confirms this: “After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me.” By such surrender, an impersonalist can be elevated to the Vaikuṇṭhaloka (spiritual planet) where, as a surrendered soul, he attains bodily features like those of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
…Among the enemies some merge into brahman. Others, such as Śṛgāla Vāsudeva [Note: He was the king of Karavīra, and was killed by Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma while they were living in Mathurā.] attain forms somewhat resembling that of the Lord, but remain merged in the happiness of brahman (rather than serving the Lord).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
In this verse, the destination of brahman for the enemies of the Lord is described.
[siddha-lokas tu tamasah paare yatra vasanti hi |]
siddhā brahma-sukhe magnā daityāś ca hariṇa hatāḥ ||280||
[siddhaa brahma-sukhe magnaa daityaash cha harina hataah ||280||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā ca brahmāṇḍa purāṇe—
siddha-lokas tu tamasaḥ pāre yatra vasanti hi |
siddhā brahma-sukhe magnā daityāś ca hariṇa hatāḥ ||280||
Moreover, it says in the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa: Siddha-loka (the spiritual world) is beyond prakṛti. There, demons killed by the Lord and some sages dwell, merged in the happiness of brahman.
Purport
In the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa it is stated, “Those who have achieved liberation from material contamination and those who are demons and are killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead become absorbed in the Brahman concept of life and reside in the spiritual sky of the brahma-jyoti.” That spiritual sky is far beyond the material sky, and it is confirmed also in Bhagavad-gītā that beyond this material sky there is another, eternal sky. The enemies and the impersonalists may be allowed to enter into this Brahman effulgence, but the devotees of Kṛṣṇa are promoted all the way to the spiritual planets.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
….. Siddhā refers to sages. The sages and the demons dwell on that planet of the Lord, merged in the happiness of brahman.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The proof that the demons merge in the brahman will be given in the first half of verse 282. The proof that some demons attain the planet of the Lord but still remain merged in the happiness of brahman is stated in this verse. Thus the phrase tathā ca brahmāṇḍa purāṇe (moreover…) is used. Tamasaḥ means prakṛti.
Those persons most devoted to the Lord, who are the very form of prema and who worship Him with intense, spontaneous absorption, attain the nectar of His lotus feet.
Purport
Because the pure devotees have developed their spontaneous love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are allowed to enter into the spiritual planets to enjoy spiritual bliss in association with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse describes especially the supreme position of the devoted gopīs. The word priyā indicates this.
vayam api te samāḥ sama-dṛśo ’ṅghri-saroja-sudhāḥ ||282||
[vayam api te samaah sama-drisho ’nghri-saroja-sudhaah ||282||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā hi śrī-daśame—
nibhṛta-marun-mano ’kṣa-dṛḍha-yoga-yujo hṛdi yan
munaya upāsate tad-arayo ’pi yayuḥ smaraṇāt |
striya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daṇḍa-viṣakta-dhiyo
vayam api te samāḥ sama-dṛśo ’ṅghri-saroja-sudhāḥ ||282||
Thus, it says in the Tenth Canto: Simply by constantly thinking of Him, the enemies of the Lord attained the same Brahman that sages fixed in yoga worship by controlling their breath, mind and senses. Similarly, we śrutis, adopting a mood similar to the gopīs, and finally attaining similar bodies, will achieve the same nectar from Your lotus feet that Your consorts are able to relish because of their loving attraction to Your mighty, serpentine arms. SB 10.87.23
Purport
In the Tenth Canto, Eighty-seventh Chapter, verse 23, of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the Vedas personified address the Lord in this way: “My dear Lord, yogīs meditate upon Your localized feature, and thus they achieve the spiritual perfection of being merged in the impersonal brahma-jyoti. Persons who treat You as an enemy achieve the same perfection without meditating. The gopīs, who are embraced by Your serpentine arms and who have such lusty attitudes, also achieve the same perfection. And as far as we are concerned, being different demigods in charge of the different parts of Vedic knowledge, we are always following in the footsteps of the gopīs. Thus we hope to attain the same perfection.” By “the same perfection” we must always remember the example of the sun and the sunshine. Those who are impersonalists can merge into the sunshinelike brahma-jyoti, whereas those who are in love with the Supreme Person enter into the supreme abode of the Lord, Goloka Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
…Nibhṛtaiḥ means “with extreme steadiness,” and thus indicates processes such as dhāraṇa. The brahman (yad), which the sages worship by fixed themselves in yoga by highly controlled prāṇas, mind and senses (akṣa), with only a possibility of attaining it, is attained by the enemies of the Lord by remembering Him with hatred. The gopīs are absorbed in thinking (viṣakta-dhiyaḥ) of the arms of Kṛṣṇa that are like the body of the king of snakes (uragendra-bhoga).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The author matches the statement of this verse, from the prayers of the personified Vedas in the Tenth Canto, with the attainment of brahman mentioned in the first half of verse 279, and with the attainment of the Lord’s feet by rāga mentioned in verse 281. By the use of api twice, once in each half of the present verse, two separate pairs of persons (with differing destinations) should be understood.
The enemies of the Lord attained that brahman, which the sages contemplate in their hearts, simply by remembrance of the Lord in fear or hatred. Striyaḥ here refers to the gopīs, as they are well known in this context. The gopīs attained the nectar of Your lotus feet — the various types of sweetness filled with prema. We, the Upaniṣads, adopting a mood or emotion similar to that of the gopis (sama-dṛśaḥ), and thus attaining forms like them (samāḥ), also attained the nectar of Your lotus feet. The detailed meaning can be seen in the commentary of Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī on the Tenth Canto called Vaiṣṇava-toṣaṇī. Furthermore, in the Bṛhad-vāmana Purāṇa, it is stated that the gopīs attained the gopī bodies for which they had prayed.
In the previous verse, the attainment of the Lord’s feet also applies, in general, to persons who act with rāga, though, it directly indicates the gopis. The gopīs mentioned in the Bhāgavatam verse are those kāma-rūpa-rāgātmika devotees, and the personified śrutis, who are speaking, are kāmānuga devotees (those performing rāgānuga-sādhana following after the kāma-rūpa gopīs.) Similarly, the Vṛṣṇis should be understood to be sambandha-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhaktas, and those who follow after them would be sambandhānuga-sādhana-bhaktas.
yad asyāṁ kṛṣṇa-saukhyārtham eva kevalam udyamaḥ ||283||
[yad asyaam krishna-saukhyaartham eva kevalam udyamah ||283||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tatra kāmarūpā—
sā kāmarūpā sambhoga-tṛṣṇāṁ yā nayati svatām |
yad asyāṁ kṛṣṇa-saukhyārtham eva kevalam udyamaḥ ||283||
Here is the definition of kāmarūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti: That type of bhakti with full absorption in the beloved is called kāma-rūpa-bhakti which produces an intrinsic thirst for a conjugal relationship with the Lord in the ātmā. It is called bhakti because in that condition there is only eagerness for giving pleasure to Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
The “lusty attitude” of the gopīs does not refer to any sort of sex indulgence. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī explains that this “lusty desire” refers to the devotee’s particular attitude of association with Kṛṣṇa. Every devotee in his perfectional stage has a spontaneous attraction to the Lord. This attraction is sometimes called the “lusty desire” of the devotee. The lust is the devotee’s excessive desire to serve the Lord in a particular capacity. Such a desire may seem to be a desire for enjoying the Lord, but actually the endeavor is to serve the Lord in that capacity. For example, a devotee may be desiring to associate with the Personality of Godhead as His cowherd friend. He will want to serve the Lord by assisting Him in controlling the cows in the pasturing ground. This may appear to be a desire to enjoy the company of the Lord, but actually it is spontaneous love, serving Him by assisting in managing the transcendental cows.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Kāma should be described as a particular type of prema with full, spontaneous absorption in the beloved object. This has already been mentioned in the definition of rāgātmika-bhakti. That which is famous as prema (sā) is called kāma-rūpa in this verse. Other varieties are excluded. The verse covers only the characteristics of kāma-rūpa. What is its effect? The thirst for conjugal enjoyment famous as kāma or lust is actually a thirst composed of prema alone, with no trace of material lust, and this thirst becomes one’s essential nature (svatām). The verse then explains the reason that this kāma is equated with prema — because (yad) in this thirst for enjoyment (asyām), there is complete eagerness of the gopīs of Vraja only for pleasing Kṛṣṇa, and not a thirst for their personal enjoyment.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Kāma should be described as a particular type of prema with full, spontaneous absorption in the beloved object, which was already mentioned in the definition of rāgātmika-bhakti. This verse begins to describe kāma-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti. That type of bhakti (sā), whose very form is prema (not material lust), is called kāma-rūpa in this verse and no other type, and which produces a thirst for conjugal enjoyment with the Lord as one’s essential nature. What is the cause for this kāma being prema? In that kāma-rūpa-bhakti, there is only an intense zeal for the happiness of Kṛṣṇa.
This very famous kāma-rūpa-bhakti appears with brilliance in the women of Vraja. They have a particular type of prema which has a special sweet-ness. It is called kāma by the wise because it is the cause of various amorous actions.
Purport
Sensual Attraction
This extreme desire to serve the Lord is manifest in the transcendental land of Vraja. And it is specifically manifested among the gopīs. The gopīs’ love for Kṛṣṇa is so elevated that for our understanding it is sometimes explained as being “lusty desire.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The author gives an example of this kāma-rūpa-bhakti. Its famous nature (suprasiddha) is illustrated in the following verse (which was spoken by the gopīs when Kṛṣṇa left them in the midst of the rāsa-līlā.)
yat te sujāta-caraṇāmburuhaṁ staneṣu
bhītāḥ śanaiḥ priya dadhīmahi karkaśeṣu
tenāṭavīm aṭasi tad vyathate na kiṁ svit
kūrpādibhir bhramati dhīr bhavad-āyuṣāṁ naḥ
O dearly beloved! Your lotus feet are so soft that we place them gently on our breasts, fearing that Your feet will be hurt. Our life rests only in You. Our minds, therefore, are filled with anxiety that Your tender feet might be wounded by pebbles as You roam about on the forest path. SB 10.31.19
“But in such examples, the word kāma-rūpa actually should be kāmātmika, completely filled with thirst. The phrase kāma-rūpa expresses only bhakti composed of conjugal actions, and not the conjugal emotions, whereas the phrase kāmātmika (bhakti completely inundated with conjugal feelings) indicates bhakti endowed with conjugal feelings as well as actions. It would not be possible for that thirst composed only of actions to cause complete transformation into prema.”
However, even though this kāma-rūpa is composed of action, this action will produce a transformation because part of the action is the action of the mind. In the mind, the person thinks, “Kṛṣṇa will attain happiness from me.” Thus, the transformation into prema in the ātmā will take place (since both body and mind are involved).
Thus, in a tantra it is said: The kāma-rūpa-bhakti of the gopīs has become famous simply as prema.
Purport
The author of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Kavirāja Kṛṣṇadāsa, has explained the distinction between lusty desire and the service attitude in this statement: “ ‘Lusty desire’ refers to the desire to gratify one’s personal senses, and ‘transcendental desire’ refers to the desire for serving the senses of the Lord.” In the material world there is no such thing as a lover’s wanting to please the senses of his beloved. Actually, in the material world, everyone wants mainly to gratify his own personal senses. The gopīs, however, wanted nothing at all but to gratify the senses of the Lord, and there is no instance of this in the material world. Therefore the gopīs’ ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa is sometimes described by scholars as being like the “lusty desire” of the material world, but actually this should not be taken as a literal fact. It is simply a way of trying to understand the transcendental situation.
And, because it is a form of exalted prema, persons such as Uddhava, dear to the Lord, desire that aspect of it.
Purport
Great devotees up to the standard of Uddhava are very dear friends of the Lord, and they desire to follow in the footsteps of the gopīs. So the gopīs’ love for Kṛṣṇa is certainly not material lusty desire. Otherwise, how could Uddhava aspire to follow in their footsteps? Another instance is Lord Caitanya Himself. After accepting the sannyāsa order of life, He was very, very strict about avoiding association with women, but still He taught that there is no better method of worshiping Kṛṣṇa than that conceived by the gopīs. Thus the gopīs’ method of worshiping the Lord as if impelled by lusty desire was praised very highly even by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This very fact means that although the attraction of the gopīs for Kṛṣṇa appears to be lusty, it is not in the least bit material. Unless one is fully situated in the transcendental position, the relationship of the gopīs with Kṛṣṇa is very difficult to understand. But because it appears to be just like ordinary dealings of young boys and girls, it is sometimes misinterpreted to be like the ordinary sex of this material world. Unfortunately, persons who cannot understand the transcendental nature of the loving affairs of the gopīs and Kṛṣṇa take it for granted that Kṛṣṇa’s loving affairs with the gopīs are mundane transactions, and therefore they sometimes indulge in painting licentious pictures in some modernistic style.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The word iti indicates the reason why kāma-rūpa-bhakti is well known as prema. Uddhava, by expressing his desire in the following verse, makes that kāma-rūpa- bhakti famous as prema.
etāḥ paraṁ tanu-bhṛto bhuvi gopa-vadhvo
govinda eva nikhilātmani rūḍha-bhāvāḥ
vāñchanti yad bhava-bhiyo munayo vayaṁ ca
kiṁ brahma-janmabhir ananta-kathā-rasasya
Among all persons on earth, these cowherd women, alone, have actually perfected their embodied lives, for they have achieved the perfection of unalloyed love for Lord Govinda. Their pure love is hankered after by those who fear material existence, by great sages, and by ourselves as well. For one who has tasted the narrations of the infinite Lord, what is the use of taking birth as a high-class brāhmaṇa, or even as Lord Brahmā himself? SB 10.47.58
The word etam indicates prema similar to theirs (etādṛśa), similar to their intense prema (rūḍha-bhāvāḥ), characterized by emotions, by which they identify themselves as conjugal lovers of Govinda. However, it should be understood that he actually did not desire the gopīs’ particular type of prema, because such a desire would suggest that he is forcing conformity to the goal of kāma-rūpa-bhakti on the desirers of liberation (bhava-bhiyāḥ), the liberated (munayaḥ) and the devotees (vayam). Thus, there would no existence of other sthāyi-bhāvas such as sakhya or dāsya. Uddhava desired the intensity of their prema but not their kāma-rūpa-bhāva, which causes the intensity. Thus, when Uddhava says, he desires their prema, he does not desire the kāma-rūpa-bhāva.
kāma-prāyā ratiḥ kintu kubjāyām eva sammatā ||287||
[kaama-praayaa ratih kintu kubjaayaam eva sammataa ||287||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kāma-prāyā ratiḥ kintu kubjāyām eva sammatā ||287||
But the wise agree that the attraction to Kṛṣṇa seen in Kubjā is essentially due to kāma only.
Purport
On the other hand, the lusty desire of Kubjā is described by learned scholars as being “almost lusty desire.” Kubjā was a hunchbacked woman who also wanted Kṛṣṇa with a great ecstatic love. But her desire for Kṛṣṇa was almost mundane, and so her love cannot be compared to the love of the gopīs. Her loving affection for Kṛṣṇa is called kāma-prāyā, or almost like the gopīs’ love for Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
That Kubja had a prominence of kāma is evident in her not showing the actions of the pure prema of the gopīs. The pure prema is illustrated in the following verse.
yat te sujāta-caraṇāmburuhaṁ staneṣu
bhītāḥ śanaiḥ priya dadhīmahi karkaśeṣu
tenāṭavīm aṭasi tad vyathate na kiṁ svit
kūrpādibhir bhramati dhīr bhavad-āyuṣāṁ naḥ
O dearly beloved! Your lotus feet are so soft that we place them gently on our breasts, fearing that Your feet will be hurt. Our life rests only in You. Our minds, therefore, are filled with anxiety that Your tender feet might be wounded by pebbles as You roam about on the forest path. SB 10.31.19
She, on the other hand, exhibits only lusty actions:
tato rūpa-guṇaudārya-sampannā prāha keśavam
uttarīyāntam akṛṣya smayantī jāta-hṛc-chayā
Now endowed with beauty, character, and generosity, Trivakrā began to feel lusty desires for Lord Keśava. Taking hold of the end of His upper cloth, she smiled. SB 10.42.9
However, she is said to have rati to a small degree, because the object of her attraction was Kṛṣṇa.
Next sambandha-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti will be discussed: Sambandha-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti is that bhakti inspired by great absorption arising from identifying oneself as the parent, friend or servant of Govinda. This refers to the bhakti of the cowherd people, which is indicated by the word, sambandhād vṛṣṇayaḥ, quoted in verse 275 as an example of sambandha. This is because these other relationships in Vraja also have a predominance of intense affection (rāga), caused by a lack of awareness of Kṛṣṇa as God.
Purport
NoD 16: Spontaneous Devotion Further Described
Relationship
In the attitude of the denizens of Vṛndāvana, such as Nanda Mahārāja and Mother Yaśodā, is to be found the ideal transcendental concept of being the father and mother of Kṛṣṇa, the original Personality of Godhead. Factually, no one can become the father or mother of Kṛṣṇa, but a devotee’s possession of such transcendental feelings is called love of Kṛṣṇa in a parental relationship. The Vṛṣṇis (Kṛṣṇa’s relatives at Dvārakā) also felt like that. So spontaneous love of Kṛṣṇa in the parental relationship is found both among those denizens of Dvārakā who belonged to the dynasty of Vṛṣṇi and among the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The word vṛṣṇayaḥ in the phrase sambandhād vṛṣṇayaḥ (the Vṛṣṇis attained perfection by relationship) indicates vallavā (cowherd men). The reason for indicating only the cowherd men instead of meaning both the cowherd men and the Yadus is then given by the phrase “because they have a predominance of spontaneous absorption (rāga), caused by lack of awareness of Kṛṣṇa as God.” The sense of the verse is as follows.
Bhaktyā vayam referred to vaidhi-bhakti, and the Vṛṣṇis’ bhakti would be included in that type of bhakti. In the beginning of the verse, the gopīs were mentioned as the prime examples of kāmā-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti. Therefore, the residents of Vraja, the cowherd men should be considered as the chief examples of sambandha-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti. If the meaning of Vṛṣṇi is taken to be the relatives in Dvārakā, the enumeration of types of bhakti would be incomplete, with the fault of deficiency. [Note: In the Bhāgavatam list fear and hatred were discarded as bhakti. The remaining types were kāma, sambandha (sneha) and vaidhi-bhakti. Since vaidhi-bhakti and rāgānuga are the two sādhanas for attaining the Lord, and madhūrya-rāgānuga is represented by kāma, the other types of love in Vraja must be represented by sambandha of the cowherd people who are also called Vṛṣṇis.]
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Pitṛtvādy-abhimānitā (having identity as a father, etc. of Kṛṣṇa) actually means “inspired by intense affection (rāga) caused by that identity as father etc.” The reference to the Vṛṣṇis is from the Bhāgavatam verse quoted in verse 275 of the text. One should take the word Vṛṣṇi to mean the cowherd men rather than the inhabitants of Mathurā and Dvārakā. This is an example of ajahal-lakṣana: the original meaning of the word is not given up completely. [Note: King Devamīḍha of the Yadu clan had two wives, one of kṣatriya family, the other of vaiśya family. Through the kṣatriya wife, he bore a son named Sura, and through the vaiśya wife, he bore a son named Parjanya. Sura had a son named Vasudeva, a kṣatriya, and Parjanya had a son named Nanda, a cowherd. Thus, Nanda and his family of cowherds should be considered Vṛṣṇis also. However, usually the term refers to the Vṛṣṇi family in Mathurā and Dvārakā. In lakṣaṇa, the direct meaning must be given up in favor of some other meaning where the direct meaning does not make sense. If the meaning is given up completely, then it is called jahal-lakṣaṇa. If only part of the original meaning is given up, it is called ajahal-lakṣaṇa. In this case, the complete meaning of Vṛṣṇi is not given up, but must refer only to Nanda’s lineage of cowherd men in the Vṛṣṇi line, and not the inhabitants of Mathurā and Dvārakā, since their devotion was mixed with aiśvarya.] It is similar to the use of the syllable num in the following sūtra says aṭ-kupvāṅ-num vyavāye ’pi. [Note: After r, ṣ or ṛ short or long in the same word, the cerebral ṇ takes the place of dental n even with intervention of a vowel, y,v,or h, a gutttural or labial, the preposition ā or the augment num. (Pāṇini 8.4.2) Num actually means the dental n, but in this rule it stands for anusvāra only.] Num means dental n but in the context, it must mean anusvāra. Just as the word, num, in the sūtra stands for anusvāra in practical application, so Vṛṣṇi stands for the cowherd men of Vraja in the context of the verse.
The cowherds exhibit a predominance of rāga, without a mixture of reverence for Him as the Lord (which was present in the Vṛṣṇis in Dvārakā.)
Since kāma-rūpa and sambandha-rūpa-bhakti, which are caused by prema alone, take shelter of the nitya-siddhas, they have not been discussed in this section thoroughly.
Purport
Spontaneous love of Kṛṣṇa as exhibited by the Vṛṣṇis and the denizens of Vṛndāvana is eternally existing in them. In the stage of devotional service where regulative principles are followed, there is no necessity of discussing this love, for it must develop of itself at a more advanced stage.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
’’There are many sub-varieties in kāma-rūpa and sambandha-rūpa-bhakti. Why are these varieties not mentioned?” This verse answers. These two—kāma-rūpa and sambandha-rūpa-bhakti—exist only on the level of prema. The main places in which they manifest are the nitya-siddhas such as Nanda. The word āṣrayatā (taking shelter of) expresses a state of being (remain within). Because these two types of bhakti remain within the nitya-siddhas, they are not thoroughly discussed in this section dealing with sādhana (na atra samyak vicārite). However, they will be discussed in appropriate chapters.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Svarūpa here means “cause.” The nitya-siddhas, such as Nanda, are the main shelters of this type of bhakti. Because of this, these two are not thoroughly discussed in this section on sādhana, but will be discussed in other chapters.
[raagaatmikaayaa dvaividhyaad dvidhaa raagaanugaa cha saa |]
kāmānugā ca sambandhānugā ceti nigadyate ||290||
[kaamaanugaa cha sambandhaanugaa cheti nigadyate ||290||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rāgātmikāyā dvaividhyād dvidhā rāgānugā ca sā |
kāmānugā ca sambandhānugā ceti nigadyate ||290||
From these two types of rāgātmika-bhakti (siddha-bhakti), two types of rāgānuga-bhakti (sādhana-bhakti), called kāmānuga and sambandhānuga-bhakti, are derived.
Purport
Spontaneous love of Kṛṣṇa as exhibited by the Vṛṣṇis and the denizens of Vṛndāvana is eternally existing in them. In the stage of devotional service where regulative principles are followed, there is no necessity of discussing this love, for it must develop of itself at a more advanced stage.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Having described the qualities of rāgātmika-bhakti as a secondary topic, the qualities of rāgānuga-sādhana, the topic of this section, are now described.
The qualification for rāgānuga-bhakti is as follows: That person who is greedy for attaining a bhāva similar to that of the inhabitants of Vraja—who are fixed solely in rāgātmika-bhakti—is qualified for rāgānuga-bhakti.
Purport
Eligibility for Spontaneous Devotional Service
Persons desiring to follow in the footsteps of such eternal devotees of the Lord as the Vṛṣṇis and Vṛndāvana denizens are called rāgānugā devotees, which means that they are trying to attain to the perfection of those devotees.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Having described the characteristics of rāgātmika-bhakti of the siddha-bhaktas, the author now describes the characteristics of rāgānuga-bhakti of the sādhakas. He who is greedy to attain a bhāva similar to that of the people of Vraja—who are fixed in rāgātmika-bhakti—is qualified for rāgānuga-bhakti.
tat-tad-bhāvādi-mādhurye śrute dhīr yad apekṣate |
[tat-tad-bhaavaadi-maadhurye shrute dheer yad apekshate |]
nātra śāstraṁ na yuktiṁ ca tal-lobhotpatti-lakṣaṇaṁ ||292||
[naatra shaastram na yuktim cha tal-lobhotpatti-lakshanam ||292||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tat-tad-bhāvādi-mādhurye śrute dhīr yad apekṣate |
nātra śāstraṁ na yuktiṁ ca tal-lobhotpatti-lakṣaṇaṁ ||292||
The appearance of that greed is indicated when the intelligence does not depend on rules of scripture and logic, after realizing to some degree the sweetness of their (inhabitants of Vraja) love through the process of hearing from the scriptures.
Purport
These rāgānugā devotees do not follow the regulative principles of devotional service very strictly, but by spontaneous nature they become attracted to some of the eternal devotees such as Nanda or Yaśodā, and they try to follow in their footsteps spontaneously. There is a gradual development of the ambition to become like a particular devotee, and this activity is called rāgānugā.
We must always remember, however, that such eagerness to follow in the footsteps of the denizens of Vraja (Vṛndāvana) is not possible unless one is freed from material contamination. In following the regulative principles of devotional service, there is a stage called anartha-nivṛtti, which means the disappearance of all material contamination. Sometimes someone is found imitating such devotional love, but factually he is not freed from anarthas, or unwanted habits. It has been seen that a so-called devotee proclaims himself a follower of Nanda, Yaśodā or the gopīs, while at the same time his abominable attraction for mundane sex life is visible. Such a manifestation of divine love is mere imitation and has no value. When one is actually spontaneously attracted to the loving principles of the gopīs, there will be found no trace of any mundane contamination in his character.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
... One can infer (lakṣaṇam) that greed has arisen in the person from recognizing this symptom. Nevertheless, it is not possible to say that the condition described is the real essence (svarūpa) of that greed, since that greed does not always include disregard for scriptural injunctions and logic [Note: These are usual by-products of greed. One may also develop greed without showing symptoms of disregard for rules of scripture and logic.] as a necessary component.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
When a person realizes to some degree the sweetness of the love and activities of the inhabitants of Vraja through hearing from the scriptures such as Bhāgavatam, which describe these siddha devotees, his intelligence may develop disregard for the injunctions of scripture (śāstram) and logic (yuktim), though logic is certainly employed. [Note: To make any sense of scripture, logic must be used to understand the meaning of a statement. As well, where there are contradictions in scripture, logic must be used to bring about a conclusion.]
Those qualified for vaidhi-bhakti are dependent on the rules of scripture and favorable use of logic until the appearance of bhāva-bhakti.
Purport
Therefore, in the beginning, everyone should strictly follow the regulative principles of devotional service, according to the injunctions of the scriptures and the spiritual master. Only after the stage of liberation from material contamination can one actually aspire to follow in the footsteps of the devotees in Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
In performing sādhana-bhakti, the vaidhi-bhakti practitioner will depend on scriptural injunctions and favorable use of logic until the appearance of rati. After the appearance of rati, he no longer depends on these things. However, as soon as the greed manifests in him (for attaining a bhava similar to that of the Vraja-vāsis), and he develops an inclination for raga-bhakti, the practitioner of rāgānuga-bhakti does not depend any longer on scriptural rules and logic. Thus, it is greatly superior. However, wherever that greed has appeared, it is understood that the person must have studied the scriptures in order to attain that greed. It is also necessary to study the scriptures in order to understand the proper sādhana for rāgānuga-bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Because of following after the rāgātmikas, those practicing rāgānuga-bhakti practice bhakti with no limitations. That means that there is no specific rule concerning the time at which they will give up dependence on the rules of scripture. Is there a limit to how long those practicing vaidhi-bhakti should depend on the rules? This verse answers. Bhāva here means rati or the stage of bhāva-bhakti after sādhana-bhakti. [Note: At the stage of rati, the devotee would not commit sin by his nature, and thus would not have to consider the rules of scripture. However, his vaidhi-sādhana would influence his bhāva and prema, coloring it with awareness of Kṛṣṇa as the Lord.] It is said:
na mayy ekānta-bhaktānāṁ guṇa-doṣodbhavā guṇāḥ
sādhūnāṁ sama-cittānāṁ buddheḥ param upeyuṣām
Material piety and sin, which arise from the good and evil of this world (rules and regulations), cannot exist within My unalloyed devotees (bhāva-bhaktas), who, being free from material hankering, maintain steady spiritual consciousness in all circumstances. Indeed, such devotees have achieved Me, the Supreme Lord, who am beyond anything that can be conceived by material intelligence. SB 11.20.36
Remembering the Vṛndāvana form of Kṛṣṇa and His dear associates who have inclinations for service similar to one’s own, absorbing oneself in hearing topics related to them, one should always live in Vraja.
Purport
It is said by Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī, “When one is actually liberated from material contamination, he can always remember an eternal devotee in Vṛndāvana in order to love Kṛṣṇa in the same capacity. And developing such an aptitude, one will always live in Vṛndāvana, even within his mind.” The purport is that if it is possible one should go and physically be present at Vrajabhūmi, Vṛndāvana, and be engaged always in the service of the Lord, following the devotees in Vraja-dhāma, the spiritual realm of Vraja. If it is not possible, however, to be physically present at Vṛndāvana, one can meditate anywhere upon living in that situation. Wherever he may be, one must always think about life in Vraja-dhāma and about following in the footsteps of a particular devotee in the service of the Lord.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Now starts the description of the method of rāgānuga-sādhana. One should remember the most dear form of Kṛṣṇa (preṣṭham kṛṣṇam), the son of Nanda of kaiśora age, and the devotees of that particular form of Kṛṣṇa (asya janam), who have the same type of desires (for serving Kṛṣṇa) as oneself (nija-samīhitam). Remembering such devotees, one should live in Vraja. If possible, one should physically live in Vṛndāvana, the place where Kṛṣṇa resided as Nanda’s son. If one cannot do that, one should live there mentally.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Now, the method of rāgānuga-sādhana-bhakti is described. If possible, one should live physically in the places where Kṛṣṇa lived, such as Vṛndāvana. If one cannot do that, then the person should live there mentally.
Following after the inhabitants of Vraja, one should perform service in one’s physical body and in one’s siddha body, with a desire for a particular bhāva.
Purport
A devotee who is actually advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, who is constantly engaged in devotional service, should not manifest himself, even though he has attained perfection. The idea is that he should always continue to act as a neophyte devotee as long as his material body is there. Activities in devotional service under regulative principles must be followed even by the pure devotee. But when he realizes his actual position in relationship with the Lord, he can, along with the discharging of regulative service, think within himself of serving the Lord under the guidance of a particular associate of the Lord and develop his transcendental sentiments in following that associate.
In this connection, we should be careful about the so-called siddha-praṇālī. The siddha-praṇālī process is followed by a class of men who are not very authorized and who have manufactured their own way of devotional service. They imagine that they have become associates of the Lord simply by thinking of themselves like that. This external behavior is not at all according to the regulative principles. The so-called siddha-praṇālī process is followed by the prākṛta-sahajiyā, a pseudosect of so-called Vaiṣṇavas. In the opinion of Rūpa Gosvāmī, such activities are simply disturbances to the standard way of devotional service.
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī says that learned ācāryas recommend that we follow the regulative principles even after the development of spontaneous love for Kṛṣṇa. According to the regulative principles, there are nine departmental activities, as described above, and one should specifically engage himself in the type of devotional service for which he has a natural aptitude. For example, one person may have a particular interest in hearing, another may have a particular interest in chanting, and another may have a particular interest in serving in the temple. So these, or any of the other six different types of devotional service (remembering, serving, praying, engaging in some particular service, being in a friendly relationship or offering everything in one’s possession), should be executed in full earnestness. In this way, everyone should act according to his particular taste.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
One performs service with sādhaka-rūpa—the present body—and with the siddha-rūpa—the body which is suitable for serving Vraja Kṛṣṇa in the particular type of rati or bhāva one desires, and which appears through inner contemplation, with a desire for a particular rati directed to one’s beloved Kṛṣṇa situated in Vṛndāvana (tad–bhāva-lipsunā). [Note: The idea here is that, it is simultaneous in rāgānuga-bhakti, not at the same instant, but during the same period. For instance, for some hours he will meditate, and the rest of the day he will chant, read, and do deity services.] One should follow after the dear devotees of Kṛṣṇa such as Rādhā, Lalitā, Viśākhā, Śrī Rūpa-mañjarī and those following after them—persons such as Śrī Rūpa and Sanātana Gosvāmīs (vraja-lokānuṣārataḥ). Accordingly, one should perform mental service in one’s siddha-rūpa, following after the examples of Śrī Rādhā, Lalitā, Viśākhā, Śrī Rūpa-mañjarī and others. In one’s physical body, one should perform services using one’s body, following after persons such as Śrī Rūpa and Sanātana Gosvāmīs situated in Vraja. By the word vraja-lokā, one should understand persons situated in Vraja — Rādhā, Candrāvalī and others. Following after them, one should perform service using one’s physical body also.
Some modern persons following the sauramya-sampradāya think that since persons such as Rādhā did not perform services such as surrendering to guru, following Ekādaśī vows, and serving śālagrāma and tulasī, we also need not do those activities. That idea is defeated here. Jīva Gosvāmī in his commentary has explained this with the words vraja-lokās tv atra kṛṣna-preṣṭha-janās tad-anugatāś ca tad-anusārataḥ: vraja-lokā means those dear to Kṛṣṇa (like Śrī Rādhā etc.) and persons following after them (like Śrī Rūpa etc.); one should follow in their footsteps.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sādhaka-rūpa refers to the physical body of the practitioner. Siddha-rūpa refers to the body which is suitable for one’s desired service, and which has been developed by internal meditation. [Note: The siddha-rūpa is given by a guru on the path of rāga-bhakti when he sees the qualification for rāgānuga-bhakti and a particular inclination in a particular disciple. Theoretically this would be a form of an associate of one of the prominent devotees in Vraja with a specific rasa—dāsya, sakhya, vatsala or madhura. Along with the form, specific dress and service for Kṛṣṇa throughout the day would be given. However, forms of mañjarīs, assistants to the sakhīs of Rādhā, seem to be the most prominent forms given. The details are given in works by Gopālaguru Gosvāmī, Dhyānacandra Gosvāmī and Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura.] One serves with a desire for the particular bhāva or rati of an associate of Kṛṣṇa situated in Vraja (tad-bhāva-lipsunā). One should follow in the footsteps of the dear associates of Kṛṣṇa in Vraja (vraja-lokā) and others loyal to them.
yāny aṅgāni ca tāny atra vijñeyāni manīṣibhiḥ ||296||
[yaany angaani cha taany atra vijneyaani maneeshibhih ||296||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śravaṇotkīrtanādīni vaidha-bhakty-uditāni tu|
yāny aṅgāni ca tāny atra vijñeyāni manīṣibhiḥ ||296||
The discriminating practitioners should accept the aṅgas which were mentioned in vaidhi-bhakti such as hearing and chanting as the aṅgas of rāgānuga-bhakti.
Purport
A devotee who is actually advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, who is constantly engaged in devotional service, should not manifest himself, even though he has attained perfection. The idea is that he should always continue to act as a neophyte devotee as long as his material body is there. Activities in devotional service under regulative principles must be followed even by the pure devotee. But when he realizes his actual position in relationship with the Lord, he can, along with the discharging of regulative service, think within himself of serving the Lord under the guidance of a particular associate of the Lord and develop his transcendental sentiments in following that associate.
In this connection, we should be careful about the so-called siddha-praṇālī. The siddha-praṇālī process is followed by a class of men who are not very authorized and who have manufactured their own way of devotional service. They imagine that they have become associates of the Lord simply by thinking of themselves like that. This external behavior is not at all according to the regulative principles. The so-called siddha-praṇālī process is followed by the prākṛta-sahajiyā, a pseudosect of so-called Vaiṣṇavas. In the opinion of Rūpa Gosvāmī, such activities are simply disturbances to the standard way of devotional service.
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī says that learned ācāryas recommend that we follow the regulative principles even after the development of spontaneous love for Kṛṣṇa. According to the regulative principles, there are nine departmental activities, as described above, and one should specifically engage himself in the type of devotional service for which he has a natural aptitude. For example, one person may have a particular interest in hearing, another may have a particular interest in chanting, and another may have a particular interest in serving in the temple. So these, or any of the other six different types of devotional service (remembering, serving, praying, engaging in some particular service, being in a friendly relationship or offering everything in one’s possession), should be executed in full earnestness. In this way, everyone should act according to his particular taste.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Along with hearing and chanting, items such as surrendering to the lotus feet of guru should be understood as favorable. Without those favorable items how can one accomplish following after the eternal inhabitants of Vraja? After considering with intelligence, one should select activities conducive to one’s own sentiments for Kṛṣṇa, and not those activities which are contrary to one’s sentiments. Though prescribed in the scriptures, activities of deity worship such as worshipping Rukmiṇī, meditation of Dvārakā, performing mudrās and nyāsas, [Note: Mudrās are gestures using hands and fingers. Some are functional, indicating stages of the arcana; some indicate the weapons of the Lord; some indicate the items offered in worship. Nyāsa consists of touching various parts of the body with the fingers while uttering mantras. Both of these items are described in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa as part of vaidhi-bhakti arcana. Nyāsa is also mentioned in the definition of arcana given in verse 1.2.137.] or identifying oneself with the Lord and worshipping oneself, should be rejected. The scriptures also say that, on the path of bhakti, there is no fault in omitting some of the procedures (procedures such as meditation on Rukmiṇī).
yān āsthāya naro rājan na pramādyeta karhicit
dhāvan nimīlya vā netre na skhalen na pated iha
O King, one who accepts this process of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead will never blunder on his path in this world. Even while running with his eyes closed, he will never trip or fall. SB 11.2.35
na hy aṅgopakrame dhvaṁso mad-dharmasyoddhavāṇv api
mayā vyavasitaḥ samyaṅ nirguṇatvād anāśiṣaḥ
My dear Uddhava, because I have personally established it, this process of devotional service unto Me is transcendental and free from any material motivation. Certainly, a devotee never suffers even the slightest loss by adopting this process. SB 11.29.20
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The aṅgas here refer to those aṅgas of vaidhi-bhakti which are favorable to one’s particular rāgānugā cultivation.
The elements of kāmānuga will be described: That rāgānuga-sādhana-bhakti which is filled with longing and which follows after the kāma-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti of the siddha-bhaktas, is called kāmānuga-bhakti. There are two types: sambhogecchā-mayī and tad-tad-bhāvecchātmā.
Purport
Conjugal Love
Devotional service following in the footsteps of the gopīs of Vṛndāvana or the queens at Dvārakā is called devotional service in conjugal love. This devotional service in conjugal love can be divided into two categories. One is indirect conjugal love, the other direct. In both of these categories, one has to follow the particular gopī who is engaged in such service in Goloka Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
That bhakti which exhibits an eagerness to follow after kāma-rūpa-bhakti is called kamānuga. Because previously the word kāma-rūpa in relation to siddha-bhakti was said to indicate activities inspired by conjugal prema, the word tṛṣṇā or thirst used in relation to the sādhaka-bhakta should also mean actions inspired by same type of prema. Thus, that bhakti which is filled with activities that follows in the footsteps of the gopīs’ actions, which are inspired by prominent kāma or conjugal prema within them, and which is inspired by a similar and prominent love thirst in the sādhaka, is called kāmānuga-bhakti. There are two types of activity: those in the mind—consisting of thoughts; and services—consisting of actions of the external senses.
One should not say as follows. “If it is prescribed that the sādhaka must perform activities following after the activities of the young gopīs, then, why do the pure devotees not perform worship of the sun, which is undertaken by the gopīs? If the devotees perform such actions, will it harm the purity of their bhakti? The sādhakas also perform actions, such as, worship and Ekādaśī vows, which were performed by Rūpa Gosvāmī and other great devotees. But the gopīs did not perform these.”
The word anugāmini means, “following after,” not imitating. One should follow after them, in the sense of accepting the gopīs’ sentiments. It does not mean one should do everything they do. Similarly, taking support of the Vedānta, if one gives explanations with logic, with one’s additional input, it is called, “following the Vedānta.” As previously, the opinions of the recent sauramya-sampradāya are again defeated.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Bhakti that is filled with a thirst for following in the wake of the kāma-rūpa devotees of Vraja is called kāmānuga-bhakti (rāgānuga-bhakti).
The elements of kāmānuga will be described: That rāgānuga-sādhana-bhakti which is filled with longing and which follows after the kāma-rūpa-rāgātmika-bhakti of the siddha-bhaktas, is called kāmānuga-bhakti. There are two types: sambhogecchā-mayī and tad-tad-bhāvecchātmā.
Purport
Conjugal Love
Devotional service following in the footsteps of the gopīs of Vṛndāvana or the queens at Dvārakā is called devotional service in conjugal love. This devotional service in conjugal love can be divided into two categories. One is indirect conjugal love, the other direct. In both of these categories, one has to follow the particular gopī who is engaged in such service in Goloka Vṛndāvana.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
Bhakti that is filled with a thirst for following in the wake of the kāma-rūpa devotees of Vraja is called kāmānuga-bhakti (rāgānuga-bhakti).
Sambhogecchā-mayī-bhakti is characterized by enjoying conjugally with Kṛṣṇa. Tad-bhāvecchātmika-bhakti is characterized by desiring the sweet mood of love of the kāma-rūpa-siddha devotees.
Purport
To be directly attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead in conjugal love is technically called keli. This keli performance means to directly join with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There are other devotees who do not wish direct contact with the Supreme Person, but who relish the conjugal loving affairs of the Lord with the gopīs. Such devotees enjoy simply by hearing of the activities of the Lord with the gopīs.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Sambhogecchā-mayī means bhakti consisting of the two types of activities (mental and physical), inspired by the desire for a direct experience of giving conjugal enjoyment to Kṛṣṇa independently, like a leader of a group of gopīs. An example of a leader of a group, according to scriptures, is Candrāvalī. Tat-tad-bhāvecchātmika means bhakti whose inspiration (ātmā) is the desire to taste the special bhāva in relation to Kṛṣṇa possessed by a particular woman of Vraja, whom one holds dear. This should be understood to be superior to the previous type. It is the chief type of kāmānuga-bhakti. In this verse, sambhogaḥ means conjugal union, and keli means the same thing. Action whose goal is keli with Kṛṣṇa is called sambhogecchā-mayī-kāmānuga-bhakti. That bhakti which has the desire to taste the sweetness of the gopīs’ love in relation to Kṛṣṇa is called tat-tad-bhāvecchātmika-bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Sambhogecchā-mayī means following those who are kāma-prāyas [Note: This use of the word kāma-prāya is different from its use in describing Kubja, who had a predominance of material kāma.] having a prominence of desire of giving direct conjugal enjoyment to Kṛṣṇa. Tad-bhāvecchātmika means that type of bhakti whose very life (ātmā) is the desire for the particular rati of a cherished women of Vraja. This should be understood to be the main type of kāmānuga-bhakti. This is illustrated in the Bhāgavatam:
striya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daṇḍa-viṣakta-dhiyo
vayam api te samāḥ sama-dṛśo ’ṅghri-saroja-sudhāḥ
The women of Vraja were attracted to the arms of Kṛṣṇa resembling the lord of the serpents and attained the nectar of His lotus feet. We (śrutis) also with similar mood, attaining similar bodies, attained His feet. SB 10.87.23
Sambhoga means conjugal enjoyment. Keli means the same thing. Sambhogecchā-mayī has the aim of conjugal enjoyment with Kṛṣṇa (keli-tātparyavatī). Tad-tad-bhāva-icchātmika-bhakti has a desire for the sweetness of the love of the women of Vraja (tāsām bhāva-mādhurya-kāmitā).
purāṇe śruyate pādme puṁsam api bhaved iyam ||300||
Those who develop longing for the bhāva of the gopīs after seeing the sweetness in the deity of Kṛṣṇa and the gopīs, or after hearing about His pastimes with the gopīs, are qualified for sādhana of either of these types of kāmānuga-bhakti. In the Padma Purāṇa, it is said that even men can attain this bhakti.
Purport
This development of conjugal love can be possible only with those who are already engaged in following the regulative principles of devotional service, specifically in the worship of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa in the temple. Such devotees gradually develop a spontaneous love for the Deity, and by hearing of the Lord’s exchange of loving affairs with the gopīs, they gradually become attracted to these pastimes. After this spontaneous attraction becomes highly developed, the devotee is placed in either of the above-mentioned categories.
This development of conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa is not manifested in women only. The material body has nothing to do with spiritual loving affairs. A woman may develop an attitude for becoming a friend of Kṛṣṇa, and, similarly, a man may develop the feature of becoming a gopī in Vṛndāvana. How a devotee in the form of a man can desire to become a gopī is stated in the Padma Purāṇa as follows:
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Devotees should see the particular sweetness of pastimes through the deity forms of Kṛṣṇa and His consorts (gopīs), or hear about the sweetness of their love and pastimes. Previously (in verse 294) only hearing (and remembering, after hearing) was mentioned. The intention is to show that, in the act of seeing, the assistance of hearing is also necessary. Without hearing, there will be no manifestation of their basic forms and pastimes. Hearing about Kṛṣṇa and the gopīs, even without seeing, is also effective. These persons develop longing for the bhāva of the gopīs, and thus become qualified (sādhanatā) for these two types of sādhana (anayoḥ).
dṛṣṭvā rāmaṁ hariṁ tatra bhoktum aicchan suvigraham ||301||
[drishtvaa raamam harim tatra bhoktum aichchan suvigraham ||301||]
te sarve strītvam āpannāḥ samudbhūtāś ca gokule |
[te sarve streetvam aapannaah samudbhootaash cha gokule |]
hariṁ samprāpya kāmena tato muktā bhavārṇavāt ||302||
[harim sampraapya kaamena tato muktaa bhavaarnavaat ||302||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā—
purā maharṣayaḥ sarve daṇḍakāraṇya-vāsinaḥ |
dṛṣṭvā rāmaṁ hariṁ tatra bhoktum aicchan suvigraham ||301||
te sarve strītvam āpannāḥ samudbhūtāś ca gokule |
hariṁ samprāpya kāmena tato muktā bhavārṇavāt ||302||
Examples of males becoming gopīs are as follows: Previously, all the sages living in Daṇḍakāraṇya forest, who after seeing Lord Rāma, desired enjoyment with His form, attained forms of women and appeared in Gokula. Attaining the Lord by that kāma, they became liberated from the ocean of the material world.
Purport
In days gone by there were many sages in Daṇḍakāraṇya. Daṇḍakāraṇya is the name of the forest where Lord Rāmacandra lived after being banished by His father for fourteen years. At that time there were many advanced sages who were captivated by the beauty of Lord Rāmacandra and who desired to become women in order to embrace the Lord. Later on, these sages appeared in Gokula Vṛndāvana when Kṛṣṇa advented Himself there, and they were born as gopīs, or girlfriends of Kṛṣṇa. In this way they attained the perfection of spiritual life.
The story of the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya can be explained as follows. When Lord Rāmacandra was residing in Daṇḍakāraṇya, the sages who were engaged in devotional service there became attracted by His beauty and immediately thought of the gopīs at Vṛndāvana, who enjoyed conjugal loving affection with Kṛṣṇa. In this instance it is clear that the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya desired conjugal love in the manner of the gopīs, although they were well aware of the Supreme Lord as both Kṛṣṇa and Lord Rāmacandra. They knew that although Rāmacandra was an ideal king and could not accept more than one wife, Lord Kṛṣṇa, being the full-fledged Personality of Godhead, could fulfill the desires of all of them in Vṛndāvana. These sages also concluded that the form of Lord Kṛṣṇa is more attractive than that of Lord Rāmacandra, and so they prayed to become gopīs in their future lives to be associated with Kṛṣṇa.
Lord Rāmacandra remained silent, and His silence shows that He accepted the prayers of the sages. Thus they were blessed by Lord Rāmacandra to have association with Lord Kṛṣṇa in their future lives. As a result of this benediction, they all took birth as women in the wombs of gopīs at Gokula, and as they had desired in their previous lives, they enjoyed the company of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who was present at that time in Gokula Vṛndāvana. The perfection of their human form of life was thus achieved by their generating a transcendental sentiment to share conjugal love with Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Conjugal love is divided into two classifications—namely, conjugal love as husband and wife and conjugal love as lover and beloved. One who develops conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa as a wife is promoted to Dvārakā, where the devotee becomes the queen of the Lord. One who develops conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa as a lover is promoted to Goloka Vṛndāvana, to associate with the gopīs and enjoy loving affairs with Kṛṣṇa there. We should note carefully, however, that this conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa, either as gopī or as queen, is not limited only to women. Even men can develop such sentiments, as was evidenced by the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Those gopīs became freed from the material ocean. That means that they became free from the material portions of their bodies. At the time of the rāsa dance when they were locked in their houses, they burned up the material portion of their bodies by the separation from Kṛṣṇa caused by their being locked up. The particular explanation of this can be seen in the commentary [of Viśvanātha] on the Tenth Canto. This is a result which accompanies bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The sages refer to all those sages who had desires following the gopīs of Kṛṣṇa in Gokula. Seeing Rāma, they desired to enjoy with Him, when He would appear in the future, in the beautiful form of Kṛṣṇa. They thus asked for this boon in their minds. Kṛṣṇa’s future appearance was well known to the learned from the scriptures. After obtaining a silent boon from Rāma, who acts as a desire tree, they attained bodies of women in the wombs of gopīs in a different region. They were then born from these gopīs, who then moved to Nanda Gokula, famous everywhere as Gokula. Due to their kāma alone, they attained the Lord in the form of attractive Kṛṣṇa, and later, attained liberation from the material ocean. These gopīs (sādhana-siddhas) are indicated in the following verse.
antar-gṛha-gatāḥ kāścid gopyo ’labdha-vinirgamāḥ
kṛṣṇaṁ tad-bhāvanā-yuktā dadhyur mīlita-locanāḥ
Some of the gopīs, however, could not manage to get out of their houses, and instead they remained at home with eyes closed, meditating upon Him in pure love. [Note: These gopīs, meditating in separation, became completely purified and attained full spiritual bodies. With these bodies, they attained Kṛṣṇa’s association in the rasa-līlā.] SB 10.29.9
dṛṣṭvā rāmaṁ hariṁ tatra bhoktum aicchan suvigraham ||301||
[drishtvaa raamam harim tatra bhoktum aichchan suvigraham ||301||]
te sarve strītvam āpannāḥ samudbhūtāś ca gokule |
[te sarve streetvam aapannaah samudbhootaash cha gokule |]
hariṁ samprāpya kāmena tato muktā bhavārṇavāt ||302||
[harim sampraapya kaamena tato muktaa bhavaarnavaat ||302||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā—
purā maharṣayaḥ sarve daṇḍakāraṇya-vāsinaḥ |
dṛṣṭvā rāmaṁ hariṁ tatra bhoktum aicchan suvigraham ||301||
te sarve strītvam āpannāḥ samudbhūtāś ca gokule |
hariṁ samprāpya kāmena tato muktā bhavārṇavāt ||302||
Examples of males becoming gopīs are as follows: Previously, all the sages living in Daṇḍakāraṇya forest, who after seeing Lord Rāma, desired enjoyment with His form, attained forms of women and appeared in Gokula. Attaining the Lord by that kāma, they became liberated from the ocean of the material world.
Purport
In days gone by there were many sages in Daṇḍakāraṇya. Daṇḍakāraṇya is the name of the forest where Lord Rāmacandra lived after being banished by His father for fourteen years. At that time there were many advanced sages who were captivated by the beauty of Lord Rāmacandra and who desired to become women in order to embrace the Lord. Later on, these sages appeared in Gokula Vṛndāvana when Kṛṣṇa advented Himself there, and they were born as gopīs, or girlfriends of Kṛṣṇa. In this way they attained the perfection of spiritual life.
The story of the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya can be explained as follows. When Lord Rāmacandra was residing in Daṇḍakāraṇya, the sages who were engaged in devotional service there became attracted by His beauty and immediately thought of the gopīs at Vṛndāvana, who enjoyed conjugal loving affection with Kṛṣṇa. In this instance it is clear that the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya desired conjugal love in the manner of the gopīs, although they were well aware of the Supreme Lord as both Kṛṣṇa and Lord Rāmacandra. They knew that although Rāmacandra was an ideal king and could not accept more than one wife, Lord Kṛṣṇa, being the full-fledged Personality of Godhead, could fulfill the desires of all of them in Vṛndāvana. These sages also concluded that the form of Lord Kṛṣṇa is more attractive than that of Lord Rāmacandra, and so they prayed to become gopīs in their future lives to be associated with Kṛṣṇa.
Lord Rāmacandra remained silent, and His silence shows that He accepted the prayers of the sages. Thus they were blessed by Lord Rāmacandra to have association with Lord Kṛṣṇa in their future lives. As a result of this benediction, they all took birth as women in the wombs of gopīs at Gokula, and as they had desired in their previous lives, they enjoyed the company of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who was present at that time in Gokula Vṛndāvana. The perfection of their human form of life was thus achieved by their generating a transcendental sentiment to share conjugal love with Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Conjugal love is divided into two classifications—namely, conjugal love as husband and wife and conjugal love as lover and beloved. One who develops conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa as a wife is promoted to Dvārakā, where the devotee becomes the queen of the Lord. One who develops conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa as a lover is promoted to Goloka Vṛndāvana, to associate with the gopīs and enjoy loving affairs with Kṛṣṇa there. We should note carefully, however, that this conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa, either as gopī or as queen, is not limited only to women. Even men can develop such sentiments, as was evidenced by the sages of Daṇḍakāraṇya.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Commentary
The sages refer to all those sages who had desires following the gopīs of Kṛṣṇa in Gokula. Seeing Rāma, they desired to enjoy with Him, when He would appear in the future, in the beautiful form of Kṛṣṇa. They thus asked for this boon in their minds. Kṛṣṇa’s future appearance was well known to the learned from the scriptures. After obtaining a silent boon from Rāma, who acts as a desire tree, they attained bodies of women in the wombs of gopīs in a different region. They were then born from these gopīs, who then moved to Nanda Gokula, famous everywhere as Gokula. Due to their kāma alone, they attained the Lord in the form of attractive Kṛṣṇa, and later, attained liberation from the material ocean. These gopīs (sādhana-siddhas) are indicated in the following verse.
antar-gṛha-gatāḥ kāścid gopyo ’labdha-vinirgamāḥ
kṛṣṇaṁ tad-bhāvanā-yuktā dadhyur mīlita-locanāḥ
Some of the gopīs, however, could not manage to get out of their houses, and instead they remained at home with eyes closed, meditating upon Him in pure love. [Note: These gopīs, meditating in separation, became completely purified and attained full spiritual bodies. With these bodies, they attained Kṛṣṇa’s association in the rasa-līlā.] SB 10.29.9
[riramsaam sushthu kurvan yo vidhi-maargena sevate |]
kevalenaiva sa tadā mahiṣītvam iyāt pure ||303||
[kevalenaiva sa tadaa mahisheetvam iyaat pure ||303||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
riraṁsāṁ suṣṭhu kurvan yo vidhi-mārgeṇa sevate |
kevalenaiva sa tadā mahiṣītvam iyāt pure ||303||
A person who serves on the path of vaidhi-bhakti with a desire for a conjugal relationship with the Lord and a high position, but without desire for the gopis’ type of love, after some time becomes a queen in Dvārakā.
Purport
If someone simply desires conjugal love, but does not follow in the footsteps of the gopīs, he is promoted to association with the Lord at Dvārakā.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
Though the sentence is in masculine gender, it refers to people in general, men or women. Even though a person develops a strong desire for a conjugal relationship with Kṛṣṇa, if that person thinks that giving up all the rules in the scripture is improper, and unfavorable for nourishing his sentiments, then he attains the position of being an associate of the queens in Dvārakā. Kevalena eva indicates “completely, that much.” Thus, he completely follows the rules of vaidhi-bhakti—without rejecting any portions, such as, meditation on Dvārakā and worship of the queens, as being unfavorable for his bhāva. That is signified by the word eva (exactly). Amara-kośa definition of kevalam is: nirṇīte kevalam iti tri-liṅgaṁ tv eka-kṛtsnayoḥ: kevalam has the sense of fixing or ascertaining. (Thus, the meaning is “He serves according to vaidhi-bhakti as ascertained by rules exactly — not rejecting anything.”)
Those who have a desire to taste the sweetness of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, but worship according to vaidhi-bhakti, using nyāsas and mudrās, do not attain Kṛṣṇa in Dvārakā with Rukmiṇī, because they do not have that aspiration. Nor can they attain Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, because they lack the worship on the path of rāga. Therefore, since they have a predominance of awareness of Kṛṣṇa as the Lord (āiśvarya-jñāna) in worship according to the path of rules (vidhi), they attain Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa in a portion of Vṛndāvana called Goloka, in correspondence to that worship. It is understood that they do not attain the Vṛndāvana of pure sweetness. Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī has praised this Goloka as a portion of Vṛndāvana in Stava-mālā:
loko ramyaḥ ko ’pi vṛndāṭavīto
nāsti kvāpīty añjasā bandhu-vargam |
vaikuṇṭhaṁ yaḥ suṣṭhu sandarśya bhūyo
goṣṭhaṁ ninye pātu sa tvāṁ mukundaḥ ||
After thoroughly showing Vaikuṇṭha to His friends and relatives, with ease He brought them back to Vṛndāvana, since that place did not have pleasant inhabitants or a Vṛndāvana. May that Mukunda protect you! Nandāpaharaṇa, Chando ’ṣṭādaśakam 13, Stava-mālā
The word vaikuṇṭha in this verse means Kṛṣṇa-vaikuṇṭha-goloka, the place where Kṛṣṇa resides with majesty. In the Tenth Canto it is described how Kṛṣṇa took all the cowherd men to Goloka, a Vaikuṇṭha (place of majesty) belonging to Kṛṣṇa, in order to illustrate the special sweetness of Vṛndāvana to them.
iti sañcintya bhagavān mahā-kāruṇiko hariḥ
darśayām āsa lokaṁ svaṁ gopānāṁ tamasaḥ param
Thus, deeply considering the situation, the all-merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead Hari revealed to the cowherd men His own abode, which is beyond material darkness. SB 10.28.14
te tu brahma-hradam nītā magnāḥ kṛṣṇena coddhṛtāḥ
dadṛśur brahmaṇo lokaṁ yatrākrūro ’dhyagāt purā
The cowherd men were brought by Lord Kṛṣṇa to the Brahma-hrada — where Akrura had gone prior to the Bhāgavatam narration — and were submerged in the water, and then lifted up. The cowherd men then saw the abode of the Lord. SB 10.28.16
nandādayas tu taṁ dṛṣṭvā paramānanda-nivṛtāḥ
kṛṣṇaṁ ca tatra cchandobhiḥ stūyamānaṁ su-vismitāḥ
Nanda Mahārāja and the other cowherd men felt the greatest happiness when they saw that transcendental abode. They were especially amazed to see Kṛṣṇa Himself there, surrounded by the personified Vedas, who were offering Him prayers. SB 10.28.17
Brahmano lokam (planet of brahman) described in SB 10.28.16 is Goloka, the planet of Kṛṣṇa, who is the Supreme Brahman in human form. It is not the Vaikuṇṭha planet with Lakṣmī. The Bhāgavatam verse 10.28.14 says that Kṛṣṇa showed them svam lokam, His own planet. Kṛṣṇa does not have a planet of Vaikuṇṭha with Lakṣmī. Verse 10.28.17 describes Kṛṣṇa being praised by the Vedas. It is impossible that there would be pastimes of Kṛṣṇa in Lakṣmī’s Vaikuṇṭha. Thus, brahmano lokam refers to a planet of Kṛṣṇa (not Viṣṇu) called Goloka (with majesty). This is explained in Vaiṣṇava-toṣaṇī, and in Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta 1.5.498 with the words yat tu goloka-nāma syāt tac ca gokula-vaibhavam: what is called Goloka is Gokula with a majestic aspect (aiśvarya-goloka). Also in that book, it is said tad-ātma-vaibhavatvaṁ ca tasya tan-mahimonnateḥ: Gokula’s form of majesty (Goloka) arises from showing greater powers. (1.5.502)
Though it is a divergence from the topic, the meaning is this. What is called Goloka (yad-goloka-nāma) is but the majesty of Gokula (gokula-vaibhavam). Gokula is known for its supreme sweetness. Goloka is a portion of Gokula which displays majesty. Thus, tad-ātma-vaibhavatvam means “Gokula’s majestic aspect.” Goloka is but the majestic aspect of Gokula because Gokula displays a superior position (tan-mahimonnateḥ). In the Pātāla-khaṇḍa of Padma Purāṇa it is said:
aho madhupurī dhanyā vaikuṇṭhād api garīyasī |
dinam ekaṁ nivāsena harau bhaktiḥ prajāyate ||
Auspicious Gokula (madhupurī) [Note: Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta explains that Mathurā has two parts: Gokula and the city of Mathurā. Gokula has a majestic part called Goloka. Thus, Madhupurī refers to Gokula as well as the city of Mathurā.] is superior to Goloka (vaikuṇṭhāt). By staying there, for only one day, devotion to the Lord arises.
The word vaikuṇṭhād, in this verse, means “more than majestic Goloka,” (rather than “more than Vaikuṇṭha”) because it is quoted by Rūpa Gosvāmī in Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta to illustrate the greater position of Gokula in comparison to Goloka.
In the text, the word tadā (then) indicates “at some time”, even with some delay—not quickly as the attainment through rāgānuga-bhakti.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Yaḥ is in the masculine, but indicates any person, either man or woman. This person serves according to the path of vaidhi, with the desire for an amorous relation (riraṁsām) with Kṛṣṇa, but not with the quality of the gopīs’ love. The word suṣṭhu (excellent) indicates that the desire is tinged with the bhāva like that of a queen of Dvārakā, rather than with the conjugal bhāva of a maidservant. Serving according to vaidhi-bhakti, though using mantras for meditating on the love of the gopīs, and of course, using mantras and procedures for meditating on the love of the queens of Dvārakā, they will achieve the bhāva of the queens rather than the gopīs’. Kevalena means they execute this service without having desires for a relationship in Vraja. Thus, when they perform service in vaidhi-bhakti, desiring a conjugal relationship like the queens (suṣṭhu), but without the desire for a relationship like that of the gopīs (kevalena), they attain the status of a follower of the queens in Dvārakā. This is because of the great respect they have for the queens of Dvārakā in the āvaraṇa pūja (secondary worship after worshipping Kṛṣṇa) using the ten syllable mantra. [Note: The ten-syllable mantra is “govindāya gopījana-vallabhaya svāhā.” Even though some devotees may use this mantra indicating gopī-bhāva while doing deity service, they have aspiration for the bhāva of the queens of Dvārakā, and real attraction for the worship of the queens in the secondary rituals of worship, performed after the worship of Kṛṣṇa. They use the ten-syllable mantra indicating His Vṛndāvana form. This secondary worship (āvaraṇa-pūja) is prescribed in vaidhi-bhakti arcana. It is described in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 7.364. In the first āvaraṇa the sakhas are worshipped, in the second, the devatās of the body; in the third āvaraṇa, the queens of Dvārakā; in the fourth āvaraṇa, the elders and the gopīs; in the fifth āvaraṇa, the trees; in the sixth āvaraṇa, the deities of the directions; in the seventh āvaraṇa, the weapons.] They attain this status some time in the future, after some delay (tadā), but not as quickly as in rāgānuga-bhakti.
bhartāraṁ ca jagad-yoniṁ vāsudevam ajaṁ vibhum ||304||
[bhartaaram cha jagad-yonim vaasudevam ajam vibhum ||304||]
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathā ca mahā-kaurme—
agni-putrā mahātmānas tapasā strītvam āpire |
bhartāraṁ ca jagad-yoniṁ vāsudevam ajaṁ vibhum ||304||
Thus, it says in the Mahā-kurma Purāṇa: The saintly sons of Agni attained bodies of women by the path of vaidhi-bhakti, and attained as their husband (not lover), the unborn, powerful Vāsudeva, source of the universe.
Purport
In the Mahā-kūrma Purāṇa it is stated, “Great sages who were the sons of fire-gods rigidly followed the regulative principles in their desire to have conjugal love for Kṛṣṇa. As such, in their next lives they were able to associate with the Lord, the origin of all creation, who is known as Vāsudeva, or Kṛṣṇa, and all of them got Him as their husband.”
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The word bhartāram (husband) confirms that such persons attained a status like the queens of Dvārakā, as mentioned previously.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
Tapasā means by vaidhi-bhakti. A different type of desire from that of the rāgānuga-bhaktas is also indicated by mentioning vaidhi-bhakti.
Sambandhānuga-bhakti is defined as follows: The devotees define sambandhānuga-bhakti as that bhakti in which there is a constant contemplation of oneself as a parent, friend or servant of Kṛṣṇa, and identification with the role.
Purport
Parenthood or Friendship
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
That bhakti whose essence (ātmikā) is concentrated contemplation (manana) of a relationship such as parent, [Note: The definition of rāgānuga-bhakti has already specified that the ideal person whom one follows is an inhabitant of Vraja, and not Dvārakā. Thus identifying oneself as a father in Dvārakā is excluded from sambandhānuga-bhakti--which is a branch of rāgānuga-bhakti.] and furthermore, with identification of oneself in that role, is called sambandhānuga-bhakti.
Practicing devotees greedy for parental, friendly or servant relationships perform this bhakti with indications of the behavior and mood of Nanda (parent), Subala (friend), and others.
Purport
Devotees who are attracted to Kṛṣṇa as parents or as friends should follow in the footsteps of Nanda Mahārāja or Subala, respectively. Nanda Mahārāja is the foster father of Kṛṣṇa, and out of all of the friends of Kṛṣṇa, Subala is the most intimate in Vrajabhūmi.
In the development of becoming either the father or friend of the Lord, there are two varieties. One method is that one may try to become the father of the Lord directly, and the other is that one may follow Nanda Mahārāja and cherish the ideal of being Kṛṣṇa’s father. Out of these two, the attempt to directly become the father of Kṛṣṇa is not recommended. Such a development can become polluted with Māyāvāda (impersonal) philosophy. The Māyāvādīs, or monists, think that they themselves are Kṛṣṇa, and if one thinks that he himself has become Nanda Mahārāja, then his parental love will become contaminated with the Māyāvāda philosophy. The Māyāvāda philosophical way of thinking is offensive, and no offender can enter into the kingdom of God to associate with Kṛṣṇa.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
…It is improper to think of oneself identical to those Vraja devotees. In sakhya-bhakti for instance, one should not identify oneself completely with Subala, thinking, “I am Subala.” Though a type of identification exists, when one carries out the practice of ahaṅgrahopāsanā and thinks, “I am Kṛṣṇa,” one simply goes to hell, because this type of identification produces thoughts which are completely hostile to the inhabitants of Vraja such as Nanda (since one competes with them). Bhakti is service, which is to be performed with the sādhaka-rūpa and siddha-rūpa by the sādhaka. It has already been explained in verse 295: sevā sādhaka-rūpeṇa siddha-rūpeṇa cātra hi.
The phrase “with symptoms of the mood and behavior of Subala and Nanda” (vrajendra-subalādīnāṁ bhāva-ceṣṭita-mudrayā) needs to be explained. If one does not take shelter of a guru, offer respects, observe Ekādaśī etc., using the argument that Subala and others did not perform those acts (and we should only follow after them), one goes to hell, since one commits an offense to the guru. Therefore, the author has said that is a fault if one fails to perform the compulsory aṅgas of bhakti, such as observing Ekādaśī.
ananuṣṭhānato doṣo bhakty-aṅgānāṁ prajāyate
The person qualified for bhakti is at fault for failing to perform all of the important aṅgas of bhakti. BRS 1.2.63
Therefore, the mood and actions of Subala, Nanda and others have been described in Bhāgavatam, so that the devotee can perform similar service mentally in his siddha-deha (and, in his sādhaka-deha, he follows the directions of the ācāryas).
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
However, one should not think of oneself as Nanda or Subala. There are two types of identification: thinking oneself different from those persons, but in a similar role such as a parent; and thinking oneself to be Nanda or Subala. The second type is not suitable: one should not think of oneself as Nanda or Subala. Just as worshipping the Lord thinking that one is identical to Him is not proper, similarly, worshipping His associates while thinking that one is identical to them is not proper, since it will be later explained that those forms are eternal like the Lord’s form. One will commit offense to those associates through thinking of occupying their identities.
It is said in the scriptures that some old carpenter living in Hastināpura worshipped a deity form of Kṛṣṇa as his son, on the instructions of Nārada, and attained the perfection of having Kṛṣṇa as his son.
Purport
In the Skanda Purāṇa there is a story of an old man residing in Hastināpura, capital of the kingdom of the Pāṇḍus, who desired Kṛṣṇa as his beloved son. This old man was instructed by Nārada to follow in the footsteps of Nanda Mahārāja, and thus he achieved success.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura
Gauḍīya
Bhakti-sāra-pradarśinī
Commentary
The Skanda Purāṇa offers proof that one should perform service, following the sādhaka-bhaktas, using one’s sādhaka-deha. [Note: “One performs service with sādhaka rūpa--the present body, and with the siddha rūpa--the body suitable for one’s desired service to Kṛṣṇa appearing through inner contemplation, with a desire for a particular rati directed to one’s beloved Kṛṣṇa situated in Vṛndāvana (tad–bhāva-lipsunā).” This is from the commentary of Viśvanātha on verse 295.] He installed the deity form (adhiṣṭhānam) of Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda. His service to the deity indicates that he did not meditate on the service and mood of the Nanda (which he could do without direct deity service), but performed physical service using his sādhaka-deha, thinking that the deity was directly Kṛṣṇa, not to a deity form. Therefore, the sādhaka should perform service to the deity form, since he does not have direct contact with the Lord. It should be understood that the aged carpenter performed service to the deity as his son, following after other great sādhakas. Vardhaki means carpenter. He attained perfection (siddho ’bhūt) during the pastime in which Brahmā stole the calves. At that time, Kṛṣṇa became the sons of all the cowherd men.
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
This verse shows the first type of identity, which is approved. Adhiṣṭhānam here means the deity form. Attaining perfection means that he attained the form of an elderly cowherd parent of the Lord during the pastime in which Brahmā stole the boys and calves, and Kṛṣṇa Himself became the sons of the cowherd men. In the Skanda Purāṇa, in the part spoken by Sanat-kumāra, there is the story of King Prabhākara.
aputro ’pi sa vai naicchat putraṁ karmānucintayan |
vāsudevaṁ jagannāthaṁ sarvātmānaṁ sanātanam ||
aśeṣopaniṣad-vedyaṁ putrīkṛtya vidhānataḥ |
abhiṣecayituṁ rājā svarājya upacakrame ||
na putram abhyarthitavān sākṣād bhūtāj janārdanāt ||
Though the king was without a son, he did not desire one, because he thought that was his karma. Thinking of Kṛṣṇa, the eternal lord of the universe, the soul of all, and the object of Upaniṣadic knowledge as his son, he installed Him with abhiṣeka as the king. He did not pray for a son, but the Lord became his son.
Then, the Lord Himself said, “I have become your son.”
ye dhyāyanti sadodyuktās tebhyo’pīha namo namaḥ ||308||
It is said in the Nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stava: I pay my respects repeatedly to those who constantly and eagerly meditate upon the Lord as their husband, son, well-wisher, brother, father or friend.
Purport
There is a statement in the Nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stava prayers that persons who are always engaged in thinking of the Lord as their husband, friend, father or well-wisher are always worshipable by everyone.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The suhṛt is one who acts for one’s benefit unconditionally. The maitra is a person with whom one engages in play. That is the difference between the two words. Kapila has said:
yeṣām ahaṁ priya ātmā sutaś ca sakhā guruḥ suhṛdo daivam iṣṭam ||
Because the devotees accept Me as their son, friend, preceptor, benefactor and Supreme Deity, they cannot be deprived of their possessions at any time. SB 3.25.38
The mercy of Kṛṣṇa and His devotees is the only cause of attaining rāgānuga-bhakti. Some call this type of devotion puṣṭi-mārga. [Note: This is the name given by the followers of Vallabhācārya.]
Purport
This spontaneous love for Kṛṣṇa can be developed only by the special mercy of Kṛṣṇa or His pure devotee. This process of devotional service is sometimes called puṣṭi-mārga. Puṣṭi means “nourishing,” and mārga means “path.” Such development of sentiment nourishes devotional service to the highest standard. Thus it is called the path of nourishment, or puṣṭi-mārga. The Vallabha-sampradāya, which belongs to the Viṣṇu Svāmī sect of Vaiṣṇava religion, worships Kṛṣṇa in this puṣṭi-mārga. Generally devotees in Gujarat worship Bāla Kṛṣṇa, under this heading of puṣṭi-mārga.
— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Gauḍīya Ācāryas
Jīva Gosvāmī
Gauḍīya
Durgama-saṅgamanī
Commentary
The use of the word mātra (only) is used in this sentence to indicate that though offering of karmas sometimes acts as a cause of vaidhi-bhakti, it can never be a cause of rāgānuga-bhakti. (and thus, offering varṇāśrama karmas, certainly, cannot be a cause of rāgānuga which is indifferent to rules.)
Thus ends the Second Wave, concerning sādhana-bhakti, in the Eastern Section of the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu.
1.3 The Third Wave
Concerning Bhāva-bhakti
In the Eastern Section of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu
Outline of Bhāva-bhakti
I. Definition of Bhāva-bhakti
II. Causes of Bhāva-bhakti
A. From Sādhana
1. Vaidhi-sādhana
2. Rāgānuga-sādhana
B. From Mercy
1. Mercy of Kṛṣṇa
a) From Words
b) From Presence
c) Within the Heart
2. Mercy of the Devotee
III. Anubhāvas (typical actions) of the Bhāva-bhakta
IV. Raty-ābhāsa (resemblance to bhāva or rati)
A. Pratibimba: reflection, appearing in impersonalists and materialists
B. Chāyā: splendor, appearing in the curious
V. Destruction of Bhāvābhāsa and Bhāva
VI. Apparent faults in the Bhāva-bhakta